te ennddeerr ddooccuummenntt - mpfc

1

MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL

CORPORATION, INDORE

TTeennddeerr DDooccuummeenntt

FFoorr PPeerrcceennttaaggee RRaattee oonnllyy aass ppeerr MM..PP.. PPuubblliicc WWoorrkkss DDeeppaarrttmmeennttss

aanndd ootthheerr DDeeppaarrttmmeennttss ssiimmiillaarr ttoo WWoorrkkss DDeeppaarrttmmeennttss

Office of the MANAGING DIRECTOR MADHYA PRADESH

FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore

NIT Number and Date : MPFC/CIVIL/TENDER/01/2017

DATED 28.12.2017

Agreement Number and Date : __________________

Name of Work : CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE BUILDING OF MADHYA PRADESH

FINANCIAL CORPORATION

INDORE

Name of the Contractor : __________________

Probable Amount of Contract

(Rs. In Figure) : Rs. 41.90 Crores

(Rs. In Words) : Forty One Crores Ninety Lacs. Contract Amount

(Rs. In Figure) : __________________

(Rs. In Words) : __________________

__________________ Stipulated Period of Completion : 20 Months including rainy

season

2

TTeennddeerr DDooccuummeenntt

Table of Contents

Section No

Particulars Page

Section 1 NIT 3-4

Section 2

Instructions to Bidders (ITB) 5-9

Bid Data Sheet 10-11

Annexure -A to M 12-30

Section 3

Table of Clauses 31

Part - I General Conditions of Contract (GCC)

32-42

Contract Data 43-46

Annexure - N to W 47-62

Part - II Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) Special Condition of Electrical Work

63-135

Section 4 Bill of Quantities (BOQ) 136

Section 5 Agreement Form

137

Section-6 Technical Specification 138-204

Section-7 List of Approved Make and Model Number

205-212

3

SECTION 1 Notice Inviting e-Tender

Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation INDORE

N.I.T. No :MPFC/CIVIL/TENDER/01/2017 Dated 28.12.2017

Online percentage rate bids for the following works are invited from registered contractors and firms of repute fulfilling registration criteria:

Name of Work District P.A.C. (Rs. in

lakh)

Earnest Money

Deposit EMD

(In Rupees)

Cost of Bid

Document (In

Rupees)

Category of

Contractor

Period of

Completion

(in Months)

CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE

BUILDING OF MADHYA

PRADESH FINANCIAL

CORPORATION INDORE

INDORE Rs. 4190

LAKH

Rs. 41.90

LAKH

Rs. 50000/- MP

PWD

Centralized

Registration

20 Months including

rainy season

1. All details relating to the Bid Document(s) can be viewed and downloaded free of cost from the website. http://mpeproc.gov.in and www.mpfc.org

2. Bid Document can be purchased after making online payment of bid document & portal fees through Credit/Debit/Cash Card/internet banking.

3. At the time of submission of the Bid the eligible bidder shall be required to:

i) Pay the cost of bid document

ii) deposit the Earnest Money;

iii) Submit a check list; and

iv) Submit an affidavit.

v) GST Registration is compulsory.

vi) Registration in PF and ESIC is mandatory.

Details can be seen in the Bid Data Sheet.

http://mpeproc.gov.in/

Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation

4

4. ELIGIBILITY FOR BIDDERS:

(a) At the time of submission of the Bid the bidder should have valid registration with the Government

of Madhya Pradesh, PWD in appropriate class. However, such bidders who are not registered with

the Government of Madhya Pradesh 1and are eligible for registration can also submit their bids after

having applied for registration with appropriate authority.

(b) The bidder would be required to have valid registration at the time of signing of the Contract.

(c) Failure to sign the contract by the selected bidder, for whatsoever reason, shall result in forfeiture

of the earnest money deposit.

5. Pre-qualification – Prequalification conditions, wherever applicable, are given in the Bid Data Sheet.

6. Special Eligibility - Special Eligibility Conditions, if any, are given in the Bid Data Sheet.

7. The Bid Document can be purchased only online from 28.12.2017 to 21.01.2018 upto 5.00 pm other

key dates may be seen in bid data sheet.

8. Amendments to NIT, if any, would be published on website only, and not in newspaper.

MANAGING DIRECTOR


CORPORATION, INDORE

1 Section 1 – NIT


5

SECTION 2

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)

A. GENERAL

1. SCOPE OF BID

The detailed description of work, hereinafter referred as ‘work’, is given in the Bid Data Sheet.

2. General Quality of Work:

The work shall have to be executed in accordance with the technical specifications specified in the Bid

Data sheet/ Contract Data, and shall have to meet high standards of workmanship, safety and security of

workmen and works.

3. PROCEDURE FOR PARTICIPATION IN E-TENDERING

The procedure for participation in e-tendering is given in the Bid Data Sheet.

4. ONE BID PER BIDDER

4.1 The bidder can be Individual/ Proprietary Firm/ Partnership Firm (Registered under Partnership Act)/

Limited Company (Registered under the Companies Act–1956)/ Corporation/LLP (registered under the

Companies Act). Joint Venture is not permitted.

4.2 No bidder shall be entitled to submit more than one bid whether jointly or severally. If he does so, all

bids wherein the bidder has participated shall stand disqualified.

5. Cost of Bidding

The bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of his bid, and no claim

whatsoever for the same shall lie on the Government.

6. Site Visit and examination of works

The bidder is advised to visit and inspect the Site of Works and its surroundings and obtain for itself on its own responsibility all information that may be necessary for preparing the bid and entering into a contract for construction of the work. All costs in this respect shall have to be borne by the bidder.

For Site Visit Please contact

M/s Vima the Dimension

118,Navneet Darshan ,Old Palasia, Indore

Phone no: - 0731-4060487

B. Bid Documents2

7. CONTENT OF BID DOCUMENTS

The Bid Document comprises of the following documents:

1. NIT with all amendments.3

2. Instructions to Bidders, Bid Data Sheet with all Annexures

3. Conditions of Contract:

i. Part I General Conditions of Contract and the Contract Data with all Annexures; and

ii. Part II Special Conditions of Contract.

4. Specifications

2 Section 2 – Instruction to Bidders


6

5. Drawings

6. Priced Bill of Quantities

7. Technical and Financial Bid

8. Letter of Acceptance

9. Agreement, and

10. Any other document(s), as specified.

8. The bidder is expected to examine carefully all instructions, conditions of contract, the contract data,

forms, terms and specifications, bill of quantities, forms and drawings in the Bid Document. Bidder shall

be solely responsible for his failure to do so.

9. Pre-Bid Meeting (where applicable)

Wherever the Bid Data Sheet provides for pre-bid meeting:

9.1 Details of venue, date and time would be mentioned in the Bid Data Sheet. Any change in the

schedule of pre-bid meeting would be communicated on the website only, and intimation to

bidders would not be given separately.

9.2 Any prospective bidder may raise his queries and/or seek clarifications in writing before or

during the pre-bid meeting. The purpose of such meeting is to clarify issues and answer

questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage. The Employer may, at his option, give

such clarifications as are felt necessary. It is expected to receive all the quarries through E-mail

at [email protected] latest by 14/01/2018 upto 5.00 pm.

9.3 Minutes of the pre-bid meeting including the gist of the questions raised and the responses

given together with any response prepared after the meeting will be hosted on the website.

9.4 Pursuant to the pre-bid meeting if the Employer deems it necessary to amend the Bid

Document, it shall be done by issuing amendment to the online NIT.

10. Amendment of Bid Documents

10.1 Before the deadline for submission of bids, the Employer may amend or modify the Bid

Documents by publication of the same on the website.

10.2 All amendments shall form part of the Bid Document.

10.3 The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the last date for submission of bids by publication

of the same on the website.

C. Preparation of Bid

11. The bidders have to prepare their bids online, encrypt their Bid Data in the Bid Forms and

submit Bid Seals (Hashes) of all the envelopes and documents related to the Bid required to be

uploaded as per the time schedule mentioned in the key dates of the Notice Inviting e-Tenders

after signing of the same by the Digital Signature of their authorized representative.

12. DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE BID

The bid submitted online by the bidder shall be in the following parts:

Part 1 – This shall be known as Online Envelope A and would apply for all bids. Online Envelop A shall contain the following as per details given in the Bid Data Sheet:

i) Registration number or proof of application for registration and organizational details in format given in the Bid Data Sheet.

ii) Payment of the cost of Bid Document; iii) Earnest Money iv) Authority of the signatory of the bid documents, and v) An affidavit duly notarized.

mailto:[email protected]


7

Part 2 – This shall be known as Online Envelope B and required to be submitted only in works

where pre-qualification conditions and/or special eligibility conditions are stipulated in the Bid

Data Sheet. Online Envelop B shall contain a self-certified sheet duly supported by documents

to demonstrate fulfillment of pre-qualification conditions.

Part 3 – This shall be known as Online Envelope C and would apply to all bids. Envelop C shall contain financial offer in the prescribed format enclosed with the Bid Data Sheet.

13. Language 4

Supporting Documents and printed literature that are part of the Bid & are in language other than Hindi/English, the Bidder is expected to provide accurate translation of the relevant document in Hindi/English.

14. TECHNICAL PROPOSAL

14.1 Only, in case of bids with pre-qualification conditions defined in the Bid Data Sheet, the

Technical Proposal shall comprise of formats and requirements given in the Bid Data Sheet.

14.2 All the documents/ information enclosed with the Technical Proposal should be self-attested

and certified by the bidder. The Bidder shall be liable for forfeiture of his earnest money

deposit, if any document / information are found false/ fake/ untrue before acceptance of bid.

If it is found after acceptance of the bid, the bid sanctioning authority may at his discretion

forfeit his performance security/ guarantee, security deposit and take any other suitable action.

15. FINANCIAL BID

i. The bidder shall have to quote rates in format referred in Bid Data Sheet, in overall percentage, upto two decimal points, and not item wise. If the bid is in absolute amount, overall percentage would be arrived at in relation to the probable amount of contract given in NIT. The overall percentage rate would apply for all items of work.

ii. Percentage shall be quoted in figures as well as in words. If any difference in figures and words is found, lower of the two shall be taken as valid and correct.

iii. The bidder shall have to quote rates inclusive of all duties, taxes, royalties and other levies; and the Employer shall not be liable for the same.

iv. The material along with the units and rates, which shall be issued, if any, by the department to the contractor, is mentioned in the Bid Data Sheet.

16. PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF BIDS

The bids shall remain valid for a period specified in the Bid Data Sheet after the date of “close for biding” as prescribed by the Employer. The validity of the bid can be extended by mutual consent in writing.

17. EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD)

17.1 The Bidder shall furnish, as part of the Bid, Earnest Money Deposit (EMD), in the amount specified in the Bid Data Sheet.

17.2 The EMD shall be in the form of Fixed Deposit Receipt of a scheduled commercial bank, issued in favor of the name given in the Bid Data Sheet. The Fixed Deposit Receipt shall be valid for six months or more after the last date of receipt of bids. However, other form(s) of EMD may be allowed by the Employer by mentioning it in the Bid Data Sheet.

17.3 Bid not accompanied by EMD shall be liable for rejection as non-responsive.

17.4 EMD of bidders whose bids are not accepted will be returned within ten working days of the

decision on the bid.

17.5 EMD of the successful Bidder will be discharged when the Bidder has signed the Agreement

after furnishing the required Performance Security.



8

17.6 Failure to sign the contract by the selected bidder, within the specified period, for whatsoever reason, shall result in forfeiture of the earnest money deposit.

D. Submission of Bid

18 The bidder is required to submit online bid duly signed digitally, and Envelop ‘A’ in physical

form also at the place prescribed in the Bid Data Sheet.

E. Opening and Evaluation of Bid5

19 PROCEDURE

19.1 Envelope ‘A’ shall be opened first online at the time and date notified and its contents shall be

checked. In cases where Envelop ‘A’ does not contain all requisite documents, such bid shall be

treated as non-responsive, and Envelop B and/or C of such bid shall not be opened.

19.2 Wherever Envelop ‘B’ (Technical Bid) is required to be submitted, the same shall be opened

online at the time and date notified. The bidder shall have freedom to witness opening of the

Envelop ‘B’. Envelop ‘C’ (Financial Bid) of bidders who are not qualified in Technical Bid

(Envelop ‘B’) shall not be opened.

19.3 Envelope ‘C’ (Financial Bid) shall be opened online at the time and date notified. The bidder

shall have freedom to witness opening of the Envelop ‘C’.

19.4 After opening Envelop ‘C’ all responsive bids shall be compared to determine the lowest

evaluated bid.

19.5 The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul the bidding process

and reject all the bids at any time prior to contract award, without incurring any liability. In all

such cases reasons shall be recorded.

19.6 The Employer reserves the right of accepting the bid for the whole work or for a distinct part of

it.

20. Confidentiality

20.1 Information relating to examination, evaluation, comparison and recommendation of contract

award shall not be disclosed to bidders or any other person not officially concerned with such

process until final decision on the bid.

20.2 Any attempt by a bidder to influence the Employer in the evaluation of the bids or award of

contract will result in the rejection of its bid.

F. Award of Contract6

21. Award of Contract

The Employer shall notify the successful bidder by issuing a ‘Letter of Acceptance’ (LOA) that

his bid has been accepted.

22. Performance Security

22.1 Prior to signing of the Contract the bidder to whom LOA has been issued shall have to furnish

performance security of the amount in the form and for the duration, etc. as specified in the Bid

Data Sheet.


6


9

22.2 Additional performance security, if applicable, is mentioned in the Bid Data Sheet and shall be

in the form and for the duration, etc. similar to Performance Security.

23. Signing of Contract Agreement

23.1 The successful bidder shall have to furnish Performance Security and Additional Performance

Security, if any, and sign the contract agreement within 15 days of issue of LOA.

23.2 The signing of contract agreement shall also be reckoned as intimation for commencement of

work. No separate work order shall be issued by the Employer to the contractor for

commencement of work.

23.3 In the event of failure of the successful bidder to submit Performance Security and Additional

Performance Security, if any or sign the Contract Agreement, his EMD shall stand forfeited

without prejudice to the right of the employer for taking any other action against the bidder.

24. CORRUPT PRACTICES

The Employer requires that bidders observe the highest standard of ethics during the

procurement and execution of contracts. In pursuance of this policy, the Employer:

i. may reject the bid for award if it determines that the bidder recommended for award has, directly

or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing

for the Contract; and

ii. may debar the bidder declaring ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to

participate in bids, if it at any time determines that the bidder has, directly or through an agent,

engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for, or in executing, a

contract.

For the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth above are defined as follows:

a. “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly,

anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;

b. “fraudulent practice” means any act or omission, including a misrepresentation, that

knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a financial or

other benefit or to avoid an obligation;

c. “coercive practice” means impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly

or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a

party;

d. “Collusive practice” means an arrangement between two or more parties designed to

achieve an improper purpose, including influencing improperly the actions of another

party.

[End of ITB]7



10

Bid Data Sheet

GENERAL

SR. No. PARTICULARS DATA 1 Office inviting tender Managing Director,

Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation Finance House, A.B Road, Indore -452001

2 NIT No MPFC/CIVIL/TENDER/01/2017 3 Date of NIT 28.12.2017

4 Bid document download available from date & time

28.12.2017 10.30 AM

21.01.2018 05.30 PM

5 Website link http:// www.mpeproc.gov.in SECTION 1 - NIT

CLAUSE REFERENCE

PARTICULARS DATA

2 Portal fees As notified in E-Tendering Website 3 Cost of bid document Rs. 50000/- excluding portal processing fee

Cost of bid document Payable at https://www.mpeproc.gov.in

Cost of bid document In favor of MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore

4 Affidavit format Annexure B 5 Pre-qualifications required YES If Yes, details Annexure C

(Evaluation by Committee of MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore who will intimate reasons to disqualified bidders)

6 Special Eligibility

Not Applicable

If Yes, details Annexure D 7 Key dates Annexure A

SECTION 2 - ITB8 CLAUSE

REFERENCE PARTICULARS DATA

1 Name of ‘work’ CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE BUILDING

OF MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL

CORPORATION INDORE

2 Specifications Annexure – E In addition to as below:

a) In case of Building works : SPECIFICATION FOR

BUILDING WORKS BY CPWD,NBC Stipulation by SOR

in force

3 Procedure for participation in e-tendering Annexure – F

4

Whether Joint Venture is allowed

NO

If yes, requirement for Joint Venture

9

Pre-Bid Meeting

Date:- 16.01.2018 Time:- 11 am

Address :- Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation Finance House, A.B Road, Indore -452001

8 Section 2 – Bid Data Sheet

http://www.mpeproc.gov.in/


11

Bid Data Sheet

CLAUSE REFERENCE

PARTICULARS

DATA

12

Envelope-A containing : i. MPPWD Registration number or proof of application for registration. ii.Organizational details as per Annexure H

iii. Cost of Bid Document iv. EMD v. An affidavit duly notarized as per Annexure - B

should reach in physical form in the office of : Managing Director,Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation,Finance House, A.B Road,Indore-452001

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Rs 50,000/- Rs 41,90,000/-

14 Envelope-B Technical Proposal Annexure - I and Annexure - I (Format I-1 to I-5)

15 Envelope-C Financial Bid Annexure – J Materials to be issued by the department Annexure – K

____ Period of Validity of Bid 180 Days

17

Earnest Money Deposit Rs. 41,90,000/- Forms of Earnest Money Deposit i. FDR/ e-FDR

ii. Demand draft of scheduled commercial bank EMD valid for a period of Minimum Six months

FDR must be drawn in favour of MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION

21 Letter of Acceptance (LoA) Annexure L

22

Amount of Performance Security 5% of contract amount for building works.

Additional Performance Security, if any Equal to an amount arrived at, by multiplying the

contract amount with difference of percentage between

percent rates (below/minus), of successful bid and

fifteen percent (below/minus), considering bid rates

less than ten percent below PAC, to be unworkable and

shall require additional performance security

(guarantee)

Performance security in the format Annexure M

Performance security in favour of MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore

Performance security valid up to9 3 (three) months from the date of expiry of the Defect

Liability Period.

9 Section 2 – Bid Data Sheet


12

Annexure – A

(See clause 1, 7 of Section 1 -NIT )

KEY DATES Two Stage

Sr.

No.

Work

Department

Stage

Bidders Stage Start Expiry Envelopes

Date Time Date Time

1 -

Tender

Purchase -

Online

28.12.2017 10:30

AM

21.01.2018 05:30

PM

-

2 -

Bid

Submission

Online

29.12.2017 10:30

AM

22.01.2018 05:30

PM

3 Receipt of

Pre bid

Queries(Through

E-mail)

29.12.2017 10:30

AM

14.01.2018 05:00

PM

4 Pre bid Meeting 16.01.2018 11.30

AM

16.01.2018 2.00

PM

5 Last date of

submission of

physical

Documents at

MPFC OFFICE

(By Speed Post

Only)

23.01.2018 10:30

AM

27.01.2018 05:00

PM

6 Mandatory

Submission

Open (Envelope-

A)

- 28.01.2018 10:30

AM

28.01.2018 05.30

PM

Envelope-

A

7 Technical

Proposal Open

(PQ Envelope-

B)

- 29.01.2018 10:30

AM

29.01.2018 05.30

PM

Envelope-

B

8 Financial Bid

Open Envelope-

C

- 03.02.2018 10:30

AM

03.02.2018 05.30

PM

Envelope-

C

Last Date and time for submission of physical E.M.D and other Documents. upto 27.01.2018 upto 5.00 PM

(Only through Indian SPEED POST ,no personal delivery/submission accepted) In OFFICE OF THE

MANAGING DIRECTOR MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore.

Original term deposit receipt of Earnest Money Deposit (EMD), demand draft for the cost of

bid document and affidavit should be submitted by the bidder so as to reach the office before

the time and date as mentioned in Bid Data Sheet.

Section 2 –Annexure - A


13

Annexure – B

(See clause 3 of Section 1 -NIT )

AFFIDAVIT[1]

(To be contained in Envelope A)

(On Non Judicial Stamp of Rs. 50)

I/we _______________________________________________________ presently holding the post of _______________ in (name of the Company/ Firm etc to whom contract is to be awarded ) am duly authorized by the said company/firm etc., )to swear this affidavit and I am also legally competent to do so, here by solemnly state on oath as under :

1. That the documents submitted by the (Name of the Company/Firm etc,), along with the

Bid submitted in response to the NIT dated 28.12.2017 published online and in (Name of the Newspaper) are genuine and authentic and are true copies of the documents of which the same purpose to be copies.

2. That the (Name of the company/firm etc.,) and I as the signatory of the bid & the documents

submitted therewith take full responsibility for the genuineness of the bid & its accompanying

documents and agree to be bound by the same and in particular vouch for the correctness and

gumminess of the following self certified information/documents/ certificates ( as the case may be)

submitted with the bid:-

(a) Term deposit receipt deposited as earnest money, demand draft for cost of bid document and other relevant documents provided by the Bank are authentic.

(b) Information regarding financial qualification and annual turnover is correct.

(c) Information regarding various technical qualifications is correct.

3. That I/We are not appearing in the blacklist of any Government/Semi-Government, PSUs etc.

4. That no close relative of the undersigned or of our firm/company is working in the Corporation.

OR

That the Following close relatives are working in the Corporation:

Name _______________ Post ____________________ Present Posting ___________

Signature with Seal of the Deponent

showing his/her/their status in the bidder company/firm

VERIFICATION

I/ We, _____________________ the above deponent do hereby solemnly verify that the facts stated in paras 1 to 4 above are true & correct to the best of my / our knowledge and belief and nothing in the said paras has been concealed or wrongly stated.

Verified today _____________ (dated) at ______________ (place).

Signature with Seal of the Deponent

showing his/her/their status in the bidder company/firm

] Section 2 –Annexure - B


14

Annexure – C (See clause 5 of Section 1 -NIT )

PRE-QUALIFICATIONS CRITERIA

The bidder should possess following eligibility criteria:

A. Financial

i. Experience of having successfully executed:

a) three similar works, each costing not less than the amount equal to 40% of the probable

amount of contract during the last 7 financial years; or

b) two similar works, each costing not less than the amount equal to 50% of the probable amount

of contract during the last 7 financial years; or

c) one similar work of aggregate cost not less than the amount equal to 80% of the probable

amount of contract in any one financial year during the last 7 financial years;

ii. Similar Work means Any completed work of Construction of Office Building/ Commercial

building for Central Govt. /State Govt. /Semi Govt./Govt. owned corporation/ Govt. Under taking/

PSUS/Commercial Banks only under single work order.

iii. Average annual construction turnover on the construction works not less than 30% of the probable

amount of contract during the last 3 financial years ending 31-03-2017.

iv. Bid Capacity – Bidder shall be allotted work up to his available Bid Capacity, which shall be worked

out as given in format I-2 of Annexure I.

B. Physical

i. Total 1, 50,000 Sqft or more of commercial/Office area should have been constructed in

last 7 financial year.

ii. Similar building experience will not include housing projects.

iii. Bidder should have experience of constructing Double Basement.

Note: Bidders are required to submit the self attested corresponding Work Order copies &

Execution/Completion Certificates issued by the respective Employers. The Certificates should be issued by

respective authority (Not below Executive Engineer) of Employer. MPFC may call for original certificates for

verification.


15

Annexure – D (See clause 6 of Section 1 -NIT)

SPECIAL ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA


16

ANNEXURE - E (See clause 2 of Section 2 –ITB &

Clause 10 of GCC)

Specifications

1. MP PWD Department Specifications, (Website link:-www.mppwd.gov.in)

2. CPWD Specifications( Website link:- www.cpwd.gov.in)

3. NBC (National building Code) specifications.(Website link:- bis.org.in )

Note:- The soft copy of above specifications is available at departmental website.

The provisions of general / special conditions of contract, those specified elsewhere in

the bid document, as well as execution drawings and notes, or other specifications

issued in writing by the Employer shall form part of the technical specifications of this

work.10

10

Section 2 –Annexure - E

www.mppwd.gov.in

http://www.cpwd.gov.in/

http://www.mppwd.gov.in/


17

Annexure -F (See clause 3 of section 2-ITB)

Procedure for Participation in e-Tendering

1. Registration of Bidders on e-Tendering System:

All the PWD registered bidders are already registered on the new e-procurement portal

https://www.mpeproc.gov.in. The user id will be the contractor ID provided to them from MP Online.

The password for the new portal has been sent to the bidders registered email ID. For more details

bidder may contact M/s. Tata Consultancy Services Corporate Block, 5th floor, DB City BHOPAL-462011

email id: [email protected]. Helpdesk phone numbers are available on website

www.mpeproc.gov.in.

2. Digital Certificate:

The bids submitted online should be signed electronically with a Class III Digital Certificate to establish

the identity of the bidder submitting the bid online. The bidders may obtain Class III Digital Certificate

issued by an approved Certifying Authority authorized by the Controller of Certifying Authorities,

Government of India. A Class III Digital Certificate is issued upon receipt of mandatory identity proofs

along with an application. Only upon the receipt of the required documents, a Digital Certificate can be

issued. For details please visit cca.gov.in.

Note:

i. It may take upto 7 working days for issuance of Class III Digital Certificate; hence the bidders are

advised to obtain the certificate at the earliest. Those bidders who already have valid Class III

Digital Certificate need not obtain another Digital Certificate for the same.

The bidders may obtain more information and the Application From required to be submitted for

the issuance of Digital Certificate from cca.gov.in

ii. Bids can be submitted till bid submission end date. Bidder will require digital signature while bid

submission.11

`

The digital certificate issued to the Authorized User of a Partnership firm / Private Limited Company /

Public Limited Company and used for online biding will be considered as equivalent to a no-objection

certificate / power of attorney to that user.

In case of Partnership firm, majority of the partners have to authorize a specific individual through

Authority Letter signed by majority of the partners of the firm.

in case of Private Limited Company, Public Limited Company, the Managing Director has to authorize a

specific individual through Authority Letter. Unless the certificate is revoked, it will be assumed to

represent adequate authority of the specific individual to bid on behalf of the organization for online

bids as per Information Technology Act 2000. This Authorized User will be required to obtain a Digital

Certificate. The Digital Signature executed through the use of Digital Certificate of this Authorized User

will be binding on the firm. It shall be the responsibility of Management / Partners of the concerned

11

Section 2 –Annexure - F

www.mpeproc.gov.in


18

firm to inform the Certifying Authority, if the Authorized User changes, and apply for a fresh Digital

Certificate for the new Authorized User.

3. Set Up of Bidder’s Computer System:

In order for a bidder to operate on the e-tendering System, the Computer System of the bidder is

required to be set up for Operating System, Internet Connectivity, Utilities, Fonts, etc. The details are

available at https://www.mpeproc.gov.in

4. Key Dates:

The bidders are strictly advised to follow the time schedule (Key Dates) of the bid on their side for tasks

and responsibilities to participate in the bid, as all the stages of each bid are locked before the start time

and date and after the end time and date for the relevant stage of the bid as set by the Department.12

5. Preparation and Submission of Bids

The bidders have to prepare their bids online, encrypt their bid Data in the Bid forms and submit Bid of

all the envelopes and documents related to the Bid required to be uploaded as per the time schedule

mentioned in the key dates of the Notice inviting e-Tenders after signing the same by the Digital

Signature of their authorized representative.

6. `Purchase of Bid Document

For purchasing of the bid document bidders have to pay Service Charge/Portal fees as applicable online.

Cost of bid document is separately mentioned in the Detailed NIT. The Bid Document shall be available

for purchase to concerned eligible bidders immediately after online release of the bids and upto

scheduled time and date as set in the key dates.

The payment for the cost of bid document shall be made online through Debit/Credit card , Net banking

or NeFT Challan through the payment gateway provided on the portal.

7 Withdrawal, Substitution and Modification Of Bids

Bidder can withdraw and modify the bid till Bid submission end date.13

12

Section 2 –Annexure - F


19

Annexure – G (See clause 4 of Section 2 -ITB)

JOINT VENTURE (J.V.)14

14

Section 2 –Annexure - G


20

Annexure - H (See clause 12 of Section 2 –ITB

& clause 4 of GCC)

ORGANIZATIONAL DETAILS

(To be Contained in Envelope - A)

S. No.

Particulars Details

1.

Registration number issued by Centralized Registration System of Govt. of M.P. or Proof of application for registration.

(If applicable, scanned copy of proof of application

for registration to be uploaded)

2. Valid Registration of bidder in appropriate class through Centralized Registration of Govt. of MP

Registration No. _________ Date______ (Scanned copy of Registration to be uploaded)

3. Name of Organization/ Individual/ Proprietary Firm/

Partnership Firm

4.

Entity of Organization Individual/ Proprietary Firm/ Partnership Firm (Registered under Partnership Act)/ Limited Company (Registered under the Companies Act–1956)/ Corporation/LLP(registered under the Companies Act)

5. Address of Communication

6. Telephone Number with STD Code

7. Fax Number with STD Code

8. Mobile Number

9. E-mail Address for all communications

Details of Authorized Representative

10. Name

11. Designation

12. Postal Address

13. Telephone Number with STD Code

14. Fax Number with STD Code

15. Mobile Number

16. E-mail Address

Note: In case of partnership firm and limited company certified copy of partnership deed and registration

certificate/ Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association along with registration certificate of the company shall have to be enclosed.15

Signature of Bidder with Seal Date: _____________

15

Section 2 –Annexure - H


21

Annexure – I (See clause 14 of Section 2 -ITB)

Envelope – B, Technical Proposal

Technical Proposal shall comprise the following documents:

Sr.

no. Particulars Details to be submitted

1 Experience – Financial & Physical Annexure - I (Format: I-1)

2 Annual Turnover Annexure - I (Format: I-2)

3 List of technical personnel for the key positions Annexure - I (Format: I-3)

4 List of Key equipments/ machines for quality

control labs Annexure - I (Format: I-4)

5 List of Key equipments/ machines for

construction work Annexure - I (Format: I-5)

Note:

1. Technical Proposal should be uploaded duly page numbered and indexed.

2. If not uploaded will not be considered.

16

16

Section 2 –Annexure - I


22

Annexure - I (Format: I-1) (See clause 14 of Section 2 -ITB)

FINANCIAL & PHYSICAL EXPERIENCE DETAILS 17

A. Financial Requirement: The bidder should have completed either of the below:

a) three similar works, each costing not less than the amount equal to 40% of the probable amount of

contract during the last 7 financial years; or

b) two similar works, each costing not less than the amount equal to 50% of the probable amount of contract

during the last 7 financial years; or

c) one similar work of aggregate cost not less than the amount equal to 80% of the probable amount of

contract in any one financial year during the last 7 financial years;

d)

To be filled in by the contractor: i. Details of successfully completed similar works shall be furnished in the following format. ii. Certificate duly signed by the employer shall also be enclosed for each completed similar work.

Agreement Number &

Year Name of Work Date of Work

Order Date of

Completion Amount of Contract

Employer's Name and Address

Existing commitments – (Value of ‘C’ for Bid Capacity formula)

Agreement Number & Year

Name of Work

Date of Work Order

Date of Completion

Amount of Contract

Amount of balance work

Employer's Name and Address

Bid Capacity should be equal to or more than Probable Amount of Contract.

Note: 1. Certificate duly signed by the employer shall be enclosed for the actual quantity executed in any one

Year during the last 3 financial years. 2. Similar works: The similarity shall be based on the physical size, complexity, methods technology or

other characteristics of main items of work viz. earth work, cement concrete, Reinforced cement concrete, brick masonry, stone masonry etc.

17

Section 2 –Annexure - I (Format I-1)


23

Annexure - I (Format: I -2) (See clause 14 of Section 2 -ITB)

ANNUAL TURN OVER Requirement:

Average annual turnover of construction work not less than 30% of the probable amount of contract during the last 3 financial years ending 31/03/2017;

To be filled in by the contractor:

Financial Year Turn Over

1

2

3

Note:

i. Average annual turnover of construction work should be certified by the Chartered Accountant. ii. Audited balance sheet including all related notes, and income statements for the above financial years

to be enclosed.

Bid Capacity18

Applicants who meet the minimum qualifying criteria in the evaluation as stated above are to be

evaluated further for bid capacity as under:

Bid Capacity = (1.5 A X B) - C

Where

A = Maximum value of civil engineering works executed in any one year during the last five year

(10% weightage per year shall be given to bring the value of work executed at present price

level)

B = Proposed contract period in years.

C = Amount of work in hand at present.

Bid capacity should be equal to or more than the Project Cost.

18

Section 2 –Annexure I (Format I-2)


24

Annexure-I (Format: I-3) (See clause 14 of Section2–ITB

& Clause 6 of GCC)

List of Technical Personnel for the Key Positions

Minimum requirement Available with the Bidder

S.

No

.

Key

Po

siti

on

Min

imum

requ

irem

ent

Qu

alif

icat

ion

Sim

ilar w

ork

expe

rienc

e(ye

ars)

S.N

o.

Nam

e of

Per

sonn

el

Key

Po

siti

on

Qu

alif

icat

ion

Sim

ilar w

ork

expe

rienc

e

Tota

l Wor

k Ex

perie

nce

1 Project Manager 01 Graduate in

10 15

civil

Engineering

2 Deputy Project

01 Graduate in civil

05 10

Manager - Civil Engineering

Deputy Project Graduate in

3 Manager - 01 Electrical 05 10

Electrical Engineering

Site

Engineer/

Billing Diploma in

civil

4 Engineer/ 01 5 7

Engineering

Material

Engineer

Junior Electrical

Diploma in

5 01 electrical 2 5

Engineer

Engineering

6 Lab Technician 01 Diploma in Civil

3 5

Engineering

Note:- 1. For work costing (PAC) above 10 cr. Additional sets shall be available as per requirement.

2. Afore said criteria are part of technical bid but not part of prequalification. Above minimum

requirement are to be fulfilled by the contractor. Recovery as per applicable clause, shall be made, If

above minimum requirement are not fulfilled.

Tota

l W

ork

Exper

ience


25


26


27

Annexure – J (See clause 14 of Section 2 -ITB)

FINANCIAL BID (To Be Contained in Envelope-C)

NAME OF WORK:- CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE BUILDING OF MADHYA PRADESH

FINANCIAL CORPORATION AT INDORE

I/We hereby bid for the execution of the above work within the time specified at the rate (in figures) _______ (in words) _______________________ percent below/ above or at par based on the Bill of Quantities and item wise rates given therein in all respects and in accordance with the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions in writing in all respects in accordance with such conditions so far as applicable. I/We have visited the site of work and am/ are fully aware of all the difficulties and conditions likely to affect carrying out the work. I/We have fully acquainted myself/ourselves about the conditions in regard to accessibility of site and quarries/kilns, nature and the extent of ground, working conditions including stacking of materials, installation of tools and plant conditions effecting accommodation and movement of labour etc. required for the satisfactory execution of contract.

Should this bid be accepted, I/We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all the terms and provisions of the

said conditions of contract annexed hereto so far as applicable, or in default thereof to forfeit and pay to the

Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation or its successors in office the sums of money mentioned in the said

conditions.

Note:

i. Only one rate of percentage above or below or at par based on the Bill of Quantities and item wise rates given therein shall be quoted.

ii. Percentage shall be quoted in figures as well as in words. If any difference in figures and words is found lower of the two shall be taken as valid and correct rate. If the bidder is not ready to accept such valid and correct rate and declines to furnish performance security and sign the agreement his earnest money deposit shall be forfeited.

iii. In case the percentage "above" or "below" is not given by a bidder, his bid shall be treated as non-responsive and liable to be rejected.

iv. All duties, taxes, and other levies payable by the bidder shall be included in the percentage quoted by the bidder.

Signature of Bidder

Name of Bidder The above bid is hereby accepted by me on behalf of the Governor of Madhya Pradesh dated the _________

day of __________ 20__ ____________

Signature of Officer by whom accepted19

19

Section 2 –Annexure - J


28

Annexure – K (See clause 15 of Section 2 -ITB)

MATERIALS TO BE ISSUED BY THE DEPARTMENT20

Sno Name of material Rate (Issue rate) Unit Remarks

20

Section 2 –Annexure - K


29

Annexure – L (See clause 21 of Section 2 -ITB)

LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE (LOA)

No. _______________ Dated: ___________

To,

M/s. ___________________________

(Name and address of the contractor)

Subject: _________________________________

(Name of the work as appearing in the bid for the work)

Dear Sir (s),

Your bid for the work mentioned above has been accepted on behalf of the Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation at your bidded percentage _____ below/ above or at par the Bill of Quantities and item wise rates given therein.

You are requested to submit within 15 (Fifteen) days from the date of issue of this letter:

1. The performance security/ performance guarantee of Rs. __________ (in figures) (Rupees

____________________________________________ in words only). The performance security shall be in the

shape of term deposit receipt/ bank guarantee of any nationalized / schedule commercial bank

valid up to three months after the expiry of defects liability period.

2. Sign the contract agreement.

Please note that the time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the bid is 20(Twenty) Months

including rainy season, shall be reckoned from the date of signing the contract agreement.

Signing the contract agreement shall be reckoned as intimation to commencement of work and no

separate letter for commencement of work is required. Therefore, after signing of the agreement, you are

directed to contact the Engineer-in-charge and Project Management Consultant for taking the possession of site

and necessary instructions to start the work.

Yours Faithfully

Managing Director

MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore


30

Annexure – M (See clause 22 of Section 2 -ITB)

PERFORMANCE SECURITY (TO BE EXECUTED BY BANK ON STAMP PAPER)

To

Managing Director

MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Finance House A.B. Road Indore-452001

WHEREAS ________________________[name and address of Contractor]

(Hereinafter called "the Contractor") has undertaken, in pursuance of Letter of Acceptance No.__________ dated

____________ to execute _____________[name of Contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the

Contract").

AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Contractor shall furnish you

with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified therein as security for compliance with his

obligation in accordance with the Contract;

AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Contractor such a Bank Guarantee:

NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to you on behalf of the

Contractor, up to a total of ___________ [amount of guarantee]* ___________ ___(in words), such sum being payable in

the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, and we undertake to pay you,

upon your first written demand and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of

_________________[amount of guarantee] as aforesaid without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons

for your demand for the sum specified therein.

We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the contractor before presenting us with the demand. We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the

Contract of the Works to be performed there under or of any of the Contract documents which may be made

between you and the Contractor shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we

hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification.

This guarantee shall be valid until 3 (three) months from the date of expiry of the Defect

Liability Period.

Signature, Name and Seal of the guarantor __________________________________________

Name of Bank ________________________________________________________________

Address __________________________________________________________________

Phone No., Fax No., E-mail Address, of Signing Authority ________________________________

Date _______________________________________________________________________

* An amount shall be inserted by the Guarantor, representing the percentage the Contract Price specified

in the Contract including additional security for unbalanced Bids, if any and denominated in Indian Rupees. 21

21

Section 2 –Annexure - M


31

SECTION 322

Table of Clauses of GCC Clause

No Particulars Clause

No Particulars

A. General 21 Payments for Variations and / or Extra Quantities

1 Definitions 22 No compensation for alterations in or restriction of work to be carried out.

2 Interpretations and Documents 23 No Interest Payable

3 Language and Law 24 Recovery from Contractors

4 Communications 25 Tax

5 Subcontracting 26 Check Measurements

6 Personnel 27 Termination by Engineer in Charge

7 Force Majeure 28 Payment upon Termination

8 Contractor's Risks 29 Performance Security

9 Liability For Accidents To Person 30 Security Deposit

10 Contractor to Construct the Works 31 Price Adjustment

11 Discoveries 32 Mobilization and Construction Machinery Advance

12 Dispute Resolution System 33 Secured Advance

B. Time Control 34 Payments Certificates

13 Programme E. Finishing the Contract 14 Extension of Time 35 Completion Certificate

15 Compensation for Delay 36 Final Account

____ Contractor’s quoted percentage F. Other Conditions of Contract

C. Quality Control 37 Currencies

17 Tests 38 Labour

18 Correction of Defects noticed during the Defect Liability Period

39 Compliance with Labour Regulations

D. Cost Control 40 Audit and Technical Examination

19 Variations - Change in original Specifications, Designs, Drawings etc.

41 Death or Permanent Invalidity of Contractor

20 Extra Items 42 Jurisdiction

22

Section 3 – GCC (Table of Clauses )


32

Conditions of Contract Part – I General Conditions of Contract [GCC]

A. General

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1. Bill of Quantities: means the priced and completed Bill of Quantities forming part of the Bid. 1.2. -Deleted- 1.3. Completion: means completion of the work as certified by the Engineer-in-Charge, to be appointed/

designated in accordance with provisions of agreement. 1.4. Contract: means the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor to execute, complete and/or

maintain the work. Agreement is synonym of Contract and carries the same meaning wherever used. 1.5. Contract Data: means the documents and other information which comprise of the Contract. 1.6. Contractor: means a person or legal entity whose bid to carry out the work has been accepted by the

Employer. 1.7. Contractor's bid: means the completed bid document submitted by the Contractor to the Employer. 1.8. Contract amount: means the amount of contract worked out on the basis of accepted bid. 1.9. Completion of work: means completion of the entire contracted work. Exhaustion of quantity of any

particular item mentioned in the bid document shall not imply completion of work or any component thereof.

1.10. Day: means the calendar day. 1.11. Defect: means any part of the work not completed in accordance with the specifications included in the

contract. 1.12. Corporation: means Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation or MPFC or M P Financial Corporation

which adopts this document. 1.13. Drawings: means drawings including calculations and other information provided or approved by the

Engineer-in-Charge of the Employee. 1.14. Employer: means the party as defined in the Contract Data, who employs the Contractor to carry out

the work. The Employer may delegate any or all functions to a person or body nominated by him for specified functions. The word Employer / Corporation/ Department wherever used denote the Employer.

1.15. Engineer: means the person named in the Contract Data. 1.16. Engineer in charge: means the person named in the Contract Data. 1.17. Equipment: means the Contractor's machinery and vehicles brought temporarily to the Site for

execution of work. 1.18. Government: means Government of Madhya Pradesh. 1.19. In Writing: means communicated in written form and delivered against receipt. 1.20. Material: means all supplies, including consumables, used by the Contractor for incorporation in the

work.23 1.21. N/A. 1.22. Stipulated period of completion: means the period in which the Contractor is required to complete

the work. The stipulated period is specified in the Contract Data. 1.23. Specification: means the specification of the work included in the Contract and any modification or

addition made or approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and Project Management Consultants. 1.24. Start Date: means the date of signing of agreement for the work. 1.25. Sub-Contractor: means a person or corporate body who has a Contract with the Contractor, duly

authorised to carry out a part of the construction work under the Contract. 1.26. Temporary Work: means work designed, constructed, installed, and removed by the Contractor that

are needed for construction or installation of the work. 1.27. Tender/Bid, Tenderer/Bidder: are the synonyms and carry the same meaning where ever used. 1.28. Variation: means any change in the work which is instructed or approved as variation under this

contract. 1.29. Work: The expression "work" or "works" where used in these conditions shall unless there be

something either in the subject or context repugnant to such construction, be construed and taken to mean the work by virtue of contract, contracted to be executed, whether temporary or permanent and whether original, altered, substituted or additional.

23

Section 3 –Part - I General Condition of Contract


33

2. INTERPRETATIONS AND DOCUMENTS 2.1 Interpretations

In the contract, except where the context requires otherwise: a. words indicating one gender include all genders; b. Words indicating the singular also include the plural and vice versa. c. provisions including the word “agree”, “agreed” or “agreement” require the agreement to be

recorded in writing; d. written” or “in writing” means hand-written, type-written, printed or electronically made, and

resulting in a permanent record; 2.2 Documents Forming Part of Contract:

1. NIT with all amendments. 2. Instructions to Bidders (ITB, Bid Data Sheet with all Annexures) 3. Conditions of Contract:

i. Part I General Conditions of Contract and the Contract Data; with all Annexures ii. Part II Special Conditions of Contract.

4. Specifications 5. Drawings 6. Bill of Quantities 7. Technical and Financial Bid 8. Agreement, and 9. Any other document(s), as specified.24

3. Language and Law The language of the Contract and the law governing the Contract are as stated in the Contract Data.

4. Communications

All certificates, notice or instruction to be given to the Contractor by Employer/Engineer shall be sent to

the address or contact details given by the Contractor in [Annexure H of ITB]. The address and contact

details for communication with the Employer/Engineer shall be as per the details given in the Contract

Data. Communication between parties that are referred to in the conditions shall be in writing. The

notice sent by facsimile (fax) or other electronic means (email) shall also be effective on confirmation of

the transmission. The notice sent by registered post or speed post shall be effective on delivery or at the

expiry of the normal delivery period as undertaken by the postal service. In case of any change in

address for communication, the same shall be immediately notified to Engineer-in-Charge.

5. Deleted

6. Personnel

6.1 The Contractor shall employ for the construction work and routine maintenance the technical

personnel as provided in the Annexure I-3 of Bid Data Sheet, if applicable. If the Contractor fails to

deploy required number of technical staff, recovery as specified in the Contract Data will be made

from the Contractor.

6.2 If the Engineer asks the Contractor to remove a person who is a member of the Contractor's staff or

work force, stating the reasons, the Contractor shall ensure that the person leaves the Site within

three days and has no further connection with the Works in the Contract.25

7. Force Majeure

7.1 The term “Force Majeure” means an exceptional event or circumstance: (a) Which is beyond a Party’s control (b) Which such Party could not reasonably have provided against before entering into the Contract, (c) Which, having arisen, such Party could not reasonably have avoided or overcome, and (d) Which is not substantially attributable to the other Party.

24

24

Section 3 –Part - I General Condition of Contract 25


34

Force Majeure may include, but is not limited to, exceptional events or circumstances of the kind listed below, so long as conditions (a) to (d) above are satisfied: (i) War, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies, (ii) Rebellion, terrorism, sabotage by persons other than the Contractor’s Personnel, revolution,

insurrection, military or usurped power, or civil war, (iii) Riots (other than contractor’s employees), commotion, disorder, strike or lockout by persons

other than the Contractor’s Personnel, (iv) Munitions of war, explosive materials, ionising radiation or contamination by radio-activity,

nuclear fission except as may be attributable to the Contractor’s use of such munitions, explosives, radiation or radio-activity, and

(v) Natural catastrophes such as earthquake, hurricane, typhoon or volcanic activity, tidal wave,

floods, lightening etc.

(vi) Damage from air craft.

7.2. In the event of either party being rendered unable by force majeure to perform any duty or discharge

any responsibility arising out of the contract, the relative obligation of the party affected by such force

majeure shall upon notification to the other party be suspended for the period during which force

majeure event lasts. The cost and loss sustained by either party shall be borne by respective parties.

7.3 For the period of extension granted to the Contractor due to Force Majeure the price adjustment clause

shall apply but the penalty clause shall not apply. It is clarified that this sub clause shall not give

eligibility for price adjustment to contracts which are otherwise not subject to the benefit of price

adjustment clause.

7.4 The time for performance of the relative obligation suspended by the force majeure shall stand

extended by the period for which such cause lasts. Should the delay caused by force majeure exceed

twelve months, the parties to the contract shall be at liberty to foreclose the contract after holding

mutual discussions.26

8. Contractor's Risks

8.1 All risks of loss or damage to physical property and of personal injury and death which arise during

and in consequence of the performance of the Contract are the responsibility of the Contractor.

8.2 All risks and consequences arising from the inaccuracies or falseness of the documents, drawing,

designs, other documents and/or information submitted by the contractor shall be the responsibility of

the Contractor alone, notwithstanding the fact that the designs/ drawings or other documents have

been approved by the Corporation.

9. Liability for Accidents to Person

The contractor shall be deemed to have indemnified and saved harmless the Corporation and its

employee against all action, suits, claims, demands, costs etc. arising in connection with injuries suffered

by any persons employed by the contractor or his subcontractor for the works whether under the

General law or under workman's compensation Act, or any other statute in force at the time of dealing

with the question of the liability of employees for the injuries suffered by employees and to have taken

steps properly to ensure against any claim there under.

10. Contractor to Construct the Works

10.1 The Contractor shall construct, install and maintain the Works in accordance with the

Specifications and Drawings as specified in the Contract Data.

10.2 In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specification as is mentioned in Contract

Data, such work shall be carried out in accordance with the instructions and requirement of the

Engineer-in-charge and Project Management Consultancts.

10.3 The contractor shall supply and take upon himself the entire responsibility of the sufficiency of the

scaffolding, timbering, machinery, tools and implements, and generally of all means used for the

fulfilment of this contract whether such means may or may not be approved or recommended by

the Engineer.

26



35

11. Discoveries

Anything of historical or other interest or of significant value unexpectedly discovered on the Site shall

be the property of the Employer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of such discoveries and carry

out the Engineer's instructions for dealing with them.

12. Dispute Resolution System

12.1 No dispute can be raised except before the Competent Authority as defined in Contract Data in writing giving full description and grounds of dispute. It is clarified that merely recording protest while accepting measurement and/or payment shall not be taken as raising a dispute.27

12.2 No dispute can be raised after 45 days of its first occurrence. Any dispute raised after expiry of 45 days of its first occurrence shall not be entertained and the Employer shall not be liable for claims arising out of such dispute.

12.3 The Competent Authority shall decide the matter within 45 days. 12.4 Appeal against the order of the Competent Authority can be preferred within 30 days to the

Appellate Authority as defined in the Contract Data. The Appellate Authority shall decide the dispute within 45 days.

12.5 Any further dispute remaining or arising out of the order of the Appellate Authority will be

referable only to the Madhya Pradesh Arbitration Tribunal constituted under Madhya Pradesh

Madhyastham Adhikaran Adhiniyam, 1983.

12.6 The Contractor shall have to continue execution of the Works with due diligence notwithstanding pendency of a dispute before any authority or forum.

B. Time Control 13. Programme

13.1 Within the time stated in the Contract Data, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for

approval a Programme showing the general methods, arrangements, order and timing for all the

activities for the construction of works.

13.2 The program shall be supported with all the details regarding key personnel, equipment and

machinery proposed to be deployed on the works for its execution. The contractor shall

submit the list of equipment and machinery being brought to site, the list of key personnel being

deployed, the list of machinery/equipment being placed in field laboratory and the location of field

laboratory along with the Programme.

13.3 An update of the Programme shall be a programme showing the actual progress achieved on each

activity and the effect of the progress achieved on the timing of the remaining Works, including any

changes to the sequence of the activities.

13.4 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval an updated Programme at intervals no

longer than the period stated in the Contract Data. If the Contractor does not submit an updated

Programme within this period, the Engineer may withhold the amount stated in the Contract Data

from the next payment certificate and continue to withhold this amount until the next payment

after the date on which the overdue Programme has been submitted.

13.5 The Engineer's approval of the Programme shall not alter the Contractor's obligations. 28

14. Extension of Time

14.1. If the Contractor desires an extension of time for completion of the work on the ground of his

having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or on any other grounds, he shall apply, in

writing, to the Engineer-in-charge, on account of which he desires such extension. Engineer-in-

Charge shall forward the aforesaid application to the Competent Authority after

recommendation of PMC as prescribed.

28



36

14.2 The competent authority shall grant such extension at each such occasion within a period of 30

days of receipt of application from contractor and shall not wait for finality of work. Such

extensions shall be granted in accordance with provisions under clause- 15 of this agreement.

14.3 In case the work is already in progress, the Contractor shall proceed with the execution of the

works, including maintenance thereof, pending receipt of the decision of the competent authority as

aforesaid with all due diligence.

15. Compensation for delay

15.1 The time allowed for carrying out the work, as entered in the agreement, shall be strictly observed

by the Contractor.

15.2 The time allowed for execution of the contract shall commence from the date of signing of the

agreement. It is clarified that the need for issue of work order is dispensed with.

15.3 In the event milestones are laid down in the Contract Data for execution of the works, the

contractor shall have to ensure strict adherence to the same.

15.4 Failure of the Contractor to adhere to the timelines and/or milestones shall attract such liquidated

damages as is laid down in the Contract Data.

15.5 In the event of delay in execution of the Works as per the timelines mentioned in the Contract Data

the Engineer-in-charge shall retain from the bills of the Contractor amount equal to the liquidated

damages liveable until the Contractor makes such delays good. However, the Engineer-in-charge

may accept bankable security in lieu of retaining such amount.

15.6 If the Contractor is given extension of time after liquidated damages have been paid, the Engineer in

Charge shall correct any over payment of liquidated damages by the Contractor in the next payment

certificate.

15.7 In the event the Contractor fails to make good the delay until completion of the stipulated contract

period (including extension of time) the sum so retained shall be adjusted against the liquidated

damages levied.29

16. Contractor's quoted percentage against material supplied by Employer -Not Applicable-

C. Quality Control 17. Tests

17.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for:

a. Carrying out the tests prescribed in specifications, and

b. For the correctness of the test results, whether preformed in his laboratory or elsewhere. 17.2 The contractor shall have to establish field laboratory within the time specified and having such

equipments as are specified in the Contract Data.

17.3 Failure of the Contractor to establish laboratory shall attract such penalty as is specified in the

Contract Data.

18. Correction of Defects noticed during the Defect Liability Period

18.1 The Defect Liability Period of work in the contract shall be as per the Contract Data.

18.2 The Contractor shall promptly rectify all defects pointed out by the Engineer well before the end of

the Defect Liability Period. The Defect Liability Period shall automatically stand extended until the

defect is rectified.

18.3 If the Contractor has not corrected a Defect pertaining to the Defect Liability Period to the

satisfaction of the Engineer, within the time specified by the Engineer, the Engineer will assess the

cost of having the Defect corrected, and the cost of correction of the Defect shall be recovered from

the Performance Security or any amount due or that may become due to the contractor and other

available securities.

D. Cost Control 19. Variations - Change in original Specifications, Designs, and Drawings etc.


37

19.1 The Engineer-in-charge shall have power to make any alterations, omissions or additions to or

substitutions in the original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions, that may appear to

him to be necessary during the progress of the work and the contractor shall carry out the work in

accordance with any instructions which may be given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-in-

charge, and such alterations, omission, additions or substitutions shall not invalidate the contract

and any altered, additional or substituted work, which the contractor may be directed to do in the

manner above specified, as part of the work, shall be carried out by the contractor on the same

conditions in all respects on which he agrees to do the main work. 30

19.2 The time for the completion of the work shall be adjusted in the proportion that the altered,

additional or substituted work bears to the original contract work and the certificate of the

Engineer-in-charge shall be conclusive as to such proportion.

20. Extra items

20.1 All such items which are not included in the priced BOQ shall be treated as extra items.

21. Payments for Variations and / or Extra Quantities

21.1 The rates for such additional (Extra quantity), altered or substituted work / extra items under this clause shall be worked out in accordance with the following provisions in their respective order:-

a. The contractor is bound to carry out the additional (Extra quantity), work at the same rates as are specified in the contract for the work.

b. If the item is not in the priced BOQ and is included in the SOR of the department, the rate shall be arrived at by applying the quoted tender percentage on the SOR rate.

c. If the rates for the altered or substituted work are not provided in applicable SOR - such

rates will be derived from the rates for a similar class (type) of work as is provided in the

contract (priced BOQ) for the work.

d. If the rates for the altered, substituted work cannot be determined in the manner

specified in the sub clause (c) above - then the rates for such composite work item shall be

worked out on the basis of the concerned Schedule of Rates minus/plus the percentage quoted

by the contractor.

e. If the rates for a particular part or parts of the item is not in the Schedule of Rates and the rates

for the altered, or substituted work item cannot be determined in the manner specified in sub

clause (b) to (d) above, the rate for such part or parts will be determined by the Competent

Authority as defined in the Contract Data on the basis of the rate analysis derived out of

prevailing market rates when the work was done. 31

f. But under no circumstances, the contractor shall suspend the work on the plea of non-acceptability of rates on items falling under sub clause (a) to (d). In case the contractor does not accept the rate approved by the Engineer in Charge for a particular item, the contractor shall continue to carry out the item at the rates determined by the Competent Authority. The decision on the final rates payable shall be arrived at through the dispute settlement procedure.

22. No compensation for alterations in or restriction of work to be carried out.

22.1 If at any time after the commencement of the work, the Engineer-in-charge, for any reason

whatsoever, not require the whole or any part of the work as specified in the bid to be carried out;

the Engineer-in-charge shall give notice in writing of the fact to the Contractor and withdraw that

whole or any part of the work.

22.2 The Contractor shall have no claim to any payments or compensation whatsoever, on account of

any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of work in full or on

30



38

account of any loss incurred for idle men and machinery due to any alteration or restriction of work

for whatsoever reason.

22.3 The Engineer-in-charge may supplement the work by engaging another agency to execute such portion of the work, without prejudice to his rights.

23. No Interest Payable

No interest shall be payable to the Contractor on any payment due or awarded by any authority.

24. Recovery from Contractors

Whenever any claim against the Contractor for the payment arises under the contract, the Corporation

may be entitled to recover such sum by:

(a) Appropriating, in part or whole of the Performance Security and Additional Performance Security, if any; and/or Security Deposit and / or any sums payable under the contract to the contractor.

(b) If the amount recovered in accordance with (a) above is not sufficient, the balance sum may be recovered from any payment due to the contractor under any other contract of the corporation, including the securities which become due for release.

(c) The corporation shall, further have an additional right to effect recoveries as arrears of land revenue under the M.P. Land Revenue Code.

25. Tax

25.1 The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to be inclusive of the commercial tax and other

levies, duties, cess, toll, taxes of Central and State Governments, local bodies and authorities

however GST against the bills raised by contractor shall be paid.32

25.2 The liability, if any, on account of quarry fees, royalties, octroi and any other taxes and duties in

respect of materials actually consumed on public work, shall be borne by the Contractor.

25.3 Any changes in the taxes due to change in legislation or for any other reason shall not be payable to the contractor.

26. Check Measurements

26.1 The Corporation reserves to itself the right to prescribe a scale of check measurement of work in

general or specific scale for specific works or by other special orders.

26.2 Checking of measurement by superior officer shall supersede measurements by subordinate

officer(s), and the former will become the basis of the payment.

26.3 Any over/excess payments detected, as a result of such check measurement or otherwise at any

stage up to the date of completion of the defect liability period specified in this contract, shall be

recoverable from the Contractor, as per clause 24 above.

27. Termination by Managing Director

27.1 If the Contractor fails to carry out any obligation under the Contract, the Engineer in Charge may by notice require the Contractor to make good the failure and to remedy it within a specified reasonable time.

27.2 Managing Director shall be entitled to terminate the Contract if the Contractor

a) abandons the Works or otherwise plainly demonstrates the intention not to continue

performance of his obligations under the Contract;

b) the Contractor is declared as bankrupt or goes into liquidation other than for approved

reconstruction or amalgamation;

c) without reasonable excuse fails to comply with the notice to correct a particular defect within a

reasonable period of time;

d) the Contractor does not maintain a valid instrument of financial security as prescribed;

e) the Contractor has delayed the completion of the Works by such duration for which the

maximum amount of liquidated damages is recoverable;

f) If the Contractor fails to deploy machinery and equipment or personnel or set up a field

laboratory as specified in the Contract Data;

g) If the contractor, in the judgment of the Managing Director has engaged in corrupt or

fraudulent practices in competing for or in executing the contract;


39

h) Any other fundamental breaches as specified in the Contract Data.33

27.3 In any of these events or circumstances, the Engineer in Charge may, upon giving 14 days’ notice to the Contractor, terminate the Contract and expel the Contractor from the Site. However, in the case of sub-paragraph (b) or (g) of clause 27.2, the Engineer in Charge may terminate the Contract immediately.

27.4 Notwithstanding the above, the Managing Director may terminate the Contract for convenience by

giving notice to the Contractor.

28. Payment upon Termination

28.1 If the contract is terminated under clause 27.3, the Engineer shall issue a certificate for value of the

work accepted on final measurements, less Advance Payments and Penalty as indicated in the

Contract Data. The amount so arrived at shall be determined by the Managing Director and shall

be final and binding on both the parties.

28.2 Payment on termination under clause 27. 4 above -

If the Contract is terminated under clause 27.4 above, the corporation shall issue a certificate for

the value of the work done, the reasonable cost of removal of Equipment, repatriation of the

Contractor's personnel employed solely on the Works, and the Contractor's costs of protecting and

securing the Works and less advance payments received up to the date of the certificate, less other

recoveries due in terms of the contract and less taxes due to be deducted at source as per applicable

law.

28.3 If the total amount due to the Employer exceeds any payment due to the Contractor, the difference

shall be recovered as per clause 24 above.

29. Performance Security The Contractor shall have to submit performance security and additional performance security, if any, as specified in the Bid Data Sheet at the time of signing of the contract. The contractor shall have to ensure that such performance security and additional performance security, if any, remains valid for the period as specified in the Contract Data.

30. Security Deposit-

30.1 Security Deposit shall be deducted from each running bill at the rate as specified in the Contract

Data. The total amount of Security Deposit so deducted shall not exceed the percentage of Contract

Price specified in the Contract Data.

30.2 The security deposit may be replaced by equivalent amount of bank guarantee or fixed deposit

receipt assigned to the Employer, with validity up to 3 (three) months beyond the completion of

Defect Liability Period/ extended Defect Liability Period.

30.3 The Security Deposit shall be refunded on completion of Defect Liability Period. 34

31. Price Adjustment

31.1 Applicability

1. Price adjustment shall be applicable only if provided for in the Contract Data.

2. The price adjustment clause shall apply only for the works executed from the date of signing of

the agreement until the end of the initial intended completion date or extensions granted for

reasons attributed to the Employer by the Engineer.

3. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any benefit arising from the price adjustment clause for extension in the contract period for reasons attributed to the Contractor.

4. In the Force Majeure event the price escalation clause shall apply.

31.2 Procedure

1. Contract price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in rates and price of labour, materials,

fuels and lubricants in accordance with following principles and procedures and as per formula

given in the contract data.

33




40

2. The price adjustable shall be determined during each quarter from the formula given in the

contract data.

3. Following expression and meaning are assigned to the work done during each quarter:

R = Total value of work during the quarter. It would include the amount of secured advance granted,

if any, during the quarter, less the amount of secured advance recovered, if any during the quarter, less

value of material issued by the department, if any, during the quarter.

4. Weight ages of various components of the work shall be as per the Contract Data.

31.3 To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not covered by

the provisions of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rates and prices included in the

contract shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency of such other rise or fall in

costs.

31.4 The index relevant to any quarter, for which such compensation is paid, shall be the arithmetical average of the indices relevant of the calendar month.

31.5 For the purpose of clarity it is pointed out that the price adjustment may be either positive or negative, i.e. if the price adjustment is in favour of the Employer, the same shall be recovered from the sums payable to the Contractor. 35

32. Mobilization and Construction Machinery Advance

32.1 Payment of advances shall be applicable if provided in the Contract Data.

32.2 If applicable, the corporation shall make interest bearing advance payment to the contractor of the

amounts stated in the Contract Data, against provision by the contractor of an unconditional Bank

Guarantee in a form and by a nationalized/ scheduled banks, in the name as stated in the Contract

Data, in amounts equal to the advance payment. The guarantee shall remain effective until the

advance payment has been repaid, but the amount of the guarantee shall be progressively reduced

by the amounts repaid by the contractor.

32.3 The rate of interest chargeable shall be as per Contract Data.

32.4 The construction machinery advance, if applicable, shall be limited to 80% of the cost of

construction machinery and admissible only for new construction machinery.

32.5 The advance payment shall be recovered as stated in the Contract Data by deducting proportionate

amounts from payment otherwise due to the Contractor. No account shall be taken of the advance

payment or its recovery in assessing valuations of work done, variations, price adjustments,

compensation events, or liquidated damages.

33. Secured Advance

33.1 Payment of Secured Advance shall be applicable if provided in the Contract Data. 33.2 If applicable, the Employer shall make advance payment on the recommendation of Engineer in

charge and Project management consultants against materials intended for but not yet

incorporated in the Works and against provision by the contractor for an unconditional Bank

Guarantee in a prescribed form and by a nationalized/ scheduled bank, in the name as stated in the

Contract Data, in amounts equal to the advance payment. The guarantee shall remain effective

until the advance payment has been adjusted, but the amount of the guarantee shall be

progressively reduced by the amounts adjusted by the contractor.

33.3 The amount of secured advance and conditions to be fulfilled shall be as stipulated in the Contract

Data.

33.4 The Secured advance paid shall carry interest at the rate of 12% per annum will be recovered from

payments due to the Contractor against Running Account Bill or from any other payments due to

him in six equal monthly Installments.

34. Payment Certificates

The payment to the contractor will be as follows for construction work: (a) The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer monthly statements of the value of the work executed

less the cumulative amount certified previously, supported with detailed measurement of the items of work executed.

35


41

(b) The Engineer shall check the Contractor’s monthly statement and certify the amount to be paid to the Contractor. 36

(c) The value of work executed shall be determined, based on the measurements approved by the PMC

and Engineer-in-charge.

(d) The value of work executed shall comprise the value of the quantities of the items in the Bill of

Quantities completed.

(e) The value of work executed shall also include the valuation of Variations and Compensation

Events.

(f) All payments shall be adjusted for deductions for advance payment, security deposit, other

recoveries in terms of contract and taxes at source as applicable under the law.

(g) The Engineer may exclude any item certified in a previous certificate or reduce the proportion of

any item previously certified in any certificate in the light of later information.

(h) Payment of intermediate certificate shall be regarded as payments by way of advance against the

final payment and not as payments for work actually done and completed.

(i) Intermediate payment shall not preclude the requiring of bad, unsound and imperfect or unskilled

work to be removed and taken away and reconstructed or be considered as an admission of the due

performance of the contractor any part thereof, in any respect or the occurring of any claim.

(j) The payment of final bill shall be governed by the provisions of clause 36 of GCC.

E. Finishing the Contract 35. Completion Certificate

35.1 A Completion Certificate in the prescribed format in Contract Data shall be issued by the Engineer-

in-Charge after physical completion of the Work.

35.2 After final payment to the Contractor, a Final Completion Certificate in the prescribed format in the

Contract Data shall be issued by the Engineer-in-Charge.37

36. Final Account

36.1 The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with a detailed account of the total amount that the

Contractor considers payable for works under the Contract within 21 days of issue of certificate of

physical completion of works. The Engineer shall issue a Defects Liability Certificate and certify any

payment that is due to the Contractor within 45 days of receiving the Contractor’s account if it is

correct and complete. If the account is not correct or complete, the Engineer shall issue within 45

days a schedule that states the scope of the corrections or additions that are necessary. If the

Account is still unsatisfactory after it has been resubmitted, the matter shall be referred to the

Competent Authority as defined in the Contract Data, who shall decide on the amount payable to the

Contractor after hearing the Contractor and the Engineer in Charge.

36.2 In case the account is not received within 21 days of issue of Certificate of Completion as provided

in clause 35.1 above, the Engineer shall proceed to finalise the account and issue a payment

certificate within 28 days.

F. Other Conditions of Contract

37. Currencies

All payments will be made in Indian Rupees.

38. Labour

36




42

38.1 The Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided in the Contract, make his own arrangements for

the engagement of all staff and labour, local or other, and for their payment, housing, feeding and

transport.

38.2 The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, deliver to the Engineer a return in detail, in such

form and at such intervals as the Engineer may prescribe, showing the staff and the numbers of the

several classes of labour from time to time employed by the Contractor on the Site and such other

information as the Engineer may require.38

39. Compliance with Labour Regulations

39.1. During continuance of the Contract, the Contractor and his sub-Contractors shall abide at all times

by all existing labour enactments and rules made there under, regulations, notifications and bye

laws of the State or Central Government or local authority and any other labour law (including

rules), regulations, bye laws that may be passed or notification that may be issued under any labour

law in future either by the State or the Central Government or the local authority. Salient features

of some of the major labour laws that are applicable to construction industry are given in the

Contract Data. The Contractor shall keep the Employer and its Employee indemnified in case any

action is taken against the Employer by the competent authority on account of contravention of any

of the provisions of any Act or rules made their under, regulations or notifications including

amendments. If the Employer is caused to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be necessary to

cause or observe, or for non-observance of the provisions stipulated in the

notifications/byelaws/Acts/Rules/ regulations including amendments, if any, on the part of the

Contractor, the Engineer/Employer shall have the right to deduct from any money due to the

Contractor including his amount of performance security. The Employer/Engineer shall also have

right to recover from the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good

the loss or damage suffered by the Employer. The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-

Contractor in no case shall be treated as the employees of the Employer at any point of time.

40. Audit and Technical Examination

Corporation shall have the right to cause an audit and technical examination of the works and the

final bill of the contract including all supporting vouchers, abstract etc. to be made after payment of

the final bill and if as a result of such audit and technical examination any sum is found to have been

overpaid in respect of any work done by the contractor under the contract or any work claimed by

him to have been done under the contract and found not to, have been executed, the Contractor shall

be liable to refund the amount of overpayment and it shall be lawful for the corporation to recover

the same from him in the manner prescribed in clause 24 above and if it is found that the

Contractor was paid less than what was due to him, under the contract in respect of any work

executed by him under it, the amount of such under payment shall be duly paid by the corporation

to the Contractor.39

41. Death or Permanent Invalidity of Contractor

If the Contractor is an individual or a proprietary concern, partnership concern, dies during the

currency of the contract or becomes permanently incapacitated, where the surviving partners are

only minors, the contract shall be closed without levying any damages/ compensation as provided

for in clause 28.2 of the contract agreement. However, if the competent authority is satisfied about

the competence of the survivors, then the competent authority shall enter into a fresh agreement for

the remaining work strictly on the same terms and conditions under which the contract was

awarded.

42. Jurisdiction

39



43

This contract has been entered into the State of Madhya Pradesh and its validity, construction,

interpretation and legal effect shall be subjected to the courts at the place where this agreement is

entered into. No other jurisdiction shall be applicable. 40

[End of GCC]

Contract Data41 Sr no.

GCC Clause

Particulars Data

1 1.14

Employer Managing Director MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore

2 1.15

Engineer in Charge To be appointed or Designated by the Corporation

3 1.16

Engineer An independent Agency or PMC(Project Management Consultants),Consultant employed by Corporation

4 1.22

Stipulated period of completion

20 Months including rainy season

5 3 Language & Law of Contract English & Indian Contract Act 1872 6

4

Address & contact details of the Contractor

As per Annexure H

Address & contact details of the Employer/ Engineer – phone, Fax, e-mail.

Managing Director, MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore Email id:

7 5

Subcontracting permitted for the Contract Value

Not Permitted

8

6

Technical Personnel to be provided by the contractor – requirement, &

As per Annexure-I (Format I-3)

Penalty, if required Technical Personnel not employed

Rs. Thirty thousand per month for each graduate engineer and Rs. Eighteen thousand per month for each diploma engineer Rs 10,000/- per month for each

Subordinate

Technical Supervisory Staff to be

employed as

per Format I-3 9

10 Specifications As per Annexure E

Drawings As per Annexure - N

12

Competent Authority for deciding dispute under Dispute Resolution System

Committee headed by General Manager


CORPORATION Indore 10 Appellate Authority for

deciding dispute under Dispute Resolution System

Managing Director MADHYA

PRADESH FINANCIAL

CORPORATION Indore 11

13

Period for submission of updated construction program

a) Every 3 months

or

b) At the end of every milestone,

41

Section 3 –Contract Data


44


GCC Clause

Particulars Data

whichever is less

Amount to be withheld for not submitting construction program in the prescribed period

@ 1 % (Percent) of contract amount, subject to a maximum of Rs. 50,000/-

12

14

Competent Authority for granting Time Extension

a) Upto 30 days – General Manager


CORPORATION

b) More than 30 days –Managing

Director MADHYA PRADESH

FINANCIAL CORPORATION

13

15

Milestones laid down for the contract

Yes

If Yes, details of Milestones As per Annexure – O

Liquidated damage As per Annexure – P 14

17

List of equipment for lab As per Annexure – Q Time to establish lab 30 days from date of signing of the

Agreement Penalty for not establishing

field Laboratory 1% of contract amount per month, Subject to a maximum of Rs. 50,000/- per month of delay

15

18 Defect Liability Period

01 year from the

physical completion of the work

To execute, complete and maintain work in accordance with agreement and special condition of contract (SCC) after issue of physical completion certificate as per annexure U” Note – in accordance with clause 18.3 (GCC), the Engineer in charge shall intimate the contractor about the cost assessed, for making good the defects, action for correction of defects shall be taken by the Engineer in Charge as below: a) Deploy departmental labour and

material or

b) Engage a contractor by issuing a work

order at contract rate/SOR rate

or

c) Sanction supplementary work in a

existing agreement to a contractor for

zonal works or similar other work or

d) Invite open tender

or


45


GCC Clause

Particulars Data

e) Combination of above

16 21

Competent Authority for determining the rate for extra items

Managing Director MADHYA

PRADESH FINANCIAL

CORPORATION Indore

17

27

ny other condition for breach of contract

Yes as below : If the contractor fails to achieve 50 % financial progress in any milestone and/or fails to achieve 75% financial progress in two consecutive mile stone

18

28

Penalty Penalty amount shall be the higher of (a) and (b) mention below: (a)Security deposit as per clause 30 of General Conditions of Contract and (b) Liquidated Damages imposed as per clause 15 or Performance Security (Guarantee) including Additional Performance Security (Guarantee), if any, as per clause 29 of General Conditions of Contract, whichever is higher.

19

29

Performance guarantee (Security) shall be valid up to

5% of agreement cost. This guarantee

shall be valid

until 03 (Three) months from the date of

successful

completion of construction work

including defect liability period (i.e. actual

construction period +12

months defect liability period + 03 month)

and shall be released after 03 months of

successful completion of the work.

20

30

Security Deposit to be deducted from each running bill

At the rate of 5%. of Gross amount of running bill

Maximum limit of deduction of Security Deposit

Up to 5% of Final Contract Amount.

21 31

Clause 31.1 (1) Price Adjustment shall be applicable

NOT APPLICABLE

Clause 31.2.4 Weightages of component in the work

NOT APPLICABLE

31.1 (1) Price adjustment shall be applicable

NOT APPLICABLE

22 3242 Clause 32.1 Mobilization and Construction Machinery Advance Applicable

NO Mobilization and Construction Machinery Advance payable

Clause 32.2 If yes, NOT APPLICABLE

42



46


GCC Clause

Particulars Data

Unconditional Bank Guarantee 32.3 If yes, Rate of interest

chargeable on advances NOT APPLICABLE

32.4 If yes, Type & Amount of Advance payment that can be paid

NOT APPLICABLE

32.5 If yes, Recovery of advance payment

NOT APPLICABLE

23 33 33.1 Secured Advance Applicable

YES

33.2 if yes, Unconditional Bank Guarantee

By Nationalized/ Scheduled bank

33.2 if yes, Amount of Secured Advance

Upto 5 % of Contract Amount

33.3 if yes, Conditions for secured advance

As elaborated at GCC Clause 33

33.4 if yes, Recovery of Secured advance

NOT APPLICABLE

24

35

Completion Certificate – after physical completion of the Work

As per Annexure - U43

Final Completion Certificate – after final payment on completion of the Work

As per Annexure- V

25 36

Competent Authority for dispute resolution

General Manager MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore

26 39

Salient features of some of the major labour laws that are applicable

As per Annexure-W

27 4144

Appellate Authority for dispute resolution

Managing Director MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore



47

ANNEXURE – N (See clause 10 of Section 3 – GCC )

Drawings

Concept Drawing Attached


48

ANNEXURE – O (See clause 15 of Section 3 -GCC )

Details of Milestones45 Milestones shall be as follows:- Mile Stone 1: Completion of Basement 2 and Basement 1 Roof slab including footings, raft and side retaining walls to be completed in first 5.5 months from the date of Agreement. Mile Stone 2 : Casting on entire second floor roof slab within first 10 months from the date of Agreement.

Mile Stone 3:

Completion of Complete super structure Rcc work including Staircase, Mumty, Lift room, Overhead Water Tank etc and Electrical ,Plumbing (M.E.P) work upto second floor roof slab in first 15 months from the date of Agreement.

Mile Stone 4: Completion of building in all respect including MEP, Fire fighting, Elevation etc within the 20 months from date of agreement.

45

Section 3 – Annexure O


49

ANNEXURE – P (See clause 15 of Section 3 -GCC)

Compensation for Delay

If the contractor fails to achieve the milestones, and the delay in execution of work is

attributable to the contractor, the Employer shall retain an amount from the sums

payable and due to the contractor as per following scale –

i. Slippage up to 25% in financial target during the milestone under consideration

— 2.5% of the work remained unexecuted in the related time span.

ii. Slippage exceeding 25% but Up to 50% in financial target during the milestone

under consideration.

- 5% of the work remained unexecuted in the related time span.

Sr.

No.

Time frame Physical Progress as

defined in Milestone

Financial Progress Overall

Progress

1 4 months

from Date of

Agreement

Basement-2 Roof slab

8 crores

19 %

2 5.5 months

from Date of

Agreement

Basement-1 Roof slab

10.5 crores

25%

3 10 months

from Date of

Agreement

Second Floor roof Slab 15 crores 35%

4 15 months

from Date of

Agreement

Complete Structure

Work(Basement+G+6

floors,mumties) and

Electrical ,Plumbing

(M.E.P) work upto

Second Floor Roof slab

31.5 crores 75%

5 20 months

from Date of

Agreement

Complete work in all

respect

41.9 crores 100%


50

iii. Slippage exceeding 50% but Up to 75% in financial target during the milestone

under consideration

-7.5% of the work remained unexecuted in the related time span.

iv. Slippage exceeding 75% in financial target during the milestone under

consideration

-10% of the work remained unexecuted in the related time span.

Note: For arriving at the dates of completion of time span related to different milestones,

delays which are not attributable to the Contractor shall be considered. The slippage

on any milestone is if made good in subsequent milestones or at the time of stipulated

period of completion, the amount retained as above shall be refunded. In case the

work is not completed within the stipulated period of completion along with all such

extensions which are granted to the Contractor for either Employer’s default or Force

Majeure, the compensation shall be levied on the contractor at the rate of 0.05% of

contract price per day of delay limited to a maximum of 10% of contract price.

The decision of Managing Director shall be final and binding upon both the parties.46

46

Section 3 – Annexure P


51

ANNEXURE – Q (See clause 17 of Section 3 -GCC )

List of Equipment for Field Testing Laboratory

A. For Building Works

1. Balances

(i) 7 kg to 10 kg capacity, Semi-Self indicating type –Accuracy 10 gm.

(ii) 500 gm. Capacity, Semi-Self indicating type-Accuracy 1 gm.

(iii) Pan Balance – 5 kg. Capacity, Accuracy 10 gm.

2. Ovens-Electrically operated, thermostatically controlled up to 110 c-Sensitivity 1Degre C.

3. Sieves : as per IS 460-1962.

(i) I.S.Sieves -450mm internal dia of sizes 100 mm, 80,mm 63 mm, 50 mm, 40 mm, 25 mm, 20

mm, 12.5 mm, 10 mm, 6.3 mm, 4.75 mm complete with lid and pan.

(ii) IS Sieves – 200 mm internal dia. (brass frame) consisting of 2.36 mm, 1.18 mm, 600

microns, 425 microns, 300 microns, 212 microns, 150 microns, 90 microns, 75 microns

with lid and pan.

4. Sieve shaker capable of 200 mm and 300 mm dia sieves, manually operated with

timing switch assembly.

5. Equipment for slump test – Slump Cone, Steel Plate, Tamping rod, steel scale, scoop

6. Dial gauges 25 mm travel -0.01 mm/division. Least count – 2 nos.

7. 100 tones compression testing machine, electrical-cum manually operated.

8. Graduated measuring cylinders 200 ml capacity – 3 nos.

9. Enamel trays (for efflorescence test for bricks).

(i) 300 mm X 250 mm X 40 mm – 2 nos.

(ii) Circular plates of 250 mm dia – 4 nos.


52

ANNEXURE - R (See clause 31 of Section 3 -GCC )

Price Adjustment


53

Annexure – S (See clause 32 of Section 3 -GCC )

Bank Guarantee Form for Mobilization and Construction Machinery Advance

To

_____________________[name of Employer]

_____________________[address of Employer]

_____________________[name of Contractor]

In accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of Contract, clause 31

("Mobilization and Construction Machinery Advance") of the above-mentioned Contract

__________________[name and address of Contractor] (hereinafter called "the Contractor") shall

deposit with ______________ [name of Employer] a bank guarantee to guarantee his proper and

faithful performance under the said Clause of the Contract in an amount of

___________________[amount of Guarantee]* ____________________[in words].

We, the _______________[bank of financial institution], as instructed by the Contractor,

agree unconditionally and irrevocably to guarantee as primary obligator and not as surety

merely, the payment to _________________[name of Employer] on his first demand without

whatsoever right of obligation on our part and without his first claim to the Contractor, in the

amount not exceeding ____________[amount of guarantee]* ___________________________[in words].

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the

Contractor or Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents which

may be made between __________________[name of Employer] and the Contractor, shall in any

way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any

such change, addition or modification.

This guarantee shall remain valid and in full effect from the date of the advance payment

under the Contract until _________________ [name of Employer] receives full repayment of the

same amount from the Contractor.

Yours truly,

Signature and Seal : ____________________________

Name of Bank/Financial Institution: ________________

Address : _____________________________________

Date : ____________

_______________________________________________________________

* An amount shall be inserted by the Bank or Financial Institution representing the amount of the Advance Payment, and denominated in Indian Rupees.47

47

Section 3 – Annexure S


54

Annexure – T (See clause 33 of Section 3 -GCC )

Bank Guarantee Form for Secured Advance

INDENTURE FOR SECURED ADVANCES

This indenture made the ___________ day of __________ 20___ BETWEEN ____________

(hereinafter called the contractor which expression shall where the context so admits or

implies be deemed to include his executors, administrators and assigns) or the one part and

the Employer of the other part.

Whereas by an agreement dated ______________ (hereinafter called the said

agreement) the contractor has agreed.

AND WHEREAS the contractor has applied to the Employer that he may be

allowed advance on the security of materials absolutely belonging to him and brought by him

to the site of the works the subject of the said agreement for use in the construction of such of

the works as he has undertaken to executive at rates fixed for the finished work (inclusive of

the cost of materials and labour and other charges)

AND WHEREAS the Employer has agreed to advance to the Contractor the sum

of Rupees _________________________ on the security of materials the quantities and other

particulars of which are detailed in Accounts of Secured Advance attached to the Running

Account Bill for the said works signed by the Contractor on _________ and the Employer has

reserved to himself the option of making any further advance or advances on the security of

other materials brought by the Contractor to the site of the said works.

Now THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH that in pursuance of the said agreement

and in consideration of the sum of Rupees ___________ on or before the execution of these

presents paid to the Contractor by the Employer (the receipt where of the Contractor doth

hereby acknowledge) and of such further advances (if any) as may be made to him as an

advance for the said Contractor doth hereby covenant and agree with these presents and

declare as follows:

That the said sum of Rupees ________________ so advanced by the Employer to48the Contractor

as aforesaid and all or any further sum of sums advanced as aforesaid shall be employed by

the Contractor in or towards expending the execution of the said works and for no other

purpose whatsoever.

48

Section 3 – Annexure T


55

(1) That the materials details in the said Account of Secured Advances which have been

offered to and accepted by the Employer as security are absolutely the Contractor's

own propriety and free from encumbrances of any kind and the contractor will not

make any application for or receive a further advance on the security of materials

which are not absolutely his own property and free from encumbrances of any kind

and the Contractor indemnified the Employer against all claims to any materials in

respect of which an advance has be made to him as aforesaid.

(2) That the materials detailed in the said account of Secured Advances and all other

materials on the security of which any further advance or advances may hereafter be

made as aforesaid (hereafter called the said materials) shall be used by the Contractor

solely in the execution of the said works in accordance with the directions of the

Engineer in Charge and Project Management Consultants.

(3) That the Contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary and adequate

arrangements for the proper watch, safe custody and protection against all risks of the

said materials and that until used in construction as aforesaid the said materials shall

remain at the site of the said works in the Contractor's custody and on his own

responsibility and shall at all times be open to inspection by the Engineer in charge

and Project Management Consultants or any officer authorized by the Employer. In the

event of the said materials or any part thereof being stolen, destroyed or damaged or

becoming deteriorated in a greater degree than is due to reasonable use and wear

thereof the Contractor will forthwith replace the same with other materials of like

quality or repair and make good the same required by the Engineer in charge and

Project Management Consultants.

(4) That the said materials shall not be removed from the site of the said works except

with the written permission of the Engineer in charge and Project Management

Consultants or any officer authorized by the Employer on that behalf.49

(5) That the advances shall be repayable in full when or before the Contractor receives

payment from the Employer of the price payable to him for the said works under the

terms and provisions of the said agreement. Provided that if any intermediate

payments are made to the Contractor on account of work done than on the occasion of

each such payment the Employer will be at liberty to make a recovery from the

Contractor's bill for such payment by deducting there from the value of the said

materials than actually used in the construction and in respect of which recovery has

not been made previously, the value for this purpose being determined in respect of

each description of materials at the rates at which the amounts of the advances made

under these presents were calculated.

(6) That if the Contractor shall at any time make any default in the performance or

observance in any respect of any of the terms and provisions of the said agreement or

of these presents the total amount of the advance or advances that may still be owing

of the Employer shall immediately on the happening of such default be re-payable by

the Contractor to the Employer together with interest thereon at twelve percent per

49

Section 3 – Annexure T


56

annum with monthly rests from the date or respective dates of such advance or

advances to the date of repayment and with all costs, charges, damages and expenses

incurred by the Employer in or for the recovery thereof or the enforcement of this

security or otherwise by reason of the default of the Contractor and the Contractor

hereby covenants and agrees with the Employer to reply and pay the same

respectively to him accordingly.

(7) That the Contractor hereby charges all the said materials with the repayment to the

Employer of the said sum of Rupees(*)____________________________ and any further sum or

sums advanced as aforesaid and all costs, charges, damages and expenses payable

under these presents PROVIDED ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that

notwithstanding anything in the said agreement and without prejudice to the power

contained therein if and whenever the covenant for payment and repayment here-in-

before contained shall become enforceable and the money owing shall not be paid in

accordance there with the Employer may at any time thereafter adopt all or any of the

following courses as he may deem best:

(a) Seize and utilise the said materials or any part thereof in the completion of the

said works on behalf of the contractor in accordance with the provision in that

behalf contained in the said agreement debiting the contractor with the actual

cost of effecting such completion and the amount due to the contractor with the

value of work done as if he had carried it out in accordance with the said

agreement and at the rates thereby provided. If the balance is against the

contractor, he is to pay same to the Employer on demand.

(b) Remove and sell by public auction the seized materials or any part thereof and

out of the moneys arising from the sale retain all the sums aforesaid repayable or

payable to the Employer under these presents and pay over the surplus (if any) to

the Contractor.

(C) Deduct all or any part of the moneys owing out of the security deposit or any sum

due to the Contractor under the said agreement.

(8) That except in the event of such default on the part of the contractor as aforesaid

interest on the said advance shall not be payable.

(9) That in the event of any conflict between the provisions of these presents and the

said agreement the provisions of these presents shall prevail and in the event of

any dispute or difference arising over the construction or effect of these presents

the settlement of which has not been here-in-before expressly provided for the

same shall be referred to the Employer whose decision shall be final.


57

The guarantee shall remain valid and in full effect from the date of advance payment

under the contract until____________________________(Name of the Employer) receives full

repayment of the same amount along with the interest accrued thereon from the

contractor.

Yours truly

Signature and Seal____________________________

Name of the Bank___________________________

Address ____________________________

Date ____________________________

(*) An amount shall be inserted by the bank representing the amount of the advance

payment and denominated in Indian Rupees.


58

Annexure – U (See clause 35 of Section 3 -GCC )

Physical Completion Certificate Name of Work: CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE BUILDING OF MADHYA

PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION AT INDORE

Agreement No. ……………………..……………..…………. Date …………………..……………..

Amount of Contract Rs ……………………………………….…….

Name of Agency : ……………………………………………………………………………….…

Used MB No. ------------------------------------

Last measurement recorded

a. Page No. & MB No. ________________________________

b. Date _______________________________________________

Certified that the above mentioned work was physically completed on ………………. (Date) and

taken over on ……………….. (Date) and that I have satisfied myself to best of my ability that the

work has been done properly.

Date of issue:-

Managing Director


Indore


59

Annexure – V (See clause 35 of Section 3 -GCC )

Final Completion Certificate Name of Work: CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE BUILDING OF MADHYA

PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION AT INDORE

Agreement no. ………………………………………….………. Date …………………………………… Name of Agency : ……………………………………………………………………………………………… Used MB No. ---------------------------------------- Last measurement recorded

a. Page No. & MB No. ________________________________

b. Date _______________________________________________

Certified that the above mentioned work was physically completed on ………………. (date) and

taken over on ……………….. (date).

Agreemented amount Rs. …………………..

Final Amount paid to contractor Rs. ----------------------

Incumbency of officers for the work

I have satisfied myself to best of my ability that the work has been done properly.

Date of issue

Managing Director


Indore


60

Annexure – W

(See clause 39 of Section 3 -GCC )

Salient Features of Some Major Labour Laws Applicable a) Workmen Compensation Act 1923: - The Act provides for compensation in case of

injury by accident arising out of and during the course of employment. b) Payment of Gratuity Act 1972: - Gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act on

satisfaction of certain conditions on separation if an employee has completed the prescribed minimum years (say, five years) of service or more or on death the rate of prescribed minimum days’(say, 15 days) wages for every completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments employing the prescribed minimum number (say, 10) or more employees.

c) Employees P.F. and Miscellaneous Provision Act 1952: The Act Provides for

monthly contributions by the Employer plus workers at the rate prescribed (say, 10% or 8.33%). The benefits payable under the Act are: i. Pension or family pension on retirement or death as the case may be. ii. Deposit linked insurance on the death in harness of the worker. iii. Payment of P.F. accumulation on retirement/death etc.

d) Maternity Benefit Act 1951: - The Act provides for leave and some other benefits to women employees in case of confinement or miscarriage etc.

e) Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970: - The Act provides for certain

welfare measures to be provided by the Contractor to contract labour and in case the Contractor fails to provide, the same are required to be provided, by the Principal Employer by Law. The principal Employer is required to take Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to take license from the designated Officer. The Act is applicable to the establishments or Contractor of Principal Employer if they employ prescribed minimum (say 20) or more contract labour.

f) Minimum Wages Act 1948: - The Employer is to pay not less than the Minimum

Wages fixed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the Act if the employment is a scheduled employment. Construction of buildings, roads, runways is scheduled employment.

g) Payment of Wages Act 1936: - It lays down as to by what date the wages are to be

paid, when it will be paid and what deductions can be made from the wages of the workers.

h) Equal Remuneration Act 1979: - The Act provides for payment of equal wages for

work of equal nature to male and female workers and for not making discrimination against female employees in the matters of transfers, training and promotions etc.50

i) Payment of Bonus Act 1965: - The Act is applicable to all establishments employing

prescribed minimum (say, 20) or more workmen. The Act provides for payments of

annual bonus within the prescribed range of percentage of wages to employees

50

Section 3 – Annexure W


61

drawing up to the prescribed amount of wages, calculated in the prescribed manner.

The Act does not apply to certain establishments. The newly set-up establishments are

exempted for five years in certain circumstances. States may have different number of

employment size.

j) Industrial Disputes Act 1947: - The Act lays down the machinery and procedure for

resolution of industrial disputes, in what situations a strike or lock-out becomes illegal and what are the requirements for laying off or retrenching the employees or closing down the establishment.

k) Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act 1946: - It is applicable to all

establishments employing prescribed minimum (say, 100, or 50). The Act provides for laying down rules governing the conditions of employment by the Employer on matters provided in the Act and gets these certified by the designated Authority.

l) Trade Unions Act 1926: - The Act lays down the procedure for registration of trade

unions of workmen and Employers. The Trade Unions registered under the Act have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities.

m) Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act 1986: - The Act prohibits employment

of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and processes and provides

for regulations of employment of children in all other occupations and processes.

Employment of child labour is prohibited in building and construction industry.

n) Inter-State Migrant Workmen’s (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of

Service) Act 1979: - The Act is applicable to an establishment which employs

prescribed minimum (say, five) or more inter-state migrant workmen through an

intermediary (who has recruited workmen in one state for employment in the

establishment situated in another state). The Inter-State migrant workmen, in an

establishment to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided

certain facilities such as Housing, Medical-Aid, Travelling expenses from home up to

the establishment and back etc.51

o) The Building and Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment and

Conditions of Service) Act 1996 and the Cess Act of 1996: - All the establishments

who carry on any building or other construction work and employs the prescribed

minimum (say, 10) or more workers are covered under this Act. All such

establishments are required to pay cess at the rate not exceeding 2% of the cost of

construction as may be modified by the Government. The Employer of the

establishment is required to provide safety measures at the building or construction

work and other welfare measures, such as canteens, first-aid facilities, ambulance,

housing accommodations for workers near the work place etc. The Employer to whom

the Act applies has to obtain a registration certificate from the Registering Officer

appointed by the Government.

51



62

p) Factories Act 1948: - The Act lays down the procedure for approval of plans before

setting up a factory, health and safety provisions, welfare provisions, working hours,

annual earned leave and rendering information regarding accidents or dangerous

occurrences to designated authorities. It is applicable to premises employing the

prescribed minimum (say, 10) persons or more with aid of power or another

prescribed minimum (say, 20) or more persons without the aid of power engaged in

manufacturing process.52

52



63

SECTION 353

Conditions of Contract Part – II Special Conditions of Contract [SCC]

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (S C C)

1.0 GENERAL

Special Conditions of Contract shall be read in conjunction with the other Bidding

Documents General Conditions of Contract, Specifications of work, drawings and any

other documents forming part of this contract wherever the context so requires.

Notwithstanding the sub-division of the documents into these separate sections and

volumes every part of each document shall be deemed to be supplementary to and

complementary of every other part and shall be read with and into the contract so far

as it may be practicable to do so.

Where any portion of General Conditions of Contract is repugnant to or at variance

with any provisions of the special conditions of contract then unless a different

intention appears the provisions of the special conditions of contract shall be deemed

to override the provisions of General Conditions of contract only to extent that such

repugnancy or variance cannot be reconciled with the general conditions of contract

and shall be to the extent of the such repugnancy of variations prevails, it being

understood that the provisions of General Conditions of Contract shall otherwise

prevail.

Wherever it is stated anywhere in these documents that such and such a supply is to

be effected or such and such a work is to be carried out, it shall be understood that the

same shall be effected/ carried out by the Contractor at his own cost, unless a different

intention is specifically and expressly stated herein or otherwise explicit from the

context.

The materials, design and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant Indian Standards,

the job specifications contained herein and codes referred to. Where job specifications

stipulate requirements in addition to those contained in the standard codes and

specifications, these additional requirements shall also be satisfied. In the absence of

53

Section 3 –Part -II Special Condition of Contract (SCC)


64

any Standard / Specifications / Codes of practice for detailed specifications covering

any part of the work covered in this Bid, the instructions / directions of Project

Management Consultant and Engineer in Charge will be binding on the Contractor.

The description of the items given under Schedule of Rates shall be read in conjunction

with materials and job specifications and in case of any irreconcilable conflict between

them, the rate quoted shall be deemed to be as per description of the item in the

Schedule of Rates. However in such cases the decision of Project Management

Consultant and Engineer In charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

2.0 SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 Preamble

Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation. Proposes to construct a Office Building

Complex at Plot no A-2 in PU04 commercial scheme of Indore Development Authority

at Scheme no. 54 Vijay Nagar, District Indore (MP). The development of the OFFICE

BUILDING COMPLEX having approximate built-up area of 21,055 sqm.

The present package offers for the Civil, Sanitary, Plumbing, Electrification,

Firefighting & Site Development Works for the proposed OFFICE BUILDING

COMPLEX with approximate built up area of 21,055 sqm. The building has planned for

2 Basements + 6 structures. M/s. Vima- The Dimension has been engaged as Architect

and Project Management Consultants for the Project. The entire work must be carried

out to the satisfaction of Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation and Architect and

Project Management Consultant M/s Vima The Dimension

2.2 Scope of Works

Civil, Sanitary, Plumbing, Electrification, Firefighting & Site Development Works

for the OFFICE BUILDING COMPLEX at Indore (MP), and the work involved would be

in general, but not limited to the ‘SCOPE OF WORK’ as specified except in so far as the

Contract otherwise stipulates the provision of all labour, materials, constructional

plant, machinery, temporary works and everything whether of a temporary or

permanent nature required in and for such manufacture, installation, completion and

maintenance so far as necessary for providing the same as specified in or reasonably

to be inferred from the Contract.


65

The scope of work and explanatory notes given are neither complete nor exhaustive

but are intended to assist the Contractor to understand the project. The detailed scope

is as described in the Bill of Quantities and Specifications. However, any item of work

required to be carried out for proper and satisfactory completion of work with the

highest standard of workmanship is deemed to be included in the scope of work

whether or not it is specifically included in the Bill of Quantities.

The scope of work covers the requirements of supplying of all manpower,

materials, machinery, equipments, tools, tackles, spares, consumables, loading,

unloading, transportation, storing, carrying out tests, etc. for the Construction,

completion, commissioning and maintenance upto defects liability period.

The scope of work includes but not limited to: i) Excavation Works: The work to be done under this section comprise supply of

all labour, plant and materials and the performance of all work necessary for

excavation for substructure with necessary shoring, strutting, including

disposing of all surplus excavated material from the site as directed by the

Engineer.

ii) Sub-Structure Works: Construction of isolated open RCC foundation, stub

columns / pedestals, plinth beams, masonry below plinth, backfilling, sub base

/ PCC work for plinth, anti-termite treatment, etc. as specified.

iii) Shell & Core for Superstructure: Structural works for Superstructure, Masonry

works, Waterproofing, Plastering works, etc. as specified.

iv) Site Development Works : Area grading, Earth work, substructure works, Roads

and pavements, interlocking pavements, Storm Water Drains, Compound Wall

etc. and other Site Development Works.

v) The Contractor is responsible for proper setting-out of the works in relation to

original points, lines and levels of reference including carrying out lay-outs and

the center lines of the piles, establishing bench marks (at least 4 locations) at

convenient places with marking of RL for references.

vi) Co-ordination of work with other agencies appointed by the Employer.

vii) Providing all necessary assistance to the concerned Service Agencies /

Employer as directed by the Engineer in Charge and Project Management

Consultants for obtaining composite approval from Chief Fire Officer, necessary

statutory approvals for obtaining the Completion and Occupancy Certificate.


66

The Contractor shall submit all necessary drawings and other submittals for

the part of Civil & Infrastructure Works, if required, as per the regulations to

the concerned Agency for obtaining such approval.

viii) Obtaining all Statutory clearance including Pollution Control Board & other

statutory authorities for Installation & Operation including payments /

liaisoning / incidental charges to be paid for the portion of works carried out

by the Contractor.

ix) Making all construction related statutory payments / taxes / liaisoning charges

including incidentals for obtaining all approvals as mentioned above for the

portion of the work carried out by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall carry out and complete the said work under this contract

in every respect in conformity with the current rules and regulations of the

local Authority, the Bureau of Indian Standards, and with the directions of and

to the satisfaction of the Project Management Consultant and the Employer.

x) Proper shoring and strutting shall be done by contractor to retain the standing

earth work in proper position. Contractor only shall be responsible for any

Accident due to collapse of earth and not the Employer and the Architect.

xi) Enough safety precaution shall be taken by contractor for any adjoining

structure for any accident /mis happening etc.

xii) Stability and design of all formwork, Centering and shuttering shall be

responsibility of Contractor.

xiii) The contractor/Executing Agency should have “A” class electrical contractor’s

valid license from M.P. Electrical Licensing Board, Govt. of M.P., and registered in

appropriate category with M.P government.

xiv) The layout plan and Scheme for External electrification shall be got approved from

concerning MPPKVVCo.Ltd / MPSEB Authorities.

2.3 Execution of Work

The whole of the work as described in the Contract (including the Schedule of

Quantities, Preamble, the Specifications and all drawing pertaining thereto) and as

advised by the Engineer in charge and Project Management Consultants from time to

time is to be carried out and completed in all its parts to the entire satisfaction of the

Engineer in Charge and Project Management Consultants.


67

Any minor details of manufacture, fabrication and installation which are obviously and

fairly intended, or which may not have been definitely referred to in this Contract, but

which are usual in sound building construction practice and essential to the work, are

to be included in the Contract. Following shall be deemed to be provided for in the

quoted rates:

(a) Labour for maintenance, fixing, carrying, cleaning, making good, hauling,

watering etc.

(b) Plant, double scaffolding, frame work, ladders, ropes, nails spikes, tools,

material and workmanlike protection from weather, shuttering, temporary

supports, plant for and the maintenance of the same.

(c) Covering for the works during inclement weather or strikes or whenever directed, as necessary.

(d) All temporary canvass, lights, tarpaulin, barricades, water-sheets etc.

(e) All such temporary weather-proof sheds at such places and in a manner

approved by the Engineer for the storage and protection of materials against

the effects of Sun or rain.

(f) All minor civil works like breaking and making good of masonry / concrete

walls to original condition for passage of cables, cable trays, etc.

(g) Provision of necessary frames (MS/wooden) for dressing up of wall/RCC

openings and for installation of equipments etc. if instructed by the Engineer in

charge and Project management consultants. Drawings for frame work to be

got approved from Engineer in charge and Project Management consultants.

(h) The whole necessary plant, machinery, scaffolding, tackles, cartage, labour and

removal of the same at the completion of the work. The Engineer in charge and

Project management consultants will be the sole judge in deciding as to the

suitability of the tools and plants that may be brought at the works by the

Contractor for the proper execution of the work.

The rate quoted by the Bidder in the schedule of probable quantities will be

deemed to be for the finished work inclusive of the cost of providing the above

items.


68

2.4 Jurisdiction

In case of any litigation under this Contract, the Courts of Law at Indore only, shall

have the jurisdiction.

3.0 STATUTORY REGULATIONS

The Contractor shall conform to the provisions of all Act of the Legislature relating to

the works, and to the Regulations and Byelaws of any authority/authorities under

whose jurisdiction the work falls. The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the

Project Management Consultants all notice required by the said Acts, Regulations or

Bye-laws to be given to any authority and pay to such authority, or to any public office

all fees that may be properly chargeable in respect of the works, and lodge the receipts

with the Project Management Consultants. The Contractor shall indemnify the

Employer against all claims in respect of patent rights, and shall defend all actions

arising from such claims, and shall himself pay all royalties, license fees, damage costs

and charges of all and every sort that may be legally incurred in respect thereof. The

Contractor shall also keep free and relieve the Employer of any claims at the instance

of the local authorities or other parties in respect of any damages or due to traffic on

the roads arising out of the execution of the work under this contract.

4.0 LOCATION OF JOB SITE

a. Location : Plot no A-2 in PU04 commercial scheme of Indore Development Authority at Scheme no. 54 Vijay Nagar, District Indore (MP).

b. Plot Size: 2156.31 Sqm

c. Approximate Built Up Area : 21,055 Sqm Approx.

5.0 ACCESS ROADS

The Contractor shall, at his expense, provide such temporary roads on the site as

may be necessary for the proper performance of the Contract and for his own

convenience but not otherwise. Upon completion such roads shall be broken up

and leveled where so required at Contractor’s cost unless the Project Management

Consultant shall otherwise direct.


69

6.0 The following person(s) / firm(s) shall include their legal representatives or in the

event of their ceasing, person(s) / firm(s) as nominated by the Employer, not being a

person(s) / firm(s) to whom the Contractor shall object for reasons considered

sufficient by the Employer. Provided always that no person(s) / firm(s) subsequently

appointed under this contract shall be entitled to disregard or over-rule any decision

or approval or direction given or expressed in writing.

6.1 Address of Architect & PMC

VIMA- THE DIMENSION 118-119 Navneet Darshan Old Palasia Indore. Tel- 0731-4060487

7.0 BIDDER TO STUDY DOCUMENTS AND VISIT SITE

Submission of the Bid by the Bidder implies that he has read Bid documents and has

made himself aware of the scope specifications of the work, conditions of contract,

drawings, other reports if any, and also the site environment and local conditions.

Bidders are requested to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings before

submitting Bid so as to satisfy themselves about:

(a) Nature of site conditions.

(b) Means of access to the site.

(c) Accommodation they may require for staff/labour at and around site.

(d) Water and Electricity requirements for construction and for staff /labour etc.

(e) Risk, contingencies, safety regulations to be followed and any other

circumstances.

(f) Local conditions and other factors affecting the works.

(g) Acquaint himself with local, hydrological, and climatic conditions.

(h) Acquaint himself with Rules and Regulations of Local authorities including

traffic, airport authorities or any other if any.

The Bidder shall be deemed to have full knowledge of documents and site and no extra

charges consequent on any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed.

Questions regarding the meaning of any of the Bid documents and discrepancies shall

be forwarded to M/s. Vima- The Dimension in writing as indicated in relevant clauses

of Instructions to Bidders (ITB), prior to the due date of submission of Bid. All

clarifications, interpretations, meanings and specific directions if any, shall be issued

in duplicate in writing to all the Bidders by the Project Management Consultants. One

copy of these shall be returned duly signed and seal affixed along with Bid submission.


70

8.0 WATER

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements to obtain fresh water for

construction and drinking purposes, from local authorities and pay for the same. All

fees, deposits, water charges, etc. for this connection, cost of providing, laying and

maintaining the pipe lines with necessary fittings, water meters, hose pipes, plumbing

arrangements etc. as well as the charges for the consumption of water shall have to be

borne by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall, however, arrange at his own cost for providing and laying

necessary pipes with fittings, specials, hose pipes, etc. upto the site from a convenient

point at which the Contractor will be allowed to tap the Employer’s mains. He shall

also make necessary pumping arrangements at site at his own cost. The Employer

does not guarantee the output of water supply and no compensation shall be allowed

for intermittent or inadequate supply or break down in the supply or for delays in

getting water supply, leading to delay in completion of the Works. In all such cases the

Contractor shall make his own arrangements for obtaining water supply approved for

construction purposes at his own cost.

In the event of the Contractor arranges for all his water needs from his own resources

either by drilling a bore well or supply tankers, etc. at his own cost with the prior

approval of the Employer, the Contractor shall obtain approvals, permissions required,

if any, from the local/ municipal authorities at his own cost. The Contractors shall also

pay, any other charges, fees, etc. payable by the Employer to the local/ municipal

authorities etc. on account of this arrangement by him. The Contractor shall hand over

the bore well drilled by him to the Employer free of cost.

All the temporary water supply works will be done as per local regulations and got

approved from the Architect. The temporary line will be removed forthwith after the

completion of the works.

If there is any hindrance caused to the other works due to the alignment of these lines,

the Contractor will re-route and remove the temporary lines at his own cost. In case

sufficient fresh water is not available the Contractor will have to make alternate

arrangements to procure water by tankers in sufficient quantities at his own cost. The

tanker water shall be tested in a laboratory for its suitability and the source from

where is collected shall be got approved by the Architect.


71

The Contractor will have to make provisions to supply water to other agencies, sub-

Contractors and nominated Contractors. The recovery charges from other agencies

for use of water will be apportioned suitably and the Employer may assist the

Contractor in arriving at necessary charges and making recoveries towards

consumption of water by others.

All charges / taxes in connection with water supply and drainage including sewerage

charges during construction period shall be borne by the Contractor.

Drilling bore wells within the site premises shall be subject to prior written approval

from the Employer and Project Management Consultants.

9.0 ELECTRICITY

The Contractor shall have to make his own arrangement for power supply required for

various works entirely at his own cost including deposit, fees, etc. payable to the

Supply Company / authorities and obtain their permission. All charges, bills on this

account as and when received shall be paid by the Contractor promptly. In case he is

allowed to use power from the Employer’s source, to the extent and capacity available

at or near the site, the Contractor shall have to arrange, at his own cost, for necessary

connecting cables, switches, switch boards, fittings, etc. laying to the requirements of

the Employer and pay to the Employer for energy consumption as per approved tariff

rates of the power supply company / authority.

The Contractor shall also provide necessary distribution arrangement at his own cost.

Employer does not guarantee the adequacy or otherwise of power supply in case it is

drawn from the Employer’s source and no compensation shall be allowed for

intermittent or inadequate supply or break down in supply. In all such cases the

Contractor shall make his own arrangements, at his own cost, for his power supply

requirements. However, it may be noted that once the Contractor takes the

connection from Employer’s source, he shall be liable to pay the full charges as

mentioned above.

The Employer does not guarantee uninterrupted power supply and no compensation

shall be allowed for intermittent or inadequate power supply or break down in the

power supply or for delays in getting power supply, leading to delay in completion of

the Works.


72

All the temporary works will be done as per local regulations and got approved from

the PMC. The temporary line will be removed forthwith after completion of the works.

If there is any hindrance caused to the other works due to the alignment of these lines

the Contractor will remove and re-route the temporary lines at his own cost. If

continuous and uninterrupted supply of power is not available at all times the

Contractor shall make provision for providing ‘Diesel Generators’ at his own cost so

that progress of the work is not hampered. The Contractor will have to make

provisions to supply power to other nominated Contractors and sub-Contractors. For

power supplied by the Contractor to other agencies recovery shall be made as per

actual consumption.The Contractor shall be responsible for any delay in the project

implementation due to interrupted/Non supply of power. The employer shall has to be

compensated as per the terms of contract

10.0 AREA FOR THE CONTRACTOR

The contractor may be allowed to set up his stores, offices, and erection of plants,

workshops, etc. within the site at the area specifically earmarked by the Employer for

this purposes. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all statutory approval for

construction of all his temporary structures in every respect including making

necessary payments thereto. The Contractor is also responsible for obtaining all

statutory approval regarding PF, ESI, etc. The employer will arrange statutory

approvals for construction like commencement certificate; fire NOC, T & CP, Airport

clearance, etc.

The Employer neither undertake any responsibility for providing the area more than

the above as earmarked by the Employer nor will entertain any claim/ reimbursement

etc. towards arrangement of additional area / land etc. by the Contractor. The

necessary permission from local authorities to set up labour camp / site office / stores,

workshops etc. to be obtained by the contractor and all payments towards the same to

be borne by him. The employer may assist the contractor in giving all the necessary

documents. The contractor will have to dismantle the same and clear the area at the

end of his work and handover the site in good condition before the release of Final Bill.

Intermittent shifting of the labour hutments if required during construction will have

to be done by the contractor at his own cost.


73

The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for the housing and welfare of his

staff and workmen including adequate drinking water and sanitary facilities. The

Contractor shall also make his own arrangements at his own cost for transport where

necessary for his staff and workmen to and from the Sites of the works. The necessary

drinking water and sanitary facilities for Contractors staff and labours at site shall be

provided and maintained by the contractor without any extra cost.

11.0 RESTRICTED AREAS

The Contractor shall obtain from the Employer / Statutory authorities details of any

restricted areas in or around the site and shall have prominently and clearly displayed

for the information of his staff and work people, notices defining any such restricted

areas. Such notices shall be provided at his own expenses.

12.0 WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT TO THE SATISFACTION OF EMPLOYER /

PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONSULTANT The Contractor shall carry out all the works strictly in accordance with Drawing,

detailed specifications and instructions of the PMC. If in the opinion of the Employer

changes have to be made in the works the Contractor shall carry out the same, and

payment, if any, arising out of these shall be made as per the terms of the contract.

13.0 TIME SCHEDULE

The time for the completion of the work is given in tender document. The work shall

be executed as per the execution programme vide Clause 56 hereinafter prepared by

the Contractor and approved by Project Management Consultants.

14.0 BASIC RATE FOR SUPPLY OF MATERIAL BY EMPLOYER

Not applicable

15.0 Deleted

16.0 PRICE VARIATION ADJUSTMENT (PVA)

No price variation is applicable to this Contract and nothing extra is payable on

account of any price variation over and above the rates quoted against each item in

this Bid.


74

17.0 The contractor shall indemnify the Employer and Project Management consultants from any accident/Mishap occurring on site.

18.0 The responsibility of implementation of safety measure lies with the Contractor only.

19.0 MOBILISATION ADVANCE

No MOBILISATION ADVANCE is applicable to this Contract

20.0 CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT

20.1 Payment

(a) Contractor shall submit their Running bills monthly to PMC after certification of

Bills by PMC and Verification by Engineer in Charge the payment shall be made

to contractor by Employer.

(b) Payment shall be on the basis of quantum of work actually carried out.Item

rates shall remain valid for any variation in the estimated quantities. Payment

will be made against the permanent works executed.

(c) Extra item of work and rates shall be either as derived from the Bid items or

from analysis of material and labour.

(d) Final payment shall be made only after fulfilling all conditions mentioned

against ‘Testing & Guarantee’.

(e) Vouchers,challans,invoices for various materials required for the works shall

be produced to the Project Management Consultants on demand.

(f) Final bill shall be submitted by the Contractor within 30 days from the date of

completion and payment shall be made on final certification and after

completion of all works and on testing/ commissioning / guarantee.

20.2 Method of Measurement

The work shall be measured as per IS 1200 notwithstanding any general or local

custom except where otherwise specifically described or prescribed in the Contract.

The mode of measurement for this Section shall be on item rate basis and shall include

all quantities specified in the Bill / Schedule of Quantities of this Bid / contract. In case

of work done partly with respect of item rate description / technical specification of

item rate, Project Management Consultant’s discretion will be final in fixing the part

rate for the work done thereof. It shall be further deemed that all variations and

deviations if specifically agreed to in writing shall also form part of this Bid/ contract


75

and shall be subject to verification of quantities on the basis of mode of measurements

herein stated.

The Contractor shall give due notice to the Employer / Project Management

Consultants in writing whenever any work is to be buried underground or made

inaccessible, in order that the work may be inspected and correct dimensions taken

before such concealment, in default whereof the same shall be at the option of the

Employer / Project Management Consultants be either opened up for measurement at

the Contractor’s expense or no allowance shall be made for such work.

21.0 ROUNDING OFF PAYMENT

All payments to/receipts from the Contractor shall be rounded off to the nearest

rupee. Wherever the amount to be paid / received consists of fraction of a rupee

(paise), the amount shall be rounded off to the next higher rupee if the fraction

consists of 50 paise or more and if the fraction of a rupee is less than 50 paise, the

same shall be ignored.

22.0 Deleted

23.0 VALUATIONS OF VARIATIONS No claim for an extra shall be allowed unless it shall have been executed under

authority of the Project Management Consultants and Engineer in charge with the

concurrence of the Employer as herein mentioned. Any such extra is herein referred

to as authorized extra and shall be made in accordance with the following provisions.

(a) It is further clarified that for all such authorized extra items where rates cannot

be derived from Bid, the Contractors shall submit rates supported by rate

analysis as per CPWD Rate Analysis worked on the “market rate basis”.

(b) In the event of disagreement, the PMC shall fix such other rates or price as is, in

his opinion appropriate in consultation with the Employer and shall notify the

Contractor accordingly with a copy to the Employer. Until such time as rates or

prices are agreed and fixed, the PMC shall determine provisional rates or prices

to enable on account payment in certificates.

The measurement and valuation in respect of the Contract shall be completed

within the “Period of Final Measurement” stated in the Appendix or if not stated


76

then within six months of the completion of the Contract works as defined in

the Notice inviting Bid.

24.0 QUANTITY VARIATION

The quantities provided in the Bill of Quantities are only indicative. The Contractor

will have to execute the work as per agreed rate for the variation in quantities within

25% of the overall cost. The individual item quantities may vary to any extent.

Revised cost, if any, shall be mutually settled and will be applicable only on the portion

beyond the variation mentioned above. There shall be no additional claims as long as

the overall cost is within 25% of the tender cost.

Notwithstanding above, nothing shall, absolve the successful Bidder from not

performing such variation in overall value of the work.

25.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY & STORAGE

All materials and equipments including all consumables, testing appliances, tools &

tackles etc. necessary for completing the work as a whole shall be procured and

supplied by the Contractor at his own cost only from Employer’s / Project

Management Consultant’s approved Vendors. The Contractor should obtain prior

approval from Project Management Consultants for vendors / Sub-vendors before

placing Orders, in case approved Vendor list is not available. The Contractor shall

construct and maintain a good store/ warehouse for storage of materials to be

procured and supplied by him / materials supplied by Employers and other Agencies

as aforesaid at site of work. The materials supplied by the Contractor shall be

approved by the Project Management Consultants before being put to work.

26.0 MATERIAL SUPPLIED BY THE EMPLOYER

If any materials are supplied by the Employer, the Contractors must satisfy themselves

that the same conform to the Specifications. If the Contractor have any complaint,

about the said materials, or the quality there of the Contractor before using the said

materials in writing all their objections to the Employer. Should the Contractors fail to

do so, they will deemed to have satisfied themselves as to the quality and the

suitability of the said materials for being used in the Contract works and the

Contractors will be in the same position as if the Contractors themselves had

purchased the said materials.


77

27.0 –Deleted-

28.0 INSURANCE POLICIES

The Contractor shall be responsible for all injury or damage to persons, employees,

labourers, animals or things, and for all damage to property, which may arise from any

factor/ omission on the part of the Contractor or any Sub-Contractor or any nominated

Sub-Contractor or any of their employees. The liability under this clause shall cover

also, interalia any damage to structures, whether immediately adjacent to the works or

otherwise, any damage to roads, streets, footpaths, bridges as well as damage caused

to the building and other structures and works forming the subject matter of this

contract. The Contractor shall also be responsible for any damage caused to the

buildings and other structures and works forming the subject matter of this contract

due to rain, wind, fire, flood or high tide or other inclemency of weather. The

Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer and hold him harmless

in respect of all and any loss and expenses arising from any such injury or damage to

persons or property as aforesaid and also against any claim made in respect of injury

or damage, whether under any statute or otherwise and also in respect of any award

or compensation or damage consequent upon such claims. The Contractor shall, at his

own expense, effect and maintain till the Defects Liability Period is over, with an

insurance company approved by the Employer, Contractors All Risks Policy for

Insurance for the full amount of the contract including earthquake risk in the joint

names of the Employer and the Contractor ( the name of the former being placed first

in the policy) beneficiary Employer against all risk as per the standard all risk policy

for Contractors and deposit such policy or policies with the Employer before

commencing the works.

The Contractor shall reinstate all damage of every sort mentioned in this clause so as

to do delivery of the whole of the works complete and perfect in every respect and so

as to make good or otherwise satisfy all claims for damage to property or third parties.

The Contractor shall also indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer against all

claims which may be made against the Employer by any persons in respect of anything

which may arise in respect of the works or in consequence thereof and shall at his own

expense, effect and maintain until the virtual completion of the contract, with an


78

Insurance Company approved by the Employer a third party insurance policy in

the joint names of the Employer and the Contractor (name of the former being

placed first in the policy) against such risks and deposit such policy or policies before

commencement of the works. The minimum limit of the coverage under the policy

shall be Rs.5.0 lakhs per person for any one accident or occurrence and

minimum Rs.20.0 lakhs in respect of damage to property for any one accident or

occurrence. The Contractor shall also indemnify the Employer against all claims

which may be made upon the Employer, whether under the Workmen’s Compensation

Act or any other statue in force, during the currency of this contract or at Common

Law in respect of any employee of the Contractor or of sub-Contractor and shall be at

his own expense effect and maintain until the virtual completion of the contract, with

an Insurance Company, approved by the Employer, a policy of Insurance against such

risks and deposit such policy or policies with the Employer from time to time during

the currency of this contract.

In default of the Contractor insuring as provided above, the Employer may so insure

and may deduct the premiums paid plus the administrative fees of 25% of the

sum payable to other insuring agency as departmental charges from any money

due or which may become due to the Contractor.

The Contractor shall be responsible for any liability which may not be covered by the

Insurance Policies referred to above and also for all other damages to any person,

animal or defective carrying out of this contract, whatever, may be the reasons due to

which the damage shall have been caused.

The Contractor shall also indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer against all

and any costs, charges or expenses arising out of any claim or proceedings relating to

the works and also in respect of any award of damage or compensation arising there

from.

Without prejudice to the other rights of the Employer against Contractors in respect of

such default, the Employer shall be entitled to deduct the sum paid to the Insurance

Company with 25% extra as departmental charges from any sums payable to the

Contractor the amount of any damages, compensation costs, charges and other

expenses paid by the Employer and which are payable by the Contractor under this

clause.

The Contractor shall upon settlement by the Insurer of any claim made against the


79

insurer pursuant to a policy taken under this clause, proceed with due diligence to

rebuild or repair the works destroyed or damaged. In this event all the monies

received from the Insurer in respect of such damage shall be paid to the Contractor

and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any further payment in respect of the

expenditure incurred for rebuilding or repairing of the materials or goods destroyed

or damaged.

The Contractor, in case of re-building or reinstatement after damage shall be entitled

to such extension of time for completion as the PMC may deem fit, but shall, however,

not be entitled to reimbursement by the Employer of any shortfall or deficiency in the

amount finally paid by the insurer in settlement of any claim arising as set out herein.

Without prejudice to his liability under this clause, the Contractor shall also cause all

nominated sub-Contractors to effect for their respective portions of the works, similar

policies of insurance in accordance with the provisions of this clause and shall produce

or cause to produce to the Employer such policies. The Contractor shall not permit a

nominated sub-Contractor to commence work at the site unless the said insurance

policies are submitted. In the event of failure of the sub Contractor to take out such a

policy of insurance before commencing the works at the site, the Contractor shall be

responsible for any claim or damage attributable to the said sub-Contractor.

29.0 INSPECTION BY STATUTORY AUTHORITIES

The Contractor shall also give every facility to the authorized representatives of

statutory agencies/ authorities to inspect the works whenever required and shall

observe and abide by any instructions given by the Employer and the Project

Management Consultants in regard to the use of plant, equipment and temporary

works whether in respect of fire hazards or general safety and to any restrictions on

smoking or the use of naked lights by persons employed by the Contractor.

Compliance of such requirements shall accounted for in the quoted rates and the

contractor has to bear such costs.

The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against all claims in respect of the above,

and shall defend all actions arising from such claims.

30.0 TECHNICAL AUDIT

The Employer shall have a right to cause a technical examination and audit of works


80

and final bills of the Contractor including all supporting vouchers, abstract, etc. to be

made at the time of payment of the bill. If as a result of this examination or otherwise

any sum is found to have been overpaid in respect of any work done by the Contractor

under the contract the Contractor shall be liable to return the amount of over payment

and it will be lawful for the Employer to recover the same from any sum or sums due

to him and in any other manner legally permissible and if it is found that the

Contractor was paid less than what was due to him under the contract in respect of

any work, executed by him under the contract, the amount of such under payment

shall be duly paid by the Employer.

Any sum of money due and payable to the Contractor (including security deposit

returnable to him) under this contract may be appropriated by the Employer and set

off against any claim of the Employer for the payment of a sum of money arising out of

or under any other contract made by the Contractor with the Employer.

31.0 FORECLOSURE OF THE CONTRACT

If at any time after acceptance of the Bid, Employer shall decide to abandon/reduce

the scope of the works for any reason whatsoever and hence not require the whole or

any part of the work to be carried out, the Project Management Consultants shall give

notice in writing to that effect to the Contractor after consulting the employer and

the Contractor shall act accordingly in the matter. The Contractor shall have no claim

to any payment of compensation or otherwise whatsoever, on account of any profit or

advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the works in full but

which he did not derive in consequence of the foreclosure of the whole or part of the

works.

The Contractor shall be paid at contract rates full amount for works executed at site

and in addition, reasonable amount as certified by the Project Management

Consultants and Engineer in Charge for the items hereunder mentioned which could

not be utilized on the work to the full extent in view of the foreclosure:

i) Any expenditure incurred on preliminary site work, e.g temporary access

roads, temporary labour huts, staff quarters and site office; storage

accommodation and water storage tanks.

ii) The Employer shall have the option to take over Contractor’s materials or any

part thereof either brought to site or of which the Contractor is legally bound to

accept delivery from suppliers (for incorporation in or incidental to the work)


81

provided however, Employer shall not be bound to take over the materials or

such portions thereof as the Contractor does not desire to retain. For materials

taken over or to be taken over by Employer cost of such materials as detailed

by Project Management Consultants shall be paid. The cost shall, however, take

into account purchase price, cost of transportation and deterioration or damage

which may have been caused to materials whilst in the custody of the

Contractor.

iii) If any materials supplied by the Employer are rendered surplus, the same

except normal wastage shall be returned by the Contractor to Employer rates

not exceeding those at which these were originally issued for less allowance for

any deterioration or damage which may have been caused whilst the materials

were in the custody of the Contractor. In addition, cost of transporting such

materials from site to Employer’s stores, if so required by Employer shall be

paid.

iv) Reasonable compensation for transfer of Tools & Plants from site to

Contractor’s permanent stores or to his other works, whichever is less. If Tools

& Plants are not transported to either of the said places, no cost of

transportation shall be payable.

v) Reasonable compensation for repatriation of Contractor’s Site Staff and

imported labour to the extent necessary.

The Contractor shall, if required by the Project Management Consultants furnish to

him books of account wage books, time sheets and other relevant documents and

evidence as may be necessary to enable him to certify the reasonable amount payable

under this condition.

The reasonable amount of items on (i), (iv) and (v) above shall not be in excess of 2%

of the cost of the work remaining incomplete of the date of closure, i.e. total stipulated

cost of the work as per accepted Bid less the cost of work actually executed under the

contract and less the cost of Contractor’s materials at site taken over by the Employer

as per item (ii) above. Provided always that against any payments due to the

Contractor on this account or otherwise, the Employee/Project Management

Consultants shall be entitled to recover or be credited with any outstanding balances

due from the Contractor for advance paid in respect of any tool, plants and materials

and any other sums which at the date of termination were recoverable by the

Employer from the Contractor under the terms of the Contract.


82

32.0 FORCE MAJEURE

The term “force majeure” as employed in the contract shall have the same meaning as

given on clause 7 of the General Condition of Contract (GCC) and it will also include all

such other causes over which the Contractor has no control and are accepted as such

by the Engineer in charge and Project Management Consultants whose decision shall

be final and binding.

33.0 WORK TO BE CONTINUED DURING THE PENDANCY OF THE

ARBITRATION The Contractor shall continue the construction works with due diligence and speed so

as to complete the same within the period agreed upon, notwithstanding any dispute

or difference or question is referred to arbitration. The works shall not be delayed on

account of any such reference made to the Arbitration.

34.0 EMPLOYER MAY USE WORKS BEFORE ENTIRE COMPLETION

Before completion of the whole of the works, the Employer shall be entitled to make

use of any portion of the works which the Project Management Consultants may

consider to be fit for use, without liability or claim of any kind by the Contractor for so

doing, and any such use shall not relieve the Contractor of his contract obligations, nor

shall the Defects Liability Period expire for any part of the work so used until the

specified period after the whole of the work so used until the specified period after

the whole of the works are completed as herein specified and certified by the Project

Management Consultants. Further, the Employer may enter into possession of the

works and may use the same without stating any objection they may then or

afterwards have in regard to quality of materials and workmanship or failure in any

way to meet the contract requirements and the Employer shall not be precluded

thereby from thereafter stating and enforcing such objections, their rights in this

respect being held to be reserved.

35.0 –DELETED-

36.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

In case of any conflict in interpretation, the following order of precedence shall

prevail:


83

(a) For Contract Conditions :

i) Special Conditions shall prevail over General Conditions.

ii) Addenda / Corrigendum / Clarifications issued shall prevail over Special

Conditions.

(b) For technical clarifications and general guidelines towards technical specification

and workmanship, technical specification shall prevail over Bills of Quantities, Bid

drawings and Contract Conditions.

(c) Bill of Quantities (BOQ) shall prevail over all for items, units and scope in brief

read in conjunction with technical specification and Bid drawing, for units rate

quoted. Changes to BOQ other than asked by Employer stands deleted.

(d) For drawings, written dimensions shall prevail over scaled dimensions.

For execution of works, approved shop drawings / approved working sketches shall

prevail over Bid drawings.

37.0 DRAWINGS

The Drawings issued along with Bid documents are indicative and issued for bidding

purpose only. Detailed drawings, on the basis of which actual execution of the work is

to be carried out, will be furnished to the Contractor progressively based on the

programme evolved after the award of the work. The Contractor will not be entitled

for any claim for any variation in the detailed drawings and the Bid drawings. Under

no circumstances shall dimensions be scaled from these Drawings.

The Contractor shall follow the Bid drawings in preparation of his shop drawings, and

for subsequent installation work. He shall check the drawings of other trades to verify

spaces in which his work will be installed.

Maximum headroom and space conditions shall be maintained at all points. Where

headroom appears inadequate, the Contractor shall notify the Project Management

Consultants / Employer before proceeding with the installation. In case installation is

carried out without notifying the work shall be rejected and Contractor shall rectify

the same at his own cost.


84

The Contractor shall examine all architectural, structural, plumbing, HVAC and other

services drawings and check the as-built works before starting the work, report to the

Project Management Consultants / Employer any discrepancies and obtain

clarification. Any changes found essential to co-ordinate execution of his work with

other services and trades, shall be made with prior approval of the Project

Management Consultants / Employer without additional cost to the Employer.

37.1 Shop Drawings

The Contractor shall prepare and submit two sets of detailed shop drawings and bar

bending schedules to the Project Management Consultants for their approval of all

works and any other item required to be fabricated or purchased by the Contractor.

These shop drawings shall contain all information required to complete the Project as

per specifications and as required by the PMC /Employer. These Drawings shall

contain details of construction size, arrangement, operating clearances, also the details

of all related items of work by other Contractors.

Each item of equipment / material proposed shall be a standard catalogue product of

an established manufacturer strictly from the list of approved make / manufacturers

included in the Bid.

When the Project Management Consultants makes any amendments in the above

drawings, the Contractor shall supply fresh sets of drawings with the amendments

duly incorporated along with check print, for approval. The Contractor shall submit

after approvals further required number of sets of shop drawings to the Project

Management Consultants / Employer for the exclusive use by the Project Management

Consultants / Employer and all other agencies. No material or equipment may be

delivered or installed at the job site until the Contractor has in his possession, the

approved shop drawings for the particular material / equipment / installation.

Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval sufficiently in advance of planned

delivery and installation of any material to allow Project Management Consultants

ample time for scrutiny. No claims for extension of time shall be entertained because

of any delay in the work due to his failure to produce shop drawings at the right time,

in accordance with the approved programme.


85

Manufacturer’s drawings, catalogues, pamphlets and other documents submitted for

approval shall be in two sets. Each item in each set shall be properly labeled, indicating

the specific services for which material or equipment is to be used, giving reference to

the governing section and clause number and clearly identifying in permanent marker

the items and the operating characteristics. Data of general nature shall not be

accepted.

Samples of all materials shall be submitted to the Project Management Consultants /

Employer prior to procurement. These will be submitted in two sets for approval and

retention by the Project Management Consultants / Employer and shall be kept in

their site office for reference and verification till the completion of the Project.

Approval of shop drawings shall not be considered as a guarantee of measurements or

of building dimensions. Where drawings are approved, said approval does not mean

that the drawings supersede the contract requirements, nor does it in any way relieve

the Contractor of the responsibility or requirement to furnish material and perform

work as required by the contract.

Where the Contractor proposes to use an item of material / equipment, other than

that specified or detailed on the drawings, which requires any redesign of the

structure, partitions, foundation, or any other apart of the mechanical, electrical or

architectural layouts; all such re-design and all new drawings and detailing required

therefore, shall be prepared by the Contractor at his own expense and got approved by

the Project Management Consultants / Employer.

Where the work of the Contractor has to be installed in close proximity to, or will

interfere with work of other trades, he shall assist in working out space conditions to

make a satisfactory adjustment. If so directed by the Project Management Consultants

/ Employer, the Contractor shall prepare composite and coordinated working

drawings and sections at a suitable scale, not less than 1:50, clearly showing how his

work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades. If the Contractor installs

his work before coordinating with other trades, or so as to cause any interference with

work of other trades, he shall make all the necessary changes without extra cost to the

Employer.

Within two weeks of approval of all the relevant shop drawings, the Contractor shall

submit six copies of a comprehensive variation in quantity statement, and 85uthoriz


86

price list of recommended ( by manufacturers) imported and local parts and tools,

covering all equipment and materials in this contract.

Shop drawings shall be approved by the Project Management Consultants based on the

details as per various categories indicated hereinafter:

Category – I : Submission complete in all respect and thereby approved.

Category – II : Submission complete but shall be approved on

incorporation of comments / modifications as suggested

by the Project Management Consultants.

Category – III : Submission rejected due to inadequate details and

returned to Contractor for re-submission.

37.2 Delay in preparing & Submission of Shop drawing :

Contractor’s failure to prepare and submit necessary shop drawings within the

specified time schedule, the Employer / Project Management Consultants reserves the

right to get the shop drawings prepared by engaging other Agencies so as to ensure

timely completion of the Project.

Without prejudice to the other rights of the Employer against Contractors in respect of

such default, the Employer shall be entitled to deduct the sum paid to the other

Agencies with 15% extra as departmental charges from any sums payable to the

Contractor the amount of any damages, compensation costs, charges and other

expenses paid by the Employer and which are payable by the Contractor under this

clause.

Notwithstanding the above, Employer may not assign the work to any outside Agency

as mentioned above. However the Contractor shall not be released from his obligation

to perform as stipulated herein.

37.3 As-built and Record Drawings

The Contractor shall during the course of execution, prepare and keep updated a

complete set of ‘record’ drawings recording all works on the tracings or reproducible,

which shall be corrected to show each and every change from the working drawings

and showing the exact location, size and kinds of work etc. This set of drawings shall

be kept on the site and shall be used for record purpose. Changes recorded shall be

countersigned by the Project Management Consultants and the Contractor. Copies of


87

‘record’ drawings shall be supplied to the Project Management Consultants on request.

The Contractor shall prepare and submit complete ‘record’ drawings on tracings or

reproducible as directed by the Project Management Consultants within 30 days of the

completion of that portion of the work to which the tracing pertains.

In addition to hard copies of record drawings, the Contractor shall also supply a

Compact Disc containing these drawings in a digital form (done with AutoCAD -2004

or latest version).

In case, the Contractor fails to submit the approved,completed Records and as built

drawings, he shall be liable to pay sum equivalent to 0.2 (zero point two) percent of

the value of work subject to maximum of Rs. 10.00 lakhs (Ten lakhs) or as may be

fixed by the Project Management Consultants in consultation with employer and his

decision shall be final and binding.

38.0 COPY RIGHT OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS & OTHER DOCUMENTS

Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by Principal Architects for

this project are solely the instruments for Principal Architect’s services. These shall be

used only with respect of this Project. The Principal Architects shall be deemed as the

author of these documents. The Principal Architects shall retain all common law

statutory and other reserved rights, including the Copyright. The Employer shall be

allowed to retain copies of Principal Architect’s drawings, specifications and other

documents for information and in connection with the Employer’s use and occupancy

of the Project. Any reproduction of these drawings, specifications and documents, in

whole or in part, in written form, drawings or as a constructed entity, without the

prior consent of the Principal Architects shall be considered as a violation of the

Principal Architects Copyright and shall be dealt with in the relevant Court of Law.

Principal Architect’s drawings, specifications and other documents shall not be used

by the Employer or others on other projects.

39.0 DETAILS OF CONTRACT TO BE KEPT CONFIDENTIAL

The Contractor shall not without the prior permission of the Employer publish or

disclose the details of the present contract to any one particularly to any person in the

trade or who may be tempted to include any detail in a technical paper or such other

documents. The Contractor shall not use the Drawings/ Design of this project in other

works.


88

40.0 DIMENSIONS AND LEVELS

All dimensions and levels shown on the Drawings shall be verified by the Contractor

on the site and he will be held responsible for the accuracy and maintenance of all the

dimensions and the levels.

Figured dimensions are in all cases to be accepted and no dimension shall be scaled.

Large-scale details shall take precedence over small-scale drawings. In case of

discrepancy the Contractor shall ask for clarification from the Project Management

Consultants before proceeding with the work.

41.0 MANAGEMENT OF PROJECT BY CONTRACTOR

Subject to the provision in the Bid document and without prejudice to Contractor’s

liabilities to provide adequate qualified and skilled personnel on the work, Contractor

shall deploy minimum required personnel as mention in this tender document and

augment the additional work force as decided by the Project Management Consultants

depending on the exigencies of work. The Bidder shall submit the details of minimum

site personnel proposed by him.

(a) The Contractor shall ensure that senior planning and installation/ execution

personnel from his organisation are assigned exclusively for this project. They

shall have minimum 10 years of experience in this type of installation /

execution. The Contractor shall have on site at all times during working hours

throughout the course of the Contract at least one competent senior

representative holding senior management position in his organisation, who

shall be empowered to make decisions binding on the Contractor in respect of

all matters likely to arise in connection with the execution & co-ordination of

the Works at site and shall keep the Project Management Consultants and the

Employer informed at all times about the name and designation of such

representative. Contractor’s Senior Representative shall have the power to take

joint measurement and sign the measurement books/bills. Any directions,

explanations, instructions or notices given by the Project Management

Consultants to such representative shall be held to be given to the Contractor.

(b) Contractor’s Employees

The Contractor shall provide and employ after approval from the Project

Management Consultants on the site in connection with the execution,


89

completion and maintenance of the Works all Engineering staff / technical

assistants as are qualified, skilled and experienced in their respective trades,

foremen and leading hands as are competent to give proper supervision

ensuring quality & output to the work they are required to supervise, and

also such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour as are necessary for the

proper and timely execution, completion and maintenance of the works.

(c) Removal of Contractor’s Employees

The Contractor shall on the direction of the Employer/Project Management

Consultants immediately remove from the works any person employed

thereon by him who may, in the opinion of the Employer/Project

Management Consultants, be incompetent or misconducts himself and such

person shall not be again employed on the works without the permission of

the Employer/Project Management Consultants.

(d) Unauthorized Persons

No unauthorized persons are to be allowed on the site. The Contractor shall

instruct all such persons to keep out and shall take steps to prevent

trespassing.

(e) Project Monitoring

The Project Management shall be done through modern technique. The

Contractor’s office at site shall be fully equipped with telephone, fax, modem,

e-mail, computers, plotter, photocopier etc. Execution Engineers and

supervisors shall be provided with mobile (Cellular Phone) communication

system so that they can always be reached.

(f) Quality Control & Assurance

The Contractor shall assign adequate number of full time Engineer who

would be exclusively responsible for ensuring strict quality control &

assurance, adherence to specifications, and ensuring the desired class of

workmanship for the entire work.

(g) The Contractor shall engage their representatives / Supervisors

full time for the effective control of labour force during the contract period.

(h) Safety /Health Officer

The Contractor shall appoint a qualified Safety / Health Officer to ensure

the full compliance of safety norms and maintain safety records to the

satisfaction of Project Management Consultants and shall submit monthly

safety report to the Project Management Consultants in approved Proforma.


90

42.0 BYE-LAWS AND REGULATIONS The work shall be in conformity with the Byelaws, Regulations and Standards of the local authorities concerned, in so far as these become applicable.

43.0 LIABILITY FOR COST OF REPAIRS

The Contractor shall always keep free and relieve the Employer of any claims at the

instance of the local authorities or other parties in respect of any damages or due to

traffic on the roads arising out of the execution of the work under this contract.

44.0 LABOUR LAWS

The Contractor shall obtain necessary license from the licensing authority under ‘The

Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act, 1970’ and Central Rules made

thereunder and produce the same to the Project Management Consultants before the

start of the job. He shall also comply with all obligations under the said Act/Rules as

well as other applicable labour laws.

The provision of EPF & FP Act, 1952, ESIC Act and the Rules / Schemes framed there

under shall be applicable to the eligible Contractor and his eligible employees to be

engaged for this job. The Contractor shall furnish the code number allotted by

Regional Provident Fund Commissioner Authority to the Project Management

Consultants.

The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against all claims in respect of all labour

laws as detailed above during the entire execution period.

45.0 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall without prejudice to his overall responsibility to execute and

complete the work as per specifications and time schedule, progressively deploy

adequate equipment and tools and tackles and augment the same as decided by the

Project Management Consultants depending on the exigencies of the work so as to suit

the construction schedule.

The Contractor shall be required to provide at site, standby provisions for all

construction equipments during the entire execution period.

46.0 CONSTRUCTION RECORDS

The Contractor shall keep and provide to the Project Management Consultants full and


91

accurate records of the dimensions and positions of all new work and any other

information as required by the Project Management Consultants. The Contractor shall

not carry out any important operation without the consent in writing of the Project

Management Consultants.

46.1 Site Order Book

A site order book with pages in duplicate will be maintained by the Project

Management Consultant. The orders regarding the work shall be entered in this book

by the Project Management Consultant or any other officer authorized by him and the

Contractor and the authorized representative of the Contractor must sign the same in

token of having received such instructions.

47.0 FRONTS FOR WORKS WHERE OTHER AGENCIES ARE INVOLVED INCLUDING CO-ORDINATION The work involved under this contract include such works where other agencies might

also be working within the same area and part of the job shall have to be taken up and

completed after other agencies have completed their job. Also work shall be carried

out in such manner that the work of other independent agencies operating at the site

is not hampered due to any action of the Contractor. Proper co-ordination with other

agencies will be Contractor’s responsibility. The Contractor will be required and

bound to take up and complete such works as and when the fronts are available for the

same and no compensation of any nature whatsoever shall be admissible to the

Contractor on this account leading to delay in completion of the Works. In case of any

dispute in co-ordination, the decision of Project Management Consultants shall be final

and binding on the Contractor.

48.0 PROTECTION OF WORKS OF OTHER SERVICES AGENCIES.

The Contractor shall take adequate precautionary measures and shall ensure that

related works carried out by other Agencies is protected from any damage during the

course of execution of his works. Any damage to such works of other Agencies, shall be

made good at the Contractor’s expense.


92

49.0 QUALITY OF MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP & COST OF TESTS

49.1 Samples

All samples of adequate numbers, sizes, shades & pattern as per specification

shall be supplied by the Contractor without any extra charge. Apart from

adhering to any special provision made in the specifications regarding

submission of samples the Contractor shall within reasonable time of his

receipt of Letter of Acceptance / Order, provide to the Project Management

Consultants samples, which shall be kept in a sample room of approx. area of

120 sq. ft. along with the detailed literature of all materials he proposes to use

in the building irrespective of the fact that a specific make / material might

have been stipulated. If certain items proposed to be used are of such nature

that samples cannot be presented or prepared at the site, detailed literature /

test certificate of the same shall be provided instead to the satisfaction of the

Project Management Consultants. Before submitting the samples/ literature the

Contractor shall satisfy himself that the material/ equipment for which he is

submitting the samples/ literature meet with the requirement of the

specification. The Project Management Consultants shall check the samples

and give his comments and/or approval to the same. Only when the samples

are approved in writing by the Project Management Consultants, the Contractor

shall proceed with the procurement and installation of the particular material/

equipment. The approved samples shall be signed by the Project Management

Consultants and Engineer in charge with permanent marker for identification

and shall be kept on record at site office until the completion and acceptance of

the work and shall be available at the site for inspection/ comparison at any

time. The Contractor shall keep with him a duplicate of such samples to enable

him to process the matter.

For items of work where the samples are to be made at the site, the same

procedure shall be followed. All such samples shall be prepared at a place

when it can be left undisturbed until the completion of the project.

The Project Management Consultants shall communicate his comments/

approval to the Contractor after consultation with the Employer to the samples

at his earliest convenience. Any delay that might occur in approving of the

samples for reasons of its not meeting with the specifications or other


93

discrepancies, inadequacy in furnishing samples of best qualities from various

manufacturers and such other aspects causing delay on the approval of the

materials/ equipments, etc. shall be to the account of the Contractor. In this

respect the decision of the Project Management Consultants shall be final.

On delivery of the supplies of materials/ equipment for permanent works at the

site, the Contractor shall specifically arrange to get the supply inspected by the

Project Management Consultants and Employer and compared with the

approved samples and his specific approval obtained before using the same in

the work.

49.2 Cost of Samples, Tests, Inspection and Acceptance:

The successful Contractor shall conduct Inspection at Site / Factory / Place of

Manufacture for all items of work which he is intending to execute as per

Schedule of Quantities. The Contractor shall make all arrangement for

inspection of samples, prior to installation or dispatch. The cost of making any

Test, cost of sample material, transportation, loading / unloading etc. shall be

borne by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall forward all relevant copies of Sample Approval, Test

performance / acceptance by Project Management Consultants in approved

Performa for record purpose.

The Contractor shall indicate in his offer the place of source of supply of

materials, manufacturing units, test Laboratories etc. which he has considered.

The Contractor shall give clear 15 days notice in writing for all such tests to be

carried out at relevant place of Manufacture, Works, Sub-works etc. The cost

incidental to such tests being carried out shall be borne by the Contractor and

shall be deemed to have been included in the specific unit rate of that item.

50 QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM

Quality Assurance (QA) is essentially the system of planning, organizing and

controlling the human skill for reliable application of code requirements and Bid

specifications to assure and achieve quality in work.

Q.A. System is an integral part of every work function and to this extent is the


94

responsibility of the Contractor. Therefore, the total system of internal and external

controls, testing and quality control, acceptance criteria and documentation is to be

covered in the ‘Quality Assurance System’ proposed by the Contractor in the approved

proforma.

The quality assurance system proposed shall include:

Quality Plan

Quality Control

Quality Assurance Plan

Quality Surveillance

Quality Policy

Quality Audit

Total quality management.

The main Contractor and sub-Contractors, material supplier, manufacture, specialist

agency/ Contractor Consultant, and Employer/ utility are the parties involved in QA

system. Some or all parties mentioned above are involved and have various degree of

responsibility in any specific item of work in the project. The Contractor therefore has

to submit the organization chart indicating the scope and inter relation between

various parties, which form the organization of Q.A. system. This organization may be

a single level, two level or multi level controlling / auditing system, so defined by the

number of independent parties involved in checks / controls.

50.1 Quality Assurance, Health, Safety & Environmental Manual

A Manual constituting a base document outlining policy, procedures, compliance,

acceptance criteria and documentation etc. shall be prepared by the successful Bidder

and submitted to the Project Management Consultants for approval within 15 days

from the date of receipt of Acceptance Letter. The Document shall be in line with the

tender document and got project management consultant. The document shall

generally cover aspects listed below, but is not limited to the same.

i) Identification of all parties involved in QA/HSE and their inter-relationship.

ii) Internal QA system of each party.

iii) Levels of cross checking/ verification in case of multiple verifications/ controls,

including systems of inspection and audit, wherever applicable.

iv) Organization of personnel, responsibilities and lines reporting for QA/HSE


95

purpose.

v) Criteria for acceptance/ rejection, including identification of proper authorities

for such decisions.

vi) Inspection at the end and during defect liability period/ maintenance period.

These Items to be covered for Maintenance manual also.

51 GUARANTEES & LIABILITIES

The Contractor shall furnish necessary guarantees on approved proforma that the

work executed under this contract conforms with sound & established engineering

practices, national / international standards and Indian Codes & Regulations wherever

applicable for the purpose specified, free from defects / faults and suitable for

respective uses for which it is intended.

The said guarantee shall be valid upto the end of defects liability period or 12 months

from the date of commissioning whichever is later unless otherwise specified. All the

Guarantees shall be submitted before final payment and shall not in any way limit any

other rights to correction, which the Employer may have under the Contract.

The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer / Project Management Consultants in

consequence of the design, manufacturing defect, patent manufacturing defect,

construction defect, found in the constructed work at any time in a period

commencing with the grant of phase completion certificate by the Employer to the

Contractor in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the said contract.

52 LABOUR STRENGTH & WORKING HOURS

The labour strength requirement is subject to variation from time to time, which the

Contractor should be prepared to meet at short notices and no extra claim for this will

be considered.

Depending upon the requirement, the works may have to continue beyond the normal

working hours to the extent of round the clock and holidays also for which no extra

claim would be entertained.

53 SPECIALIST AGENCY

The Contractor shall get all specialized work such as Waterproofing, Anti-termite

treatment, etc. through specialist Agencies. The names of such specialist Agencies, the


96

Contractor proposes to use, shall be submitted to the Project Management Consultants

along with details of their experience and on approval by the Project Management

Consultants the particular Agencies only shall be appointed for carrying out the work.

The Employer/Project Management Consultants shall have the right to reject any

specialist Agencies proposed in which case the Contractor shall get the work executed

by another specialist Agencies who meets with the approval of the Employer/Project

Management Consultants and no claim by the Contractor regarding this aspect shall be

entertained.

54 SITE CLEANING

The Contractor shall take care for cleaning the work site from time to time for easy

access to work site and also from safety point of view.

Working site should always be kept cleaned upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer in

charge and Project Management Consultants. Before handing over any works to

Employer, the Contractor in addition to other formalities to be observed as detailed in

the document shall clear the site to the entire satisfaction of Employer/Project

Management Consultants.

Debris, Garbage, waste and refuse emanating from Contractor’s work site shall be

removed, transported and disposed off the site by the Contractor at his cost to soil

dumps as approved by the local authorities including dumping, leveling etc.

conforming to local byelaws and regulations as directed by such authorities.

The dumping of disposal of refuse or any other contaminant into any nallah / other

water course or areas other than those as approved by local authorities will not be

permitted.

The Contractor shall include the cost of keeping the site clean in accordance with this

clause including initial and final cleaning to the satisfaction of Project Management

Consultants, in the quoted price.

In the event of the failure of the Contractor to maintain proper cleanliness in the site,

Project Management Consultants have the right to suspend the work and engage the

entire work force including the Supervisory Staff, free of cost, for the proper Site

Cleaning to the satisfaction of the Employer / Project Management Consultants.

The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against all claims in respect of the above,

and shall defend all actions arising from such claims in respect thereof.


97

54.1 Disposal of Rubbish

1 The Contractor shall cart away from site and deposit where directed by the

Project Management Consultants all refuse, etc. arising from the Works both as it

accumulated, at completion of the Works or at the direction of the Project Management

Consultants.

2 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain a certificate from the local authorities

concerned to the effect that all rubbish arising out of Contractor’s activities at the

construction site or any other offsite activities borrow pits and / or disposal area(s) has

been properly disposed off.

This certificate from the authority shall be dated not later than the (last) Certificate of

Completion of Works and is to be enclosed with the Payment Certificate in which the

Contractor requests for payment of any Retention Money due to him.

55 WORK DURING NIGHT

Subject to any provisions to the contrary contained in the Contract none of the

permanent work shall save as herein provided be carried on during the night or on

Holidays without the permission in writing of the PMC, save when the work is

unavoidable or absolutely necessary for the saving of life or property or for the safety

of the Works in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise the PMC. Provided

always that the provisions of this clause shall not be applicable in the case of any work,

which becomes essential to carry out by rotary or double shifts in order to achieve the

progress and quality of the part of the works being technically required/ continued

with the prior approval of the PMC.

All work at night shall be carried out without unreasonable noise and disturbance and

with the approval of the PMC and in addition that of the local authority, if so

applicable. The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer from and against any liability

for damages on account of noise or other disturbance created while or in carrying out

the work and from and against all claims, demands, proceedings, costs, charges and

expenses whatsoever in regard or in relation to such liability.


98

56 PROGRAMME OF WORKS

56.1 Controlled Time Schedule (CTS):

The Contractor shall, after the acceptance of his tender submit to the Engineer in

charge and Project management consultant for their approval a C.T.S. showing the

order of procedure along with sectional milestones in which he proposes to carry out

his works. The Controlled time schedule must be updated and provided by the

contractor to the Engineer on a weekly basis. The Contractor shall whenever required

by the Engineer, also provide in writing a general description of the arrangements and

methods which the Contractor proposes to adopt for the execution of the works.

On failure by the contractor to adhere to the approved Construction schedule, the

Employer based on Project Management Consultant’s advice, or otherwise, reserves

the right to take reasonable steps to achieve the approved construction schedule,

through an alternative agency or agencies, by removal of part of scope or entire scope,

at the risk and cost of the Contractor, and deduct the additional expenses from any

sums that may be due then or at any time thereafter may become due to the

Contractor or from its performance bond, on this account. This right and the recourse

therein to the Employer is in addition and supplementary to any other recourse

available under the contract.

56.2 Programme to be Modified

Subject to the provisions of relevant Clause of GCC, if at any time it should appear to

the Project Management Consultant that the actual progress of the works does not

conform to the approved programme referred to in above Clause, the Contractor shall

produce a revised and detailed programme showing the modifications to the original

programme necessary to ensure the completion of the works within the time for

completion as defined in contract document.

The submission to and approval by the Engineer of such programmes or the furnishing

of such particulars shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his duties or

responsibilities under the Contract.

56.3 Cash Flow

The detailed programmes shall also show the estimated Cash Flow required for each

month to complete the works.


99

56.4 Progress Report/Photograph

Four copies of fortnightly progress reports containing the following shall be submitted

by the Contractor to the Employer through the Project Management Consultant every

fortnight.

i) Fortnightly detailed progress report showing the progress of individual

activities of programme as achieved at site till such period and being suitably

marked on the approved network diagram, or as directed by the Project

Management Consultant, shall be provided by the Contractor indicating the

actual state of progress during the course of the contract, together with other

details of procurement and delivery schedules of materials/ equipments, as

required by the Project Management Consultant.

ii) Three copies of coloured photographs in 5” x 7.5” size (Progress Photographs

to be included along with monthly progress reports only) in hard and soft

copies showing important progress of work at locations directed by the Project

Management Consultant. Short description along with date has to be

incorporated in the respective photographs.

iii) Labour report in the form prescribed by the Project Management Consultant.

iv) Material receipt, equipment and machinery report in the form prescribed by

the Project Management Consultant.

v) Supervisory staff reports in the form prescribed by the Project Management

Consultant.

vi) The Contractor shall not publish any photographs taken from the work without the

written permission of the Employer during or after the execution period.

57 SITE MEETINGS

Progress and quality evaluation meetings will be held at the site every week. The

Contractors senior Representative-in-charge of the project along with his site-in-

charge and other staff including staff of approved sub-Contractors and suppliers as

required shall participate in these progress review meetings and ensure all follow up

actions. Any additional review meetings shall be held if required, as decided by the

Employer/Project Management Consultants which also shall be attended by the above

referred representative.


100

58 GUARDING AND PROPER LIGHTING The Contractor shall provide and maintain at his own cost through out the contract till

handing over Employers all areas fully ventilated, illuminated and guarded. Any

instruction in this regard given by the Employer/Project Management Consultants for

the protection of the Works or for safety and convenience of those employed on the

Works or the public shall be carried at the Contractor’s cost.

59 FACILITIES FOR CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEES ( Office, Store etc.)

The Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary office(s), workshops, stores,

shelters, sanitary facilities, canteen and other temporary shelters for themselves and

their staff at site to the satisfaction of the Project Management Consultants.

The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for the housing and welfare of his

staff and workmen including adequate drinking water and sanitary facilities. The

Contractor shall also make his own arrangements at his own cost for transport where

necessary for his staff and workmen to and from the sites of the works. The necessary

drinking water and sanitary facilities for Contractors staff & labour & visitors at site

shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor at no extra cost.

On the completion of the Works the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the

Site all Temporary buildings including labour shed, site office, stores, Constructional

Plant, surplus materials, rubbish and Temporary Works of every kind and leave the

whole of the site and works clean and in a workmanlike condition, to the satisfaction

of the Employer/Project Management Consultants. In the event of the failure of the

Contractor to produce necessary Site Clearance Certificate issued by Project

Management Consultants to this effect, payment of Final Bill shall not be released.

60 CRECHE FACILITY

The Contractor shall at his own expense, make adequate arrangements for the

provision of temporary Crèche (Bal-Mandir) facility for the children of construction

labours employed by the Contractor at site and the Contractor shall maintain &

operate it upto the satisfaction of Project Management Consultants without any extra

cost.

The Creche shall be adequately fenced all around so as to prevent the movements of children on work place.


101

61 OFFICE ACCOMMODATION FOR PROJECT MANAGEMENT

CONSULTANT’S / EMPLOYER’S REPRESENTATIVE AND VISITING OFFICIALS (a) The Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain without any extra cost an

office accommodation of about 2000 Sft. Covered area with adequate toilet

facilities, partitions and maintain the same without any extra cost for the use of

Project Management Consultants’s & Employer’s Representatives, visiting and

inspecting officials.

(b) The office spaces shall be well lighted and cooled and shall be provided with

adequate number of electric lights, plug points in each room, Air Condition, ceiling

fans, drinking water cooler and all required furniture, fittings and sanitary wares

including cabinets and drawing stands. The office floor level shall be fixed

considering the high flood level of the area.

If any shortfall in these facilities occurs, the Project Management Consultants/

Employer will arrange for the same and the cost incurred will be recovered from the

Contractor with 25% extra for additional overheads / departmental charges from any

money due or which may become due to the Contractor.

62 ENVIRONMENTAL SAFEGUARDS

The Contractor shall take action of following points and note the stipulations as under

as regards environmental safeguards as stipulated by the Ministry of Environment and

Forests.

i) Appropriate measures shall be undertaken while undertaking digging activities

to avoid degradation of water quality.

ii) Borrow pits and other scars created during the construction shall be properly

leveled and treated.

iii) Adequate provision for infrastructure facilities, i.e. water supply, fuel,

sanitation, etc. shall be ensured for labourers during construction period in

order to avoid damage to the environment.

iv) No excavation from or dumping of waste material into any water

body/wetlands shall be done.


102

v) Borrow sites for earth, quarry sites for construction and dump site shall be

identified keeping in view:

(a) No excavation or dumping on private property is carried out without

written consent of the Employer.

(b) No excavation or dumping shall be allowed or wetlands, forests areas or

other ecologically valuable or sensitive locations;

(c) The excavation work shall be done in consultation with soil

conservation and watershed development agencies working in the area

(d) Construction spoil including bituminous material, and other hazardous

material must not be allowed to contaminate water course and the

dump sites for such materials must be identified well in advances

before construction and lined properly so that they do not leach into the

ground water;

vi) The trees which are necessary to be felled should be identified before hand and

necessary approval from the competent authority should be obtained for felling

the same. Sufficient number of trees of suitable species should be planted in

lieu of the trees felled as per the requirement of Central and local government

rules applicable.

vii) A contingency plan shall be prepared to combat with accidents so that the

victims of accident can be provided immediate medical help. Some essential

equipment, building and other facilities may require for the purpose.

viii) The Employer or any other competent authority may stipulate any other

condition for environmental safeguard, subsequently, if deemed necessary,

which should be complied with.

The above mentioned stipulations shall be enforced among others under the Water (prevention and Control of pollution) Act, 1974, the Air (prevention and Control of pollution) Act, 1981 the Environment (Protection ) Act 1986, the Hazardous Chemicals (manufacture, Storage and Import) Rules, 1989, the Environment Impact Assessment Notification of January, 1994 and its amendment of May, 1994, the Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and the rules made thereunder from time to time.


103

63 FIRE FIGHTING ARRANGEMENT

i) The Contractor shall provide suitable arrangements for firefighting at his own

cost. For this purpose, he shall provide requisite number of fire extinguishers

and adequate number of buckets, some of which are to be always kept filled

with sand and some with water. These equipments shall be provided at

suitable prominent and easily accessible places and shall be properly

maintained.

ii) The Contractor may be subject to periodic fire prevention inspections and any

deficiency or unsafe condition shall be corrected by the Contractor at his own

cost and to the approval of the PMC and the relevant authorities.

These fire prevention inspections shall include but not limited to the following :

(a) Proper handling, storage and disposal of combustible materials, liquids

and wastes.

(b) Work operations, which can create fire hazards.

(c) Access for firefighting equipment.

(d) Type, size, number and location of fire extinguishers or other firefighting

equipment.

(e) Inspection and maintenance records for extinguishers.

(f) Type, number and location of containers for the removal of surplus

materials and rubbish.

(g) General housekeeping.

64 SAFETY PRACTICES DURING CONSTRUCTION

The Contractor shall pay penalty for violation or non-observance of the safety

practices during construction shall be as follows:-

vii) Violation of applicable Safety, Health and Environment related norm, a penalty

of Rs. 5,000/- per occasion).

ii) Violation as above resulting in:

(a) Any physical injury, a penalty of 0.5% of the contract value (maximum of

Rs.2,00,000/-) per injury in addition to Rs.5,000/- as in item a above.

(b) Fatal accidents, a penalty of 1% of the contract value (maximum of

Rs.10,00,000/-) per fatality in addition to Rs.5,000/- as in item a above.

The above shall be in addition to those penalty that have been enforced

by the Statutory Authorities.


104

65 PERMITS FOR ROCK BLASTING

The Contractor must obtain valid license/permit for controlled rock blasting if

permitted from concerned competent authority under whose jurisdiction the work

falls, and pay to such authority all fees that may be chargeable in respect of the work .

66 HOARDING/PUBLICITY

The Contractor shall put up a suitable hoarding of approx. size 4m x 2m in English to a

design to be prepared by the Contractor including the font size, other arrangements of

the lettering etc. and approved by the Employer/Project Management Consultants. The

hoarding shall also include the name of the Project, the Employer and the Architect

and Project Management Consultant.

Any permission of local authorities if required shall be obtained by the Contractor at

his own cost.

No advertisement may be placed on any hoarding, fencing, building or scaffolding

erected in connection with this contract without the written permission of the

Employer/Project Management Consultants.

67 SAFETY CODE

1 Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all work that cannot be

safely done from the ground, or from solid construction except such short

period work as can be done safely from ladders. When a ladder is used an extra

mazdoor shall be engaged for holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for

carrying materials as well, suitable footholds and handholds shall be provided

on the ladder and the ladder shall be given as in inclination and not steeper

than 1/4 to 1 (1/4 horizontal and 1 vertical).

2 Scaffolding or staging more than 3.25 metres above the ground or floor, swung

or suspended from an overhead support or erected with stationary support,

shall have a guard rail properly attached, bolted, braced and otherwise secured

at least one meter high above the floor or platform of such scaffolding or

staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends thereof

with only such openings as may be necessary for the delivery of materials.

Such scaffolding or staging shall be fastened as to prevent it from swaying

from the building or structure.


105

3) Working platforms, gang ways and stairways shall be so constructed that they

do not sag unduly or equally, and if height of a platform or gangway or

stairway is more than 3.25 metres above ground level or floor level, it shall be

closely boarded, have adequate width and be suitably fenced, as described in 2

above.

4) Provided with suitable means to prevent fall of persons or materials by

providing suitable fencing or railing with a minimum height of one meter.

5) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other

working places. Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single

ladder shall be over nine meters in length, width between side rails in a rung

ladder shall be in no case be less than 30 cm for ladders upto and including

three meters in length. For longer ladders the width shall be increased at least

6 mm for each additional 30 cm of length. Uniform step spacing shall not

exceed 30 cms. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from

electrical equipment. No materials on any of the site shall be stacked or placed

as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. The

Contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights to protect public from

accidents and shall be bound to bear expenses of defence of every suit action

or other proceedings at law that may be brought by any person for injury

sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay any damages

and costs which may be awarded in any such suit action or proceedings to any

such person or which may with the consent of the Contractor be paid to

compromise any claim by any such person.

6) Excavations and Trenching:

All trenches 1.5 metres or more in depth shall at all times be applied with

atleast one ladder for each 30 metres in length or fraction thereof, ladder shall

be extended from bottom of trench to atleast one meter above surface of the

ground. Sides of a trench which is 1.5 metres or more in depth shall be stepped

back to give suitable slope or security held by timber bracing, so as to avoid

the danger of sides collapsing. Excavated material shall not be placed within

1.5 metres of edge of trench or half of depth of trench, whichever is more.

Cutting shall be done from top to bottom. Under no circumstances shall

undermining or under cutting be done.


106

7) Demolition:

Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the process of the

work:

(a) All roads and open areas adjacent to the work site shall either be closed

or suitably protected.

(b) No electric cable or apparatus which is liable to be source of danger

over a cable or apparatus used by operator shall remain electrically

charged.

(C ) All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to person employed,

from risk or fire or explosion, or flooding. No floor, roof or other part of

a building shall be so overloaded with debris of materials as to render it

unsafe.

8) All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the Project

Management Consultants shall be available for use of persons employed on the

Site and maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use; and the

Contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment by

those concerned.

(a) Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials cement and lime

mortars/concrete shall be provided with protective footwear and

protective goggles.

(b) Those engaged in handling any materials which is injurious to eyes shall

be provided with goggles.

(c) Those engaged in welding works shall be provided welder’s protective

eye-shields.

(d) Stone breakers shall be provided with protective goggles and protective

clothing and seated at sufficiently safe intervals.

(e) When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in use,

the Contractor shall ensure that manhole covers are opened and

manholes are ventilated atleast for an hour before workers are allowed

to get into them. Manholes so opened shall be cordoned off with

suitable railing and provided with warning signals or boards to prevent

accidents to public.


107

(f) The Contractor shall not employ men below the age of 18 and women

or the child labour on the work of painting with products containing

lead in any form. Whenever men above the age of 18 are employed on

the work lead painting, the following precautions shall be taken.

9) No paint containing lead or lead products shall be used except in the form of

paste of readymade paint.

10) Suitable face masks shall be supplied for use by workers when paint is

supplied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry rubbed and

scrapped.

11) Overalls shall be supplied by the Contractor to workmen and adequate

facilities shall be provided to enable working painters to wash during and on

cessation of work.

12) When work is done near any place where there is risk of drawing all necessary

equipment shall be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps

taken for prompt rescue of any persons in danger and adequate provisions

made for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during

the course of the work.

13) Use of hoisting machines, tools and tackle including their attachments

anchorage and supports shall conform in the following:

i) These shall be of good mechanical construction, sound material and

adequate strength and free from patent defects shall be kept in good

repair and in good working order.

14) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension

shall be of durable quality and adequate strength, and free from patent defects.

15) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified

and no person under the age of 21 years shall be in charge of any hoisting

machine including any scaffold winch or give signals to operator.


108

16) In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle swivel

and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as means of suspension, safe

working load shall be ascertained by adequate means. Every hoisting machine

and all gear referred to above shall be plainly marked with safe working load.

In case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load, each safe

working load and the conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly

indicated. No part of any machine or of any gear referred to above in this

paragraph shall be loaded beyond safe working load except for the purpose of

testing.

17) In case of departmental machine, safe working load shall be notified by the

Project Management Consultants. As regards Contractor’s machine the

Contractor shall notify safe working load of each machine to the Project

Management Consultants whenever he brings it to site of work and get it

verified by the Project Management Consultants.

18) Motors, gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of

hoisting appliances shall be provided with efficient safeguard; hoisting

appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to the minimum

risk of accidental descent of load adequate precautions shall be taken to

reduce to the minimum risk of any part of a suspended load becoming

accidentally displaced. When workers are employed on electrical installations

which are already energized, insulating mats, working apparel such as gloves,

sleeves and boots, as may be necessary, shall be provided. Workers shall not

wear any rings, watches and carry keys or other materials which are good

conductor of electricity.

19) All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein

shall be maintained in a safe condition and no scaffold, ladder or equipment

shall be altered or removed while it is in use. Adequate washing facilities shall

be provided at or near places of work.

20) The Contractor should ensure to arrange due precautionary measures and

supervision to avoid accident and causes of accident. It is the responsibility of

the Contractor to ensure full compliance with safety regulations and all


109

statutory requirements in respect of staff / labourers employed by him and his

sub-Contractors, if any.

21) The Contractor must be careful regarding “Safety First” during working and in

the Employer’s premises.

22) Site work is quite different from work in an workshop. The Contractor shall

bear this point in mind so that proper work methods to avoid accident and

causes of accident can be evolved.

23) The Contractor must clearly bear in mind that a competent supervisor shall

always be on site when his men are at work. Lapse on this point shall be

viewed seriously irrespective of occurrence of any accidents.

24) The Contractor shall ensure that safety precautions expected of his

professional works are completely understood by his supervisors and workers

and that these are followed. The Contractor shall also ensure that in every job

that he does taking cognizance of varying site conditions, his staff are

completely knowledgeable about the hazards and dangers associated with the

work for which due alertness and safe working methods shall be followed.

25) The Contractor must ensure provisions of adequate fire fighting capacity to

deal with fires at incipient stage itself. Such provision should not be less than 2

of 20 gallon foam extinguishers properly maintained by him. The Contractor’s

staff should know the use of the above mentioned fire-extinguishers.

26) Smoking is strictly prohibited in areas with combustibles or inflammables and

in other areas where smoking is prohibited.

27) It is entirely the Contractor’s responsibility to see that safety appliances such

as safety belts, lifelines, helmets, etc. depending on the jobs are provided by

him. The Contractor’s supervisors shall ensure that they are used. If the

Contractor need any suggestion on the matter he can approach the Project

Management Consultants, but any lapse on matters of safety will be viewed


110

seriously.

28) No unauthorized electrical connection should be made. Electrical connections,

welding sets, etc. should be got approved by an authorized representative of

Project Management Consultants.

29) All equipments used for carrying out work such as ladders, cranes, tractors,

welding sets or any tools, machinery, etc. shall be rendered safe so that no

injury or accident will occur when used in the expected manner. Should any

accident occur the Contractor is entirely responsible for it including

compensation that may arise of the incident

30) Safety Precautions of Portable Electrical Appliances

Precautions in handling of portable electrical appliances are more significant

under monsoon conditions. Some likely situations are highlighted here for your

attention and action to ensure that condition and method of usage conform to

safety of personnel and property.

31) Broken sockets / pin plugs / locate connections:

These conditions cause sparking leading to fault conditions of electric shock

situations. Wires shall not be directly inserted in sockets, as an earth leak on

phase socket can give a shock to operator.

32) Polarity of phase / phases, neutral and earth:

Certain appliances may give violent electric shock during work if polarity

conditions are not satisfied.

33) Joints in flexible cables:

Usage of portable appliances is such that electrical and physical integrity of a

joint may be suddenly affected leading to severe sparking and fire if

combustible or flammable materials are at the joint. Perhaps this may not be

noticed by operator at all. For this and similar reasons, joints in cable or

portable appliances are not permitted at all.


111

34) Appliances-body grounding and system grounding:

In the absence of body grounding or because of ineffective body grounding of

appliances operator may receive severe shock (in case of phase to body fault)

during usage. Further all earth pin sockets must have low impedance and

mechanically firm earthing according to lndian Electricity Rules so that safety is

assured to operator even under such fault conditions.

35) Water reduces affectivity of insulation depending upon exposure. Presence of

water on ordinary switches may give a shock during operation. Switches in

chronic leakage areas should preferably be de-energised until rectification.

36) These safety provisions shall be brought to the notice of all concerned by

display on a notice board in Hindi and English at a prominent place at the

workspot. Persons responsible for ensuring compliance with the Safety Code

shall be named therein by the Contractor.

37) To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety

precautions, arrangements made by the Contractor shall be open to inspection

by the Project Management Consultants or his representatives and the

Inspecting Officers as defined in the Contractor’s Labour Regulations.

38) Notwithstanding the above conditions 1 to 25, the Contractor is not exempted

from the operation of any other Act or Rule in force.

39) For the safety of handling glass, the provisions of the latest standards listed

below or necessary instructions issued by the Project Management Consultants

shall be applicable.

ANSI : Z 97.1.84 Safety Glazing Materials used in Buildings.

CPSC : 16 CFR 1201 Specification for Safety of Glass.


112

68. ENVIRONMENT, SAFETY & HEALTH (ESH) PLAN

1.0 General 1.1 Safety Management Procedures 1.2 Design Development for Safety 1.3 Safety Meetings 1.4 Training 1.5 Tool Box Talks & Safety Seminars 1.6 Skills Training 1.7 Safety Auditing 1.8 Unsafe Act Auditing 1.9 Accident Reporting and Investigation 1.10 Temporary Works and False Works 1.11 Scaffold Controller 1.12 Rubbish Removal 1.13 Control of Substances Hazardous to Health 1.14 Environmental Consideration

2.0 Fire Prevention Plan & General Procedures 3.0 Contractor Quality Requirements (to be submitted by the Contractor) 4.0 Project Planning and Implementation Procedures (to be submitted by the

Contractor)


113

ENVIRONMENT, SAFETY & HEALTH (ESH) PLAN

SAFETY - GENERAL

1.1 Safety Management Procedures

Guide to Requirements for Contractor/Sub Contractor Organisation & Arrangements for Health & Safety

(i) Introduction Project Manager chooses Contractor / Sub Contractors with care & will only use those who share our commitment to safety. Project Manager recognizes that your company does have this commitment, but accept that you need to know the standards expected of you on this project. These guidelines have been prepared for this purpose. (ii) Contractual Responsibilities The responsibility for safety and accident prevention on site, in respect of the Contractor/Sub Contract works, rest primarily with you as Contractor / Sub Contractors. Part of your contract requires you to co-operate at all times with Project Manager & to rectify immediately any matters brought to your attention. Failure to rectify any substandard act or condition will entitle Project Manager to make other arrangements & allows the Client to deduct any associated cost from the contract sum. Compliance with all current Health & Safety Legislation is mandatory within your contract. Additionally you are required to comply with the provisions of the Safety Management Procedures, as well as the other safety items noted. These are available for inspection upon request. You will be deemed to have allowed for the costs of these provisions within your fixed Unit price. Our purpose in putting these in writing is to make sure that we are fair to all Contractor/Sub contractors when they tender, so that all tender on the same basis. 1.2 Design Development for Safety (if applicable) (i) Objective To remove or reduce potential hazards to the greatest extent practicable at the design stage. (ii) Construction Methods & Design As a Contractor / Sub Contractor you are a specialist in your field & you should comment, where you think necessary to improve safety on the project design, construction method or build ability. (iii) Refurbishment / Demolition Make a search for information regarding a building to be refurbished or demolished including - Former use of the building - Existing drawings or nature of the structure


114

- Likely exposure to asbestos, chemicals, disease, ionizing radiation or other substances hazardous to health.

- Contaminated ground Consider carefully information provided by Project Manager on the above. (iv) Retained Structures Facades & other structures or architectural items for retention must be fully assessed by qualified engineers & detailed proposals submitted to Project Manager for consideration before work proceeds. 1.3 Safety Meetings (i) Pre-start Kick off & Method Statement meeting (Mobilization Meeting) An important part of the Safety management Procedures is a meeting to be held, specifically on the subject of safety, between yourselves, Project Manager & Safety Managers. At this meeting you will present your detailed Method Statement, Safe Systems of Work & explain how you will manage & control safety on your Contractor / Sub contract works. (ii) Regular Monthly Site Safety Meeting You must ensure that your appointed Site Supervisor responsible for the safety of your operations attends each monthly/weekly site safety meeting. This is chaired by Project Manager, PM site management and the trade unions if any will be represented along with the contractor/Sub Contractors representatives. (iii) Daily Progress Meeting Safety must be an item at daily meetings between Contractor and Sub Contractors. 1.4 Training The elements of training outlined below are essential to the success of the Safety Management Procedures & must be conducted by Contractor / Sub Contractors for their own personnel. (i) Management & Front Line Supervision All Contractor / Sub Contractors must provide in-house or external courses on health & safety at a minimum of 1 days training per year for each of their Manager, Supervisors & Foremen. (ii) Induction All Contractors / Sub Contractors’ employees must attend an induction session when first joining the contract. These will be conducted either by Project Manager or the Contractor / Sub Contractor as appropriate to the project. Contractor / Sub contractors must also make their employees aware of the following site rules & conditions specific to the project.


115

- Employee Responsibilities - Reporting defects in plan equipment – name contact.

- Safe Practices in relation to their work content - Explain agreed method Statement / Safe System of Work.

- Define specific hazard areas on site - (overhead power lines etc.) - Explain policy on: Safety Helmets, Alcohol, Drug Abuse & Horseplay. - Details of First Aid arrangements - Provision for Welfare - Canteens, Toilets & Accommodation - Fire Prevention Provisions & Emergency Procedures - Accident reporting requirements & procedures

- Explain requirements for the use of personal Protective Equipment relative to the task & issue procedures - (Goggles, Ear Defenders etc.).

- Define procedures for debris / material control - Explain policy regarding operation of specific plant & equipment (training) - Where scaffold is to be used - State rules regarding safe use, alteration &

access.

(iii) Specialist It may be necessary when working on or adjacent to certain operations to carry out specific training to make operatives aware of the additional hazards (e.g. Railways, Airports & Live Plant or Processes). This training may be carried out by the organization responsible for the operation or may be a tailor made course run by yourselves or Project Manager. (iv) First Aid All Contractor / Sub Contractors must have within their workforce trained first aiders who hold a current certificate (where such certification is prescribed by legislation or custom & practice) (v) Fire Fighting Required annually for all personnel (vi) Safety Refresher Refresher training, to reinforce & expand on the tool box talks should consist of a 1 hour training session held at a maximum of 4 monthly intervals for all site staff. This should be organized by the Contractor / Sub Contractor for his own employees and he should be prepared also to release them for training led by Project Manager. 1.5 Tool Box Talks & Safety Seminars (i) Tool Box Talks Tool Box talks consist of a 10 minute session each month, to be held on a regular basis on a particular morning. Tool Box talks are Mandatory. They are to be conducted by the immediate front line supervisor of the workers concerned (i.e. typically held by a foreman


116

for 10-12 workers). Topics for tool box can be provided by PM but notes prepared by your staff which are task specific are to be preferred. Project Manager requires a written record of tool box talks held, who conducts them & the names of personnel attending. This ensures.

- All personnel on site do get regular safety instruction - Front line supervision are made to learn the contents of talks & appreciate

their own responsibilities for Safety & Health. Part of the value of tool box talks is to seek feedback from the workforce about safety hazards faced during their activities. These comments should be recorded in writing and the matter investigated and corrected before the next meeting. Project Manager is to be given written notice of the action taken or reason for no action. (ii) Safety Seminars for Workforce. At least 2 safety seminars a year are to be provided by yourselves, with the active participation of your site management, aimed at our entire site workforce. These may be held jointly with the Contractors union where your workforce has union representation. (iii) Safety Seminars for Front Line Supervisors Your senior management on site is to actively participate in 2 safety seminars a year specifically aimed at your front line supervision. This will display commitment and leadership to these key personnel and reinforce, in them, their own responsibilities for safety and the workforce they control. 1.6 Skills Training

(i) Objective All site operatives must be trained in accordance with legal requirements and good industrial practice. (ii) Required Standard Where a legal or recognized training standard exists for the certification of user / operators of plant./ equipment then it is mandatory that only such certificated personnel are to be permitted to use/operate the respective items of plant / equipment. Copies of all relevant training certificates are to BE passed to Project Manager before authorization to use/ operate any plant equipment can be given by the Contractor / Sub Contractor. Where no such legal or recognized training standard exists, prior to the used/operation of any plant/ equipment, the Contractor / Sub contractors is required to nominate and certify in writing individual user/operators and their competency. 1.7 Safety Auditing (i) Objective Contractor / Sub contractors should monitor their own works on site and immediately correct any defects found.


117

(ii) Required Standard Contractor/ Sub Contractors must have their own Safety Officer or Consultant visiting site on a regular basis to review safety performance, together with their resident Site Safety Supervisor and all reports on safety defects must be actioned promptly. (iii) Site Safety Supervisor Every Contractor / Sub contractor is required to nominate a site Safety Supervisor. The Site Safety Supervisor needs to be at least an experienced foreman, who has the respect of the other foreman on site & who is able to command the labour rubbish etc. The Site Safety Supervisor must have received some formal training in order to be able to discharge his responsibilities adequately. The Site Safety Supervisor must have time to carry out his functions & on larger work elements this will be a full time role. As a guide:

Workforce 250+ - Full time function Workforce 100 -250 - 50% of time as a minimum Workforce under 100 - As required by the nature of the work The site Safety Supervisor MUST attends the monthly site safety meetings. 1.8 Unsafe Act Auditing (iv) Objective To reduce significantly the potential for accidents in the individuals work practices, both the unsafe acts committed and the unsafe conditions created. (v) Required Standard Each Contractor / Sub Contractor Manager & front line Supervisor is to spend 1 hour each week auditing their works for unsafe acts & thereby giving leadership & example to their workforce. (vi) Technique Preparation: - Select areas of greatest hazard or activity to audit - Use tool box talks to set objectives/standards for the workforce - Set a good personal example. Observation - Take time to watch an activity or situation - Concentrate on people - Look for unsafe acts, violation of safety rules or unsafe conditions - Recognize good as well as bad practices

Discussion - Discuss with the workforce how the job could be done more safely


118

- Encourage them to identify hazards & to suggest improvements - Ensure that all unsafe acts & conditions are discussed - Commend good safety practices Follow - up - Check at random for repetition of safety violations - Give formal written warnings for repeated violations by individuals - Contractor / Sun Contracts auditor are to report their findings on a weekly basis to

Project Manager’s Safety Manager together with actions taken. 1.9 Accident Reporting & Investigation (i) Accident Reporting All accidents occurring on site must be reported to PMC. Where statutory reporting of accident requirement exist the Contractor /specialized Agencies is responsible for making such reports promptly and is to supply PMC with a copy of such reports. Major injuries of fatalities are to be reported. (ii) Accident Investigation All accidents which occur are to be investigated by the Contractor /specialized Agencies concerned. The following should also be present if possible.

- The injured person (s) - The immediate Supervisor or Foreman - Trade/ Contractor’s Safety Officer or Consolations & Site Safety Supervisor - A PMC representative

Discuss what went wrong & ways in which work practices can be improved to avoid such an accident in the future, in a blame free atmosphere. For all major accidents PM Safety Manager must also be present. A short written report of the investigation findings & proposals for remedial action is to be provided to Project Manager within 3 days. The following additional events will also require investigation. - Occupational illness - Fire or Explosion - Property damage - Hazardous substance discharge - - Major near miss incidents. The employer shall neither be responsible nor involved in reporting of such matter and shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor.


119

1.10 Temporary Works and False Work (i) Objective To provide a planned management approach to temporary works & false work design & erection. (ii) Required Standard All temporary works & false work MUST be designed by a qualified engineer & made available to Project Manager for review prior to loading. The Contractor/Sub contractor is required to develop his own scheme. In every case where a contractor/ sub-contractor is required to provide a design for Temporary works or false works the following procedures must be followed:

- Discuss the conceptual scheme with Project Manager. - Based on the agreed concept provide a detailed design, backed up by full calculations,

from contractors qualified engineer with temporary works expertise. - Supply the detailed drawings & calculations to the Project Manager for Architects

review allowing adequate time for checking. - Discuss the scheme with the Project Manager to ensure co- ordination of the scheme

with other works /trades. - Install the temporary works or false work. - The trade/sub-contractor must then have a competent person check the erected works

thoroughly in accordance with the drawings and issue to Project Manager a written “ready to load certificate’

- Project Manager must be given adequate time to review the works prior to loading. - Once loaded the scheme is to be monitored weekly by the “Contractors Competent

Person and the results recorded in the scaffold register. (iii) A Competent Person A competent person is someone with expertise and experience to carry out the task according to the anticipated technical difficulty. Ideally this will be Civil /Structural Engineer or some other experience person such as a senior manager or foreman. The competent person must be made aware of his responsibilities, willing to accept them & based on site. (iv) Facade Support Schemes Facade support schemes require particular close monitoring to ensure that: - Wedges remain tight - Cracks do not develop - The wall remains plumb & true to line A monitoring system is to be established at the outset & baseline readings taken against which to monitor the wall. Readings should then be taken monthly with a visual inspection weekly.


120

(v) Demolition Demolition operations are to be considered as temporary works & will require detailed method statements & assessments of structures in any cases. Where heavy machinery is to be used on structures, at ground or high level, then the support for such machines must be carefully considered by a competent person and the realties forwarded to Project Manager’s works co-ordinator.

1.11 Scaffold Controller (i) Objective To provide a planned system or the control of scaffold operations & use (ii) Required Standard Every Contractor /Sub Contractor, using scaffolding, must appoint a Scaffold Controller and institute a scaffold control system. (iii) Competent person The Scaffold Controller must have adequate skill, knowledge & experience to perform this task. (iv) Scaffold Design Brief It is vital that an adequate brief is given to scaffold contractors stating - The required usage - The required design loading - The foundations for the scaffold - no scaffold contractor will take

responsibility for the strength of the ground or building upon which a scaffold is based. The advice from Engineers and Project Manager as necessary.

- Advise the scaffold contractor that the provision of BS5973:1981 or the equivalent local standard is to be complied with in full. - The brief should be in writing. (v) Drawing & Design Check All scaffold structures, with the exception of birdcage & independent scaffolds, require drawing and calculations which are to be supplied to the Project Manager. In such cases the scaffolds are to be considered as temporary works & referred to the Temporary Works co-coordinator. (vi) Trained Scaffolders All scaffolders must be in possession of a training certificate. On international projects, if no such certification exists the respective scaffold contractor is to certify in writing the competency of his scaffolders in relation to the complexity of the scheme. (vii) Handover Certificate


121

A handover certificate is required upon completion of erection of every scaffold, signed by a competent person from the scaffold contractor who has inspected the scaffold. The scaffold should then be inspected by the Contractor / Sub Contractor’s Scaffold Controller & a copy of the handover certificate supplied to the Project Manager. (viii) Scaffold Register All scaffolds are to be inspected weekly by the Contractor/Sub Contractor’s Scaffold Controller & the results entered in a register. (ix) Mobile Access Scaffolds. Mobile access scaffolds are the cause of many accidents due to faulty erection & use. They also require weekly inspection & an entry made in the register. Copies of the manufacturer’s assembly instructions for prefabricated system must be held on site for reference.

1.12 Rubbish Removal (i) Objective To maintain a clean and safe site by good rubbish control (ii) Required Standard All rubbish is to be removed from site within 24 hours of it being created. As a Contractor / Sub contractor you are required to make positive arrangements & plans on how you are to remove rubbish to the waste containers / skips & agree these with Project Manager. Contractor/ Sub Contractors defaulting on rubbish removal arrangements will be charged with the cost of any alternative arrangements Project Manager make for the removal of the rubbish.

1.13 Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (i) Objective To protect your workforce from the short or long term health effects of working with substances hazardous to their health. (ii) Required Standard All Contractor/Sub Contractor are required to make an assessment of every substance they are to use on the project, determining its effect on health and where necessary provide information, training & protective equipment to their employees.


122

1.14 Environmental Considerations (i) Objective You are required to be a “Good Neighbour” & conduct your works with a respect for the environment. (ii) Required Standard

- Ensure that effluent arising from the works is not harmful & does not cause deposits or contamination in drains or sewers.

- Keep roads & sidewalks clear of mud, debris, materials and the like. Co-operate with Project Manager, the Police & Local Authorities in this respect.

- Ensure that existing services are not damaged & are maintained in good order. - Take effective action to protect occupiers of adjacent buildings or land and the

general public from any danger, discomfort, disturbance, trespass or nuisance. This may require the provision of temporary screens, enclosures, restricted operating periods and notices.

- Reduce to an absolute minimum by control & physical means nuisance arising from dust.

- Control noise on site & comply with any noise constraint imposed by the local Authority. Minimize nose from plant by using effective silencers, shields or barriers as necessary. Correct maintenance reduces noise levels. Concrete breakers must be fitted with mufflers.

- Provide effective, secure, well lit & signed fencing, barriers or screens as needed for the proper execution of your works.

2.0 FIRE PREVENTION PLAN & GENERAL PROCEDURES

The Contractor / Sub Contractor shall allow for & shall be deemed to have allowed in the bid for the following matters, in addition to all other matter necessary in order to comply with the requirements of the Contractor/Sub Contract, and all current Health & Safety Legislation.

(ii) Fire Precautions

(a) No combustible site accommodation is allowed inside or within 10m of a building. Where units have to be used in these circumstances they must be of constructed of non-combustible materials and have a half hour fire rating inside to outside & outside to inside. Use non-combustible furniture where practical.

(b) Smoking will be banned on high risk & fit out contracts except in canteens.

(c) Plywood & chipboard may only be used as protection on floors only. Vertical protections are to be non-combustible. Debris netting & weather protection sheeting are to be fire retardant.

(d) Portable tungsten/halogen lamps are banned.(must be fixed)


123

(iii) Electricity

(a) Contractor/Sub Contractors employees must not work on or in proximity to energized circuits of any voltage unless adequate safety measures have been taken & the work operation has been reviewed & approved by Project Manager or its agent & a permit to work system established. Only authorized Contractor / Sub Contractor’s employees are allowed to work on or repair electrical equipment.

(b) All electrical installations must comply with the Institute of Electrical

Engineers current regulations dealing with onsite electrical installations.

(c) All Portable tools must be of 110V fitted with one incoming MCCB or RCCB. In case of high leakage current, incoming MCCB shall be provided with earth leakage relay (30mA sensitivity) and CBCT only after specific and prior approval from Project Manager. - All outgoing feeders shall have RCCB of 30mA sensitivity. - All sockets shall be of metal clad type fitted with 30 mA sensitivity RCCB. - All sockets shall have a earth pin connection (3P + E or 2P + E)

(d) When portable or semi-mobile equipment, operates at voltages in excess of

110V the supply must be protected by a Residual Current Device (RCD) regardless of any such device fitted on to the equipment. The RCD must have a tripping characteristic of 30 mA at 30 milliseconds.

(e) All site accommodation must be protected by RCD device, this includes boxes

to which connections are made for work on site.

(f) The site engineer or supervisor responsible for carrying out work at site shall obtain work permit from the Safety Manager to carryout hazardous work at site. Some of hazardous jobs are listed below:

Welding work Excavation Working at height Hoisting of equipment and structures to heights Working on live electrical panel or distribution board. Confined space

(g) All electrical work shall be carried out by electricians holding valid permits and licenses.

(h) Lamp holders on festoon lighting must be moulded to flexible cable and be of

the screw-in type. Clip on guards are to be fitted to each lamp unit.

(h)All tungsten - halogen lamps must be fitted with a glass guard to the element. These lamps

must be permanently fixed at high level.


124

(iv) Oxygen / Acetylene / Fuel Gases

(a) Flash - back (Spark) arrestors and pressure gauges must be fitted to this equipment.

(b) Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG) cylinders must not be stored or left in areas below

ground level overnight.

(c) The quantity of Oxygen, Acetylene & Liquid Petroleum Gas Cylinders at the point of work shall be restricted to a maximum of 1 day’s supply.

(v) Cartridge Tools (a) Cartridge tools must not be used.

(vi) Temporary or Permanent installation of any form of Equipment

(Lifts / Escalators / Mechanical Service Aids)

(a) During installation & testing the Contractor/Sub Contractor’s engineer shall be in attendance.

(b) All control mechanism panel & wiring diagrams must be printed in the local

language and in English. All control mechanism, panel wiring diagrams must be supplied to Project Manager at or prior to installation.

(c) All escalators (including safety notices) shall be designed & installed in

accordance with BS 2655 Part 4, 1969 or the equivalent India’s design standard.

(vii) Design & Inspection requirements for Temporary Works & Scaffolding

(a) No aluminum tube shall be used, except for proprietary mobile towers, unless

otherwise agreed with Project Manager’s Temporary Works & Scaffold Co-coordinators.

(b) Drawings & calculations must be submitted to Project Manager’s co-

coordinator, prior to commencement on site of the Contractor/Sub Contract Works, for all Temporary Works, Excavations, Tower Crane & Hoist Installation and all Scaffolds (Other than Birdcage & Independent Tied scaffolds). Design shall conform to BS 5975:1982 & BS 5973:1981 or the equivalent India standards respectively.

(a) Concrete works design shall conform to BS 8110:1985 or the equivalent India

Standard. Scaffold loadings shall conform to BS 5973:1981 table 1 or the equivalent India standard. Regularly used scaffold access will, however, be designed for an imposed load of 1.5kN/m2.


125

(viii) Temporary Works & Scaffolding continued

(a) Project Manager will not approve temporary work or scaffold designs but the Contractor/Sub Contractor shall take account of any comment on such designs made by Project Manager or its agent.

(b) The Contractor/Sub Contractor shall inspect & approve all Temporary Works,

False-work & Scaffolds after erection & before access or loading is allowed. Completed & approved Temporary Works, False-work & Scaffolds must be tagged with a Scafftag or similar safety system & the ‘Safe Structure’ insert displayed. One tag is required per 32 m2 face area, together with a central record system & weekly inspections made thereafter.

(ix) Mobile Scaffold Towers

(a) All method Statement must be presented detailing the demolition procedures / techniques to be used which shall be agreed with Project Manager prior to commencement of work on site. Additionally, all towers are to be erected complete with access ladder, safety rails & kick boards whatever the height.

(x) Demolition

(a) A method statement must be presented detailing the demolition procedures/techniques to be used which shall be agreed with Project Manager prior to commencement of work on site. Additionally, where manual / piecemeal demolition is required a safe working platform is to be provided.

(xi) Roofing & Sheet Material Laying

(a) A Method Statement must be presented detailing the procedures to be adopted which shall be agreed with Project Manager prior to commencement of work on site. Additionally, Mobile Elevation Work Platforms or the equivalent are to be used to install roofing and sheet materials wherever practicable & a suitable base is available. The Contractor/Sub Contractor shall ascertain, before the date of tender, the nature of the base available.

(xii) Erection of Structures

(a) A Method Statement must be presented detailing the procedures to be adopted

which shall be agreed with Project Manager prior to commencement of work on site.

(b) Safety Harnesses & Lines shall be provided by the Contractor/Sub

Contractor for use by the erection team who must wear & use them.

(c) Additionally, Mobile Elevating Work Platforms or the equivalent are to be used to erect structures wherever practicable & a suitable base is available. The Contractor/Sub Contractor shall ascertain before the date of tender the nature of the base available.


126

(xiii) Cranes - Safe Erection/Operation

(a) Safety harnesses will be worn & used at all times by personnel engaged on the erection/alteration/dismantling of tower cranes.

(b) A copy of the current Test Certificate is to be submitted to Project Manager

before any crane (tower or mobile) is brought into operation on the site.

(c) The maximum working hours of a crane driver or banksman is to be restricted to 72 hours per week.

(d) All crane drivers based on this project must hold a Construction License /

Certificate of Training Achievement for the class of crane operated. If no comparable local training standard exists, the contractor/sub-contractor supplying the crane is required to certify, in writing, the driver/operator competency. All banksman/slingers on this project must hold a training certificate. If no such certification schemes exist, the Contractor/Sub Contractor employing the banksman/slinger is to certify, in writing, competency.

(e) Only certified slinger/ banksman may sling loads or guide crane / load

movement.

(f) All lifting tackle must hold a current test certificate. On this project all lifting tackle must be thoroughly examined every 6 months & a statuary inspection report raised. If no comparable local requirement exists, the Contractor/Sub Contractor’s crane operator is required to certify, in writing, the satisfactory condition of the lifting tackle. The Contractor/Sub Contractor is to be responsible for the management & maintenance of lifting tackle.

(g) All fibrous/web slings MUST be destroyed & replaced 6 months after first used.

(xiv) Hoists

(a) A copy of the current test certificate is to be submitted to Project Manager before any hoist (personnel or material) is brought into operation on the site. Where the range of travel is increased or reduced a copy of the revised test certificate is to be so submitted.

(b) Each landing gate must be fitted with a mechanical or electrical

interlock to prevent movement of the hoist when any such gate is in the open position..

(c) Safety harnesses will be worn & used by personnel erecting / altering /

dismantling hoists.

(xv) Suspended Cradles

(a) Suspended cradles may only be installed / moved / dismantled by a specialist contractor.


127

(b) For this project suspended cradles must comply with BS 5974:1982 & for powered units BS 6037:1981 or equivalent Indian standard.

(c) All powered suspended cradles must incorporate independent safety lines to

over speed breaking devices & independent suspension lines for personal safety harness attachment.

(xvi) Asbestos – Strictly Prohibited

(xvii) Laser Survey Instruments

(a) Laser Instruments of class 3B & 4 are prohibited from use on the project.

Where laser instruments of class 3A are used a Competent Person must have received safety training & have been appointed Laser Safety Supervisor by the Contractor/Sub Contractor.

(xviii) Materials Guards

(a) All scaffolds used for storing materials, for brick or block laying, for access to

formwork or for any other purpose where materials may accidentally fall are to be provided with wire mesh guard or guards of a substantial material by the Contractor/Sub Contractor, in addition to the kick board.

(xix) Safety Helmets

(a) Project Manager operate & enforce a policy of wearing of Safety helmets on any

site where there is any danger of head injury. The Contractor/Sub Contractor shall assume that this policy is applicable unless notice to the contrary is received from Project Manager. All operators to have suitable / adequate safety protection issued by contractor for all operations.

(xx) Footwear Eyewear, Safety Belts & Harnesses

(a) Project Manager enforce a policy that sensible footwear must be worn at all times. Steel toe-cap footwear should be used where there is a foreseeable rise of injury. Protective eyewear must be provided and worn where necessary. Safety belts and harnesses should be used in accordance with client and Project Manager Safety requirements. The contractor / sub-contractor is to ensure that all his employees conform to this policy.

(xxi) Consumption of Alcohol & Drugs

(a) Project Manager operate & enforce a total prohibition upon the consumption of alcohol & drugs (other than those required for medical purposes) on the site. This will include the exclusion or removal from the site any person believed to have consumed alcohol or non-medicinal dragons.

(xxii) Workplace Safety Inspections

(a) Contractor/Sub Contractors are required to make regular safety inspections of

their workplace. This is to involve every line manager from Project Manager to


128

Foreman taking 1 hour every week to make such inspections of his/her areas of responsibility & CORRECTING unsafe situations observed.

(xxiii) Noise

(a) Project Manager operate & enforce policy of noise reduction. All Contractor/Sub Contractors are required to adopt this policy. Prior to the use of any plant or the commencement of any noisy work on the site the Contractor/Sub Contractor is required to submit a noise assessment & complete the Project Manager Noise Control Checklist. These are to be agreed with the Project Manager appointed Environmental Cosordinator.

(xxiv) Environmental Protection

(a) Contractor/Sub Contractors must conform to Project Manager Environmental

Policy & comply with the requirements of its aims regarding good Neighbor Policy, Pollution Control.

(xxv) Safety Policy

(a) Contractor/Sub Contractors are required to provide the name of the person

responsible for safety on the site, their site safety supervisor & their safety officer all of whom are essential appointments. Contractor/Sub Contractors’ Safety Officers are to agree with Project Manager a frequency of visits & Safety inspections.

(xxvi) Safe System of Work & Method Statement

(a) Contract/ Sub Contractors are required to present & agree safe systems of

work & method statement with Project Manager prior to commencement of works on site.

(xxvii) Compliance of all Health and Safety Regulation

It is a term of contract that the contractor his employees and any sub-contractor appointed shall:

(a) Whilst on site premises comply with all health and safety legislation and health

and safety regulations in force from time to time; and

(b) Ensure that all equipment and tools brought on to the premises will be in a safe condition, have recently been checked and that all personnel using the equipment and tools have been trained in their safe operation; and

(c) Ensure that training has been given in the safe operation of the work to be

carried out on the premises.

(xxviii) Contravention of Safety Legislation

(a) The Contractor/Sub Contractor is advised that PM’s Project Management, Supervision, WILL stop the Contractor/Sub Contract works if there is, or there is likely to be a contravention of the requirements of current health & safety legislation. Failure to correct any sub-standard act or condition will entitle


129

Project Manager to make alternative arrangements & allow the client to deduct any associated cost from the contract sum.

Environmental Policy Furniture Procurement Policy. Regards to the purchase of office furniture and/or modular office furniture systems. This policy states the procurement or acquisition of goods and/or services that have a reduced effect/impact on environmental factors when compared with that of equal goods or competing services shall be given preferable consideration. Any and all evaluations of said goods and or services will take into consideration production, manufacturing, maintenance, waste disposal, energy efficiency, materials acquisition, packaging, performance, cost and the needs of the end user. This policy will apply to all acquisitions of furniture and modular furniture for the headquarters campus and all other satellite offices. It is Client’s policy to: • Weigh environmental factors as early as possible during the planning and decision making process • Make readily available and share research data and documentation gathered during the exploratory acquisition phase to all personnel involved in purchasing • Purchase products that minimize environmental impact, toxins. pollutants, to the greatest extent possible keeping with availability, price and safety concerns • Whenever possible, purchase products that include recycled content, conserve energy, reduce greenhouse gas emissions, are unbleached and/or non-chlorine during manufacture, are lead and mercury free, and use only wood from sustainable harvested sources Benefits gained from this policy, self-evident but listed here for emphasis, include: • Minimization of environmental impact and energy usage • Reduction of toxins in the workplace • Reduction of materials dumped in landfill • Increased awareness of Green purchasing options and environmental concerns through the discovery and information sharing process • Increased productivity A) Extant Inventories Reuse The Facilities staff in conjunction with the Purchasing Authority is encouraged to suggest that the Initiating Requestor first consider checking existing surplus before placing a purchase order for a new item. A.1) Remanufactured/Recycled Content Products


130

Preference will be given to products featuring recycled content whenever available and economically feasible. Use of recycled wood products, wood cellulose or plastic will be opted in all applicable circumstances regarding furniture or modular furniture systems. Other environmental impacts shall also be given consideration including indoor air quality. A.2) Wood/Timber/Forestry Practices In all possible cases, we will acquire wood and wood products originating from Contractors harvesting in an environmentally sustainable manner. When possible and available, preference will be given to wood and wood products certified by a performance based third party certification systems.

Construction/Build-Out Environmental Policy Contractor will take every step possible to integrate sustainable and Green Building practices for current projects in facility renovation, new construction. Systems policy, construction, remodeling, renovation, and repair developments will be designed with consideration for compliance with all applicable energy codes and regulations. Sustainable design features in the specifications and project planning stages shall be considered along with the budgetary constraints of each retro /new development project. The goal shall be consideration of a sustainable, durable design to achieve a low life cycle cost. Client’s objective shall be to implement the sustainable building model in a cost effective manner while minimizing our environmental footprint. The project planning process will measure environmental performance, identify economic concerns, costs savings, and use an extended life cycle costing approach to determine actual value. Client encourages the usage of materials and systems with reduced environmental Impacts. Preferred consideration shall be given to materials and methods with recycled content and extended life cycles. Considerations will include energy required in manufacturing, energy efficiency, maintenance and replacement costs.

Schedule of Fines / Charges for violations of rules and regulations.

This schedule of fines / charges would be applicable to Contractors who / whose subcontractors / Contractors are in breach of the Client’s Site Safety, Site Safety Cycle and Environmental Rules and Regulations No. Nature of Offence Charge / fine amount 1. Smoking in the premises and/or

consumption of alcohol and/or use of illegal substances.

Rs. 5,000 + Immediate suspension of all labor indulging in such activities

2. Burning of waste or smouldering of combustible materials on site other than for heat treatment processes required for the execution of the Sub Contract works.

Rs. 2,000

3. Failure to wear personal protective equipment (P.P.E.) e.g. Safety helmets, safety boots, goggles etc. respirator, ear

Rs. 500 per worker when lack of

enforcement of the usage of P.P.E. by the


131

plugs, safety belts which shall include failure to anchor belt to a secure structure.

Subcontractor is observed by the Client.

OR Rs. 1,000 where issuance of the

required P.P.E. by the Subcontractor

equipment is not carried out.

4. Failure to attend general safety induction course conducted by the Client / the Client.

Rs. 300 per worker for not attending the

course and workers to attend course

within 2 working days or be dismissed.

5. Failure to attend a notified site safety meeting.

Rs. 2,000

7. Failure to submit a written report for an accident and/or other dangerous occurrence, to the Client within 24 hours of its occurrence.

Rs. 2,000

8. Failure to carry out within the specified time the necessary improvement action against any notified safety violation.

Rs. 5,000

9. Damage to or misuse of the Client’s property.

Rs. 2,000 and payment by Contractor for

the cost of items damaged.

10. Failure to maintain work area, facility storage and preparation yard, office premises and workers changing and rest area in a clean and orderly state and free from health and fire hazards.

Rs. 2,000 and the Contractor shall clean

up the disorderly and untidy areas

within 1 day.

11. Obstruction of passageways, entrances, doorways, stairs, access to firefighting equipment etc. and/or the erection unsafe accesses and crossings.

Rs. 2,000

12. Failure to provide Site Safety Supervisor/Representative as per the requirement of the latest ordinance.

Rs. 2,000

13. Using defective or uncertified slings for lifting operations.

Rs. 5,000

14. Executing unsafe hoisting of materials and include unsafe use of lifting appliances.

Rs. 5,000

15. Erecting and/or using unsafe or unstable, scaffolds, working platforms and temporary structures.

Rs. 5,000

16. Failure to provide and use proper working platforms and safe means of access to the work place, where work is required to be carried beyond a person’s normal reach.

Rs. 5,000.00 and the worker to be

immediately banned from the site if an

individual receives 2 violations.

17. Allowing workers to occupy or work on unguarded elevated platforms, floor edges and without adopting adequate safety

Rs. 7,000.00


132

measures against the risk of a person falling from height.

18. Not providing safety barricades/barriers to hazardous floor edge openings, gaps and shafts.

Rs. 7,000

19. Rendering scaffold or working platform unsafe by tampering/alternation.

Rs. 5,000 and all rectification costs to be

borne by the contractor.

20. Placing of heavy items unsafely on scaffold or working platform.

Rs. 2,000

21. Throwing or allowing objects to drop from heights.

Rs. 7,000 and workers to be

immediately banned from the site.

22. Stacking or leaving materials including work in progress articles and tools in unstable condition and or along floor edges such they are likely to endanger workers.

Rs. 7,000

23. Failure to effectively cordon off guard and warn other workers from entering into the danger areas when they are likely to be affected by falling materials from the Sub Contract Work.

Rs. 7,000

24. Violating the permit to work system for example, but not limited to Failure to comply to Look out procedures, Confined space entry permits, Other hazardous work e.g. hot work

Rs. 5,000 and workers to be

immediately banned from the site.

25. Dismantling and rendering any safety guards or protective features of any part of a machine or any part of a building structure to the extent that such guards and protective features are not operational or are incapable of providing the necessary protection for its design and purpose.

Rs. 7,000

26. Adopting unsafe tapping, connections, termination of electrical lines and including the use of defective electrical fittings, power cables and electrical tools. Allowing cables / equipment to be submerged in water.

Rs. 2,000

27. Using any defective or unsafe equipment. Rs. 2,000

28. Unauthorized use of fire equipment provided for emergency purposes.

Rs. 2,000

29. Failure to comply with an order issued by the Client’s Construction manager, site agent, site safety supervisor safety officer and environmental officers in regard to safety/environmental matters.

Up to Rs. 7,000

30. Threatening safety / personnel Rs. 1,00,000 fine worker to be banned


133

misbehavior, fighting or intentional causing hurt to others.

from the site and a report will be made

to the police.

31. Other safety/environmental violations which are in breach of safety or environmental ordinances and regulations.

Rs. 1,000

32. Failure to wear safety harness and anchor to a secure structure, whilst working on a gondola.

Rs. 7,000 and worker to be banned from

site immediately.

33. Tampering with the safety features of a gondola / winches ./ scaffolding


site immediately.

34. Access and egress to gondola other than at a designated landing.


site immediately.

35. Failure to provide valid certificates for lifting appliances and accessories including any lifting appliances / accessories on vehicles delivering goods to the site, or for plant being used on site.

Rs. 5,000

36. Failure to provide voltage-reducing devices on welding machines.

Rs. 2,000

37. Obstruction of passageways, entrances, doorways, stairs, access to firefighting equipment etc. and/or the erection unsafe accesses and crossings.

Rs. 2,000

38. Failure to attend the Morning Site Assembly Meetings.

Rs. 500

39. Failure to tidy up the Sub contract works after each day work

Rs. 1,200

40. Failure to attend the Site Safety Walk Rs. 1,000


134

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK

1- The items and rates given by the contractor/bidder for finished items of

work covering all materials, required labour, wastage, temporary work,

tools, plants, overhead charges, lead and lifts, transportation, cleaning of

obstacles if any, required to complete the work unless otherwise specified.

2- The contractor/Executing Agency should have “A” class electrical

contractor’s valid license from M.P. Electrical Licensing Board, Govt. of

M.P., and registered in appropriate category of M.P. departments as per

N.I.T. conditions, unless otherwise specified.

3- The layout plan for External electrification shall be got approved from

concerning MPPKVVCo.Ltd & MPSEB. Authorities.

4- All materials will be confirming to relevant IS specifications wherever they

exist.

All materials, fitting appliances etc. used in installation work shall be as per

approved list of Tender Document.

5- The contractor will be responsible for submitting the guarantee certificates

for a period of 24 months from the date of charging, and handing over of

installation to the MPPKVVCo.Ltd for Transformer,Circuit breaker and

other equipment and accessories.

6- The contractor shall submit the bill of purchase of materials, Test Certificate

etc. and Excise gate passes (wherever required) before making payment.

7- The contractor shall be responsible for arranging inspections of authorities of

Electricity Board( MPPKVVCo.Ltd), Electrical Licensing Board and other

local bodies, getting Approval & supervision of installation from them .

8- Contractor is fully responsible for Submit the required documents & fee to

MP Electrical Licensing Board for Receiving of charging certificate of

Transformer & Lines etc& Submit to MPPKVVCo.Ltd .for charging of

Transformer & Lines.

9- The contractor will be responsible for handing over of full Installation ( x-

mar/Lines etc) to MPPKVVCo.Ltd & Handing over submit to No final

payment will be made till the same recived .

10- The contractor will be responsible for taking shutdown required from

MPPKVVCo.Ltd for execution of work and commissioning of work at

his own risk & cost.

11- The rate quoted shall be deemed to be inclusive of all taxes, duties including

service tax if any.

12- Income Tax, Labor Welfare, and any other cess taxes etc. shall be deducted

from the bill of contractors as per rules.

13- The contractor shall make his own arrangements of water supply, site office,

store and electricity at site for execution of work.


135

14- The contractor will be responsible to send & deposit Old dismantled material

of Line etc to nearer MPPKVVCo.Ltd area store & get receipt on his

own cast. & submit the material submission receipt to Corporation.

15- No any other charges will be paid to contractor for layout, drawing,

inspections, charging certificates,, handing over etc.


136

SECTION 4

BILL OF QUANTITIES (BOQ)

General Description of work: CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE BUILDING AND

COMMERCIAL COMPLEX OF MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION AT

INDORE

Probable Amount of Contract: .

S. No.

Particulars of Item of Work

Quantity Unit Rate Amount (in figure)

Amount (in words)

Remarks

I II III IV V VI VII VIII 1.

2.

3.

4.

5. AS PER APPENDIX ATTACHED

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Total Amount (Rs. In Figure)

Total Amount (Rs. In Words) Rs

.

Managing Director

MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore


137

SECTION 5

AGREEMENT FORM AGREEMENT

This agreement, made on the _________________ day of ________________ Between ___________________ (name and address of Employer) (hereinafter called " the Employer)

and____________________________________ (name and address of contractor) hereinafter called "the

Contractor" of the other part.

Whereas the Employer is desirous that the Contractor execute

________________________________________________________________ (name and identification number of Contract) (hereinafter called "the Works") and the Employer has accepted the Bid by the Contractor for the execution and completion of such Works and the remedying of any defects therein, at a cost of Rs._________ ______________________________________________________________ NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSED as follows:

1. In this Agreement, words and expression shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the conditions of contract hereinafter referred to and they shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement.

2. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as hereinafter mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute and complete the Works and remedy any defects therein in conformity in all aspects with the provisions of the contract.

3. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying the defects wherein Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.

4. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be ready and construed as part of this

Agreement viz.

i. Notice Inviting Tender with all amendments. ii. Letter of Acceptance iii. Contractor's Bid iv. Condition of Contract: General with all annexures and Special with all annexures v. Contract Data vi. Bid Data vii. Drawings viii. Bill of Quantities, Specifications, Approved list of Make/Materials and ix. Any other documents listed in the Contract Data as forming part of the Contract.

In witnessed whereof the parties there to have caused this Agreement to be executed the day

and year first before written.

The Common Seal of ____________________________________________ was hereunto affixed in the presence of: Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the said ____________________________ _________________________________________________________________ in the presence of: Binding Signature of Employer _________________________________________

Binding Signature of Contractor _________________________________________54

54

Section 5 – Agreement Form


138

SECTION 6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications for Building Work 1.0 PREAMBLE 1.1. The Provisions contained herein shall be read in conjunction with the other Bidding

Documents. 1.1.1. General

The Specifications covering the materials and the workmanship aspects as well as method of measurements and payments are included in this section. These specifications cover the items of civil and non-civil works coming under scope of this document. All work shall be carried out in conformity with the same. These specifications are not intended to cover the minute details. The works shall be executed in accordance with good practices followed for achieving high standards of workmanship, thus ensuring safety and durability of the construction. All codes and standards referred to in these specifications shall be the latest thereof, unless otherwise stated.

Work shall be executed in accordance with the CPWD specifications, MP PWD specifications and I.S.I. specification enforce at the time of execution of work. In case of any contrast in the provision of the schedule of items and the aforesaid specification, the provision in the schedule of items shall take precedence. The decision of Enigineer in charge and PMC shall be final and binding on the Contractor in matter of dispute.

1.1.2. Inclusive Documents

The provisions of special conditions of contract, those specified elsewhere in the tender document, as well as execution drawings and notes, or other specifications issued in writing by the EIC and consultant shall form part of the of this project.

1.1.3. The attention of the contractor is drawn to those clauses of codes which require supporting

specification either by the EIC and consultant or by „Mutual agreement between the supplier and purchaser‟. In such cases, it is the responsibility of the bidder / contractor to seek clarification on any uncertainty and obtain prior approval of the EIC and consultant in consultation with MPFC before taking up the supply/construction. In absence of such prior clarification, the EIC and Architect choice/design will be final and binding on the contractor without involving separately any additional payment.

1.1.4. Defective Works

All defective works are liable to be demolished, rebuilt and defective materials replaced by the contractor at his own cost. In the event of such works being accepted by carrying out repairs etc., as specified by the EIC and Architect, the cost of repairs will be borne by the contractor.

In the event of the work being accepted by a given „Design Concession‟ arising out of but not limited by a given under sizing, under strength, shift in location and alignment etc., and accepting design stress in members which are higher than those provided for in the original design or by accepting materials not fully meeting the specifications etc., the bidder will be paid for the works actually carried out by him at suitably reduced rate of the tender rates for the portion of the work thus accepted.


139

1.2. SITE INFORMATION 1.2.1. The information given hereunder and provided elsewhere in these documents is given in

good faith by the „Employer but the Contractor shall satisfy himself regarding all aspects of

site conditions and no claim will be entertained on the plea that the information supplied by

the Employer is erroneous or Insufficient. 1.3 FOR CIVIL WORKS

All works shall be carried out in accordance with latest CPWD Specifications with up to

date correction slips wherever applicable unless and otherwise specified. 1.4 Materials

1.4.1 Water: Water use shall be clean and free from injurious quantities of alkalis acids, oils,

salts, sugar, organic materials, vegetable growth, or other substances that may be

deleterious to civil work. The PH value of water shall be less than 6. The IDA does not

guarantee the supply of water. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for supply

of water. In case the IDA agrees to supply, the contractor shall pay the cost of water at the

rates fixed by the IDA. 1.4.2 Earth:

For filling and terracing shall be free from all rubbish organic or vegetable growth including

roots, weeds etc. All clods shall be first broken down. 1.4.3 Sand:

Sand shall be clean Narmada sand of approved quality from Nemawar and Tawa Region

and free from Salt, earth, dust or other impurities. If required by the EIC and consultant it

shall be washed with clean water nothing extra shall be paid for washing and not more than

5% of fine materials will be allowed, as tested by settlement in water and passing through

10,000 mesh sieve 1.4.4 Portland Cement:

Cement shall comply with the Indian standard specification and shall be of Indian or other

make to be approved by the Engineer In charge and consultant. When stored in bag those

shall be raised 300 mm above ground and stacked in rows of 10 bags high 0.6 m. clear

from the walls. 1.4.5 Cement Mortar:

Cement mortar shall be of proportions specified for each type of work in the schedule. It

shall be composed of Portland cement and sand. The ingredients shall be accurately

gauged by measure and shall be well and evenly mixed together in a mechanical pan

mixer, care being taken not to add more water than is required. No mortar that has begun

to set shall be used. River sand shall be used unless otherwise specified.

If hand mixing is allowed, then it shall be done in brick tanks. The gauged materials shall

be pout in the tank and mixed dry. Water will then be added and the whole mixed again


140

until it is homogenous and of uniform colour. Not more than one bag of cement shall be

mixed at onetime and which can be consumed within half hour of its mixing. 1.4.6 Aggregates (See also specification for RCC work) Aggregate shall be cone crushed from hard B.T. stone to size as specified under items of

work. In general 40mm maximum gauge aggregate shall be used for mass concrete in

foundations and 20mm and down gauge, graded aggregate broken from approved quality

of stone for R.C.C. work. Grading of Aggregate:

40mm gauge: The grading shall be such that not more than 5% shall exceed 40mm and

not less than 25% smaller than 20mm. No piece shall in any case be larger than 45mm. It

shall be screened free from dust or other foreign materials. Metal should be machine

graded.

20mm nominal gauge: It shall be as given in R.C.C. specifications. If proper gauge of

aggregate is not being obtained sieving may be insisted upon in which case the contractor

shall supply necessary sieves and labour at his own cost. 1.4.7 Bricks:

Bricks shall be First class Chimney bricks or of quality approved by the Engineer-in-Charge

and consultant free from grit and other impurities, such as lime, iron and other deleterious

salts, well burnt, copper colored, sounds, hard, square with sharp edges and shall give

ringing sound when struck with a mallet. They shall be of uniform size, no brick after 24

hours immersion in water shall absorb more than 20% of its weight. Bricks used shall be

best available local bricks (Average crushing strength shall not be less than 35 kg/sq. cm.

when thoroughly soaked). 1.4.8 Scaffolding:

Scaffolding shall consist of Steel scaffolding, props, trusses and necessary plates. All the

scaffolding members before installation shall be checked for their strength and stiffness

and tied up properly, if available, may also be used. Where scaffolding is necessary it shall

be erected on double supports. Holes shall not be made in wall for support. Planks shall be

fixed and tied together. In case of finishing work such as plastering painting and

distempering no part of the scaffolding should touch the structure. Where ladders are used

gunny bags shall be tied up at the ends to prevent any damage to work by sliding or

tripping. 1.4.9 HCR-TMT Reinforcement Bars

High corrosion resistant Thermo Mechanically Tested (TMT) hot rolled deformed bars

(steel reinforcement). 1.4.10 Glass:

Sheet or plate Glass shall be approved Indian make (Modi Guard/ Saint Gobain/ Asahi) of

thickness as stated in the schedule of quantities and visually clear when viscid from any

direction. It shall be free from bubbles, waves and all other defects.


141

2.0 Earth Work in Excavation and back Filling: Excavation:

The foundation trenches or pits or area below floors be dug to the dimensions shown on

drawings and to a depth which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge a stratum of good

hard soil is met with. Excavation for basements or large areas will be similarly carried out.

The excavation shall be carefully carried out to the levels, shapes and dimensions as

shown or figured on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer In charge. The excavated

material shall be stacked at a sufficient distance or as directed by Engineer In charge away

from the edge of the Excavation so as not to damage tit. Should any of the excavation be

taken down below the proper levels, the contractor shall fill in such excavation at him own

expense with base concrete well rammed imposition until it is brought up to the proper

level; filling in with excavated materials will not be allowed for this purpose. Back Filling:

Back filling in side of trenches pits and basement or below floors or over raft foundation

shall be done with approved soil obtained from excavation in not more than 15 cms

(Compacted) layers. Each layer shall be flooded with water and rammed hard before

adding the next layer. Such filling shall be brought up to levels as directed without extra

charge and shall form part of the item of excavation unless taken separately in the

schedule. Timbering of trenches:

When the trenches are to be taken deep the sides of the trenches shall be protected by

creating timber shoring and strutting. The timbering shall be close or open depending on

the nature of the soil and work. The arrangement of timbering size and spacing of

members shall be as directed by the Engineer-In-charge. Nothing extra on this account

shall be admissible unless otherwise taken separately in the schedule. Trimming and leveling:

The bottom of all excavations should be trimmed and leveled in accordance with the

drawings. Bottoms of the trenches, pits or basement shall be rammed and watered before

concrete is deposited. Classification of soil:

All soils shall be taken as ordinary soil unless hard rock, soft rock or old masonry or

concrete sand which requires special treatment for the purpose of excavation are met with,

when an additional item shall be formed. 2.1 Measurement:

Excavation in trenches, basements, pits and under floors shall be the products of the exact

length and width of the lowest step of the footings according to the drawing or the

instructions of the Engineer In charge and the depth measured vertically. Where the

ground is not level average depth shall be taken.


142

For basements and large areas the Engineer In charge at his discretion may allow for

additional excavation to facilitate plaster or other finish to the basement walls and take into

consideration the nature slope of the soil. Nothing extra will be allowed for pumping of

bailing out water or for shoring, timbering and shrugging unless otherwise stated in the

schedule.

Surplus quantity of excavated soil which requires to the disposed off shall be arrived at by

calculation i.e. total quantity in excavation less quantity used for back filling less quality

filled under floors, and less any other disposal done within project area.

Filling below floors or over raft foundation with earth or sand other than obtained

from excavation:

This shall be done with good hard murrum or sand of non expansive nature obtained from

outside the site in 15 cm (Compacted) layers, each layer being watered and thoroughly

rammed. It shall include purchase of hard murrum, its cartage from outside (non within the

site), screening if necessary and filling etc. Further flooding with water shall be done by

making barbs and keeping pools full of water. Measurement: In cubic meter of actual work

done of the consolidated earth or sand. 2.2 Cement Concrete (Plain and Reinforced) (See also RCC specifications) 2.2.1 Mixing:

All proportions shall be by Weight/volume as specified except cement which shall be

proportioned by weight unless otherwise specified. Mixing shall be done in RMC

Plant/mechanical mixer of 1 bag capacity with hopper arrangement as per specifications of

reinforced concrete work. However, in special cases hand mixing may be allowed by

Engineer In charge when the following procedure shall be adopted. The several materials

shall be accurately gauged in boxes and thoroughly mixed on a water-tight platform in

boxes and thoroughly mixed on a water tight platform of adequate size, by being turned

over at least thrice dry till the colour is uniform and then twice wet. Water shall be added

gradually and no more than necessary to sufficiently wet the materials, only that much

concrete shall be mixed which can be used within half an hour. Each stack shall however

not be larger than consuming one bag of cement. All such stacks shall be placed distract

from each other.

In case hand mixing is allowed the contractor shall put in 10% more cement than specified

without extra charges. 3.0 Specification of Anti – Termite Treatment 3.1 Chemicals

The chemicals used for the soil treatment shall be the following:

The concentration shown against in aqueous emulsion: Chemicals Concentration

Chloropyritos 20 EC or 1.0% (by weight)

Other chemical as approved by govt. brand

subject to approval of EIC/Architect.


143

3.2 Treatment of Column Pits. Wall Trenches and Basement Excavation:

The bottom surface and side (upto a height of 30 cm from the bottom) of the excavations

made for column pits, trenches and basements shall be treated with the chemical emulsion

mentioned at 5 liters per sq.mt. of surface area. 3.3 Treatment to Backfill Earth:

After the column foundations, wall foundation, and retaining wall of the basement comes

backfilling. Backfill in immediate Contact with the foundation structure shall be treated with

the chemical emulsion at the rate of 15 liters/m2 of the vertical face of the sub-structure for

each side. The earth is usually returned in layers and each treatment emulsion shall, be

directed towards the concrete or masonry surfaces of the columns and wails so that the

earth in Contract with these surfaces is well treated with the chemical. 3.4 Treatment to R.C.C. Framed Structures

The treatment described in 2.13.2 and 2.13.3 above applied essentially to masonry

foundations where there are voids the voids in the joint through which termites can seek

entry in to the superstructure. Hence, the foundations require to be completely enveloped

by a chemical barrier. In the case of R.C.C. framed structures with columns and plinth

beams and R.C.C. basements the Concrete mix is rich and dense (being 1:2:4 or M-.150 or

richer). It is unnecessary to start the treatment from the bottom of excavations for start at a

depth of 50 cm. below ground level. From this depth, the backfill around the columns,

beans and R.C.C. basement walls shall be treated at the rate of 15 liters/m2 of the verticals

surface. The other details of the treatment shall be as laid down in 3 above. 3.5 Treatment of Top Surfaces of Plinth Filling :

After the earth filling is completed within the plinth area and before the dry rubble packing

or sub grade is treated with chemical emulsion at 5 liters per sq.mtr. light Roding of the

surface maybe carried out to facilitate proper absorption of the emulsion. 3.5.1 Treatment of Upper Floors :

Special care shall be taken to establish continuity of the vertical barrier on inner wall

surfaces from the ground level (where it had stopped with the treatment described in 2.13.3

above) up to the level of the filled earth surface. To achieve this a small channel 3 x 3 cm.

shall be made at all the junction of wall and columns with the floor (before laying the sub

grade) rod holes made in the channel up to the ground level 15 cm. apart and the chemical

emulsion poured along the channel at the rate of 15 liters per linear meter so as soak the

soil right to the bottom. The soil should be tamped back in to place after this operation. 3.5.2 Treatment at Junction of Walls and Floor :

Special care shall be taken to establish continuity of the vertical barrier on inner wall

surface from the ground level (where it had stopped with the treatment described in 1.13.3

above) up to the level of the filled earth surface. To achieve this, a small channel 3 x 3 cm.

shall be made at all the junctions of wall and rod holes made in the channel up to the

ground level 15 cm. apart and the rod moved backward and forward to break-up the earth


144

and chemical emulsion poured along the channel at the rate of 15 liters per linear meter so

as to soak the soil right to the bottom. The soil should be tempted back in to place after this

operation. 3.5.3 Treatment to Soil along External Perimeter of Building:

Finally the earth around the external perimeter of the building up to a depth of 30 cm. shall

be treated at the rate of 4.5 liters per running meter of the plinth wall to facilitate this

treatment solid MS. Rods should be driven into the soil as close as possible to the plinth

wall at intervals of 15 cm. and up to a depth of 30 kcm, land the rods move backwards and

forward in a direction parallel to the wall to break up the earth so that the chemical

emulsion mixes intimately with the soil. 3.5.4 Treatment of Soil Surrounding Pipes, Wastes and Conduits

When pipes wastes and conduits enter the soil inside the area of the foundation, the soil

surrounding the point of entry must be loosened around each such pipe, waste or conduit

for a distance of 15 cm. and up to a depth of 7.5 cm. before treatment is commenced.

When they enter the soil external to the foundation, they shall be similarly treated unless

they stand clear of the walls of the building by about 7.5 cm. for a distance of over 30 cm. 3.5.5 Treatment to Timber in Superstructure:

Wood work including glazed T.W. windows, commercial flush door with frame shall be

treated before installation with an oil based preservative made up as follows :-

Endosulfan 35% EC 5 Liter

Or

Other chemical as approved by Govt., brand

subject to approval of EIC/Architect.

Kerosene 95 Liter

Total 100 Liter

All timber and commercial flush doors including frame to be used in the work shall be

impregnated in brush painting with one of the oil based preservative, on the basis of which

the contractor has quoted his rates, before it is fixed in position by the building Contractor

in order to ensure complete penetration of the insecticide. 3.5.6 Spraying Equipment:

A pressure pump shall used to carry out spraying operations to facilitate proper penetration

of chemical in to the earth.

3.5.7 Measurement:

The rate quoted by the Contractor for the item in the schedule of quantities for treatment to

foundations and plinth and super-structure shall include for all items specified above and

to. Guarantee shall be for the entire building. Payment shall, however, be made on the

Measurements of plinth area (horizontal plane i.e. area covered) by the outer lines of the

external walls irrespective of the depth of foundations excluding areas open to sky.

3.5.8 The above specifications are in line with the I.S. code of practice for anti-termite

measures in building. I.S. 16313 (part –II) 1971.


145

4.0 Specifications for Reinforced Concrete Work General Definitions: Specified means specified in the specification in any standards, codes, similar

document mentioned herein. „I.S.‟ shall mean a standard specification issued by the Indian

Standard Institution. „Approved‟ shall mean approved in writing by the Architects or their

authorized representative or the Engineer-in-charge. All R.C.C work shall be carried out in strict accordance with this specification and I.S.

specifications and the working drawings and other details of the Consulting Engineers

which shall be studied thoroughly and any discrepancies in the dimensions on the

drawings or any points not clear to the contractor brought to the notice of the Architects for

clarification well in advance and before proceeding with the work. The Contractor shall allow for all wastage in all materials.

He shall also allow for all tests of concrete materials and if required produce

manufacturer‟s certificate for cement and steel. No concrete work shall be cast in the absence of the clerk-of-works. The Contractor‟s

Engineer-in-charge shall personally checked that both the form work and reinforcement

have been correctly placed and fixed, and satisfy himself that all work preparatory to the

casting is completely ready, before requesting the Clerk-of-works or the Architect‟s

representative for final inspection and approved , and for this purpose at least 24 hours

notice shall be given by the Contractor. All exposed RCC and PCC work shall carried out in strict accordance with this specification

and the additional specifications for such work set forth separately. Wherever required or instructed Contractor will have to carry out control Concrete work in

respect to temperature maintaining the temperature of 23 degree centigrade which if

required will have to be achieved by mixing ICE blocks with water during mixing, placing

and curing. Materials

The materials used in the works shall be new and of the qualities and kinds specified.

Materials delivered to the works shall be equal to the approved samples which shall be

deposited with the Engineer at least 35 days before they are required for use in work.

Delivery shall be made sufficiently in advance of constructional requirements to enable

further samples to be selected and tested if so desired by the Engineer. No material shall

be used in the works until approved.

Materials failing to comply with this specification shall be immediately removed from the

works at the Contractor‟s cost.

Cement


146

The cement shall be of 43/53 Grade Portland cement of approved brand and manufacture

and shall comply in all respects with the latest I.S. Codes.

Aggregate

All aggregates shall conform to I.S.383-1963. Aggregates shall, where possible, be derived

from a source that normally produces aggregates satisfactory for concrete and if requested

by the Engineer the Contractor shall supply evidence to this effect. If he is instructed to do

so the Contractor shall supply samples of the aggregates for the purpose of making

preliminary concrete test cubes as hereinafter specified. Fine Aggregates:

The fine aggregate shall be natural sand around derived by crushing suitable gravel of

stone and sand shall be free from coagulated lumps. Sand derived from a stone unsuitable

for coarse aggregate shall not be used in fine aggregate

Coarse Aggregate:

The coarse aggregate shall be crushed stone or crushed or uncrushed gravel. Other

materials having the characteristics specified later for coarse aggregate shall not be used

without approval.

The pieces of aggregate shall be angular or, except for concrete surfaces subject to

abrasion, rounded in shape and shall have granular or crystalline or smooth (but not

glassy) non-powdery surfaces. Friable, flaky and laminated pieces, plea, and shale shall

only be present is such not to affect adversely the strength the durability of the concrete as

ascertained by tests concrete cubes as specified later.

The strength of the aggregate shall be such that the aggregate crushing value as specified

in I.S.383 shall not exceed 45 percent or 30 percent for concrete surfaces subject to

abrasion.

After twenty four hours‟ immersion in water, a previously dried sample shall not have

gained in weight more than 5 per cent and not more than 10 per cent if it is to be used in

place concrete or elsewhere if described.

The grading shall be according to table II of I.S.383. Reinforcement

The reinforcement shall be (a) mild steel conforming to I.S. 432-1996, (b) ribbed tor steel

conforming to I.S. 1786-1966. The type of reinforcement used in each part of the works

shall be as described herein.

The Reinforcement shall be HRC-TMT Reinforcement Bars – High Corrosion Resistant,

Thermo Mechanically Tested (TMT) Hot Rolled Deformed.

5.1 MARBLE / GRANITE WORK 5.1.1 GENERAL


147

Marble shall be hard, sound, dense and homogeneous in texture with crystalline texture

as far as possible. It shall generally be uniform in colour and free from stains, cracks,

decay and weathering. 5.1.2 Marbles are metamorphic rocks capable of taking polish, formed from the re-

crystallization of lime stones or dolomite lime stones and are distinguished from lime

stone by even visibly crystalline nature and non-flaky stratification.

Note : Marble is a product of nature hence it is difficult to guarantee uniformity of colour,

veining or other characteristics that may be represented in any sample submitted. A

sample will indicate only an average of colour, veining and other general texture and

specified finish. 5.1.3 Granite Stone

It shall be of any colour and size as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. Granite shall be

plain machine cut and mirror polished. The stone shall be smooth and of even surface

without holes or pits. 5.1.4 Approval of Sample

Before starting the work, the contractor shall get samples of marble / granite approved by

the Engineer-in- Charge. Approved samples shall be kept in the custody of the Engineer-

in-Charge and the marble supplied and used on the work shall conform to samples with

regard to soundness, colour, veining and general texture. 5.1.5 SAMPLING

In any consignment all the blocks/slabs/tiles of the same group, size and finish shall be

grouped together to constitute a lot. Sample shall be selected and tested separately for

each lot for determining its conformity or otherwise to the requirements of the

specification. The number of blocks/slabs/tiles to be selected for the samples shall

depend upon the size of the lot and shall be in accordance with the Table 7.3

TABLE 5.3

Sample Size and Criteria for Conformity

Number of Number of blocks /

Permissible No. of Sub Sample Size in slabs in the to be

Blocks/slabs in the defectives Nos. selected in sample

lot

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Up to 25 3 0 2

26 to 100 5 0 2

101 to 200 8 0 3

201 to 500 13 0 4


148

Note: The blocks/slabs/tiles in the sample shall be taken at random and in order to ensure to

randomness of selection, random tables may be used.

5.4 VITRIFIED TILE FLOORING 5.4.1 Pressed Ceramic Tiles

The tiles shall be of approved make and shall generally conform to IS 15622. They shall

be flat, and true to shape and free from blisters crazing, chips, welts, crawling or other

imperfections detracting from their appearance. The tiles shall be tested as per IS 13630. Classification and Characteristics of pressed ceramic tiles shall be as per IS 13712. The

tiles shall be square or rectangular of nominal size. Table 1, 3, 5, and 7 of IS 15622 give

the modular preferred sizes and table 2, 4, 6 and 8 give the most common non modular

sizes. Thickness shall be specified by the manufacturer. It includes the profiles on the

visible face and on the rear side.

Manufacturer/supplier and party shall choose the work size of tiles in order to allow a

nominal joint width upto 2mm for uncertified floor tiles and upto 1mm for rectified floor

tiles. The joint in case of spacer lug tile shall be as per spacer. The tiles shall conform to

table10 of IS 15622 with water absorption 3 to 6% (Group BII). The top surface of the tiles shall be glazed. Glaze shall be either glossy or matt as

specified. The underside of the tiles shall not have glaze on more than 5% of the area in

order that the tile may adhere properly to the base. The edges of the tiles shall be

preferably free from glaze. However, any glaze if unavoidable, shall be permissible on

only upto 50 per cent of the surface area of the edges. 5.5 Pointing and Finishing

The joints shall be cleaned off the grey cement slurry with wire/coir brush or trowel to a

depth of 2 to 3 mm and all dust and loose mortar removed. Joints shall then be flush

pointed with white cement added with pigment if required to match the colour of tiles.

Where spacer lug tiles are provided, the half the depth of joint shall be filled with

polysulphide or as specified on top with under filling with cement grout without the lugs

remaining exposed. The floor shall then be kept wet for 7 days. After curing, the surface

shall be washed and finished clean. The finished floor shall not sound hollow when tapped

with a wooden mallet.

5.6 PRESSED CERAMIC TILES IN SKIRTING AND DADO

7.6.1 The tiles shall be of approved make and shall generally conform to IS 15622. The

tiles shall be pressed ceramic covered by a glaze thoroughly matured and fitted to the

body. The tiles shall be sound, true to shape, flat and free from flaws and other

manufacturing defects affecting their utility. The top surface of the tiles shall be glazed.

The underside of the tiles shall not have glaze on more than 5% of the area in order that

the tile may adhere properly to the base. The edges of the tiles shall be free from glaze;


149

however, any glaze if unavoidable shall be permissible on only upto 50 per cent of the

surface area of edges. The glaze shall be free from welts, chips, craze,

specks, crawling or other imperfections detracting from the appearance when viewed from

a distance of one meter. The glaze shall be either glossy or matt as specified. The glaze

shall be white in colour except in the case of colored tiles when colors shall be specified by

the Engineer-in-Charge. There may be more than one colour on a tile.

5.6.1 (a) Dimensions and Tolerances

Glazed pressed ceramic tiles shall be made square or rectangular in sizes Table 1, 3, 5 & 7

of IS 15622 give the modular sizes and table 2, 4, 6 & 8 of IS 15622 gives the sizes of non

modular tiles. Tiles shall conform to IS:15622 for dimensional tolerance, physical and

chemical properties. Half tiles for use as full tiles shall have dimensions which shall be

such as to make the half tiles when jointed together (with 1 mm joint) match with

dimensions of full tiles. Tiles may be manufactured in sizes other than those specified.

Above The thickness of the tiles shall be 5 mm or 6 mm or as specified. The dimensions of

fittings associated with the glazed tiles namely cover base, round edge tile, angles corner

cups, ridge and legs, cornices and capping beads shall be of the shape and dimensions as

required and the thickness of fittings shall be the same as the thickness of tiles given

above. 5.6.2 Preparation of Surfaces

The joints shall be raked out to a depth of at least 15 mm in masonry walls.

In case of concrete walls, the surface shall be hacked and roughened with wire brushes.

The surface shall be cleaned thoroughly, washed with water and kept wet before skirting is

commenced.

5.6.3 Laying

12 mm thick plaster of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) mix of as specified

shall be applied and allowed to harden. The plaster shall be roughened with wire brushes

or by scratching diagonal at closed intervals.

The tiles should be soaked in water, washed clean, and a coat of cement slurry applied

liberally at the back of tiles and set in the bedding mortar. The tiles shall be tamped and

corrected to proper plane and lines. The tiles shall be set in the required pattern and

jointed. The joints shall be as fine as possible. Top of skirting or dado shall be truly

horizontal and joints truly vertical except where otherwise indicated. Odd size/cut size of

tile shall be adjusted at bottom to take care of slope of the flooring. Skirting and dado shall

rest on the top of the flooring. Where full size tiles cannot be fixed these shall be cut (sawn)

to the required size and their edges rubbed smooth. Skirting /dado shall not project from

the finished “surface of wall” by more than the tile thickness; undulations if any shall be

adjusted in wall.


150

5.6.4 Curing and Finishing

The joints shall be cleaned off the grey cement grout with wire/coir brush or trowel to a

depth of 2 to 3 mm and all dust and loose mortar removed. Joints shall then be flush

pointed with white cement added with pigments if required to match the colour of tiles. The

work shall then be kept

wet for 7 days. After curing, the surface shall be washed and finished clean. The finished

work shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet. 6 DOORS 6.1 FLUSH DOOR SHUTTERS

6.1.1 Flush door shutters shall have a solid core and may be of the decorative or non-

decorative (Paintable type as per IS 2202 (Part I). Nominal thickness of shutters may be

25, 30 or 35 mm. Thickness and type of shutters shall be as specified.

6.1.2 Width and height of the shutters shall be as shown in the drawings or as indicated by

the Engineer-in-Charge. All four edges of the shutters shall be square. The shutter shall be

free from twist or warp in its plane. The moisture content in timbers used in the

manufacture of flush door shutters shall be not more than 12 per cent when tested

according to IS 1708.

6.1.3 Core The core of the flush door shutters shall be a block board having wooden strips held in a

frame constructed of stiles and rails. Each stile and rail shall be a single piece without any

joint. The width of the stiles and rails including lipping, where provided shall not be less

than 45 mm and not more than 75 mm. The width of each wooden strip shall not exceed 30

mm. Stiles, rails and wooden strips forming the core of a shutter shall be of equal and

uniform thickness. Wooden strips shall be parallel to the stiles. End joints of the pieces of

wooden strips of small lengths shall be staggered. In a shutter, stiles and rails shall be of

one species of timber. Wooden strips shall also be of one species only but it may or may

not be of the same species as that of the stiles and rails. Any species of timber may be

used for core of flush door. However, any non-coniferous (Hard wood) timber shall be used

for stiles, rails and lipping.

6.1.4 Face Panel

The face panel shall be formed by gluing, by the hot-press process on both faces of the

core, either plywood or cross-bands and face veneers. The thickness of the cross bands as

such or in the plywood shall be between 1.0 mm and 3.0 mm. The thickness of the face

veneers as such or in the plywood shall be between 0.5 mm and 1.5 mm for commercial

veneers and between 0.4 mm and 1.0 mm for decorative veneers, provided that the

combined thickness of both is not less than 2.2 mm. The direction

of the veneers adjacent to the core shall be at right angles to the direction of the wooden

strips. Finished faces shall be sanded to smooth even texture. Commercial face veneers


151

shall conform to marine grade plywood and decorative face veneers shall conform to type I

decorative plywood in IS 1328.

6.1.5 Lipping

Lipping, where specified, shall be provided internally on all edges of the shutters. Lipping

shall be done with battens of first class hardwood or as specified of depth not less than 25

mm. For double leaved shutters, depth of the lipping at meeting of stiles shall be not less

than 35 mm. Joints shall not be permitted in the lipping.

6.1.6 Rebating

In the case of double leaves shutters the meeting of stiles shall be rebated by 8 mm to 10 mm.

The rebating shall be either splayed or square type as shown in drawing where lipping is provided.

The depth of lipping at the meeting of stiles shall not be less than 30 mm.

6.1.7 FITTINGS 6.1.7.1 Fitting shall be of mild steel brass, aluminum or as specified. Some mild steel

fittings may have components of cast iron. These shall be well made, reasonably smooth,

and free from sharp edges and corners, flaws and other defects. Screw holes shall be

counter sunk to suit the head of specified wood screws. These shall be of the following

types according to the material used. Aluminum Fittings : These shall be anodized to natural matt finish or dyed anodic coating

not less than grade AC 10 of IS 1868.

The fittings generally used for different type of doors and windows are indicated in

Appendix H attached. The fittings to be actually provided in a particular work shall,

however, be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. Screws used for fittings shall be of the

same metal, and finish as the fittings. However, chromium plated brass screws or stainless

steel screws shall be used for fixing aluminum fittings. These shall be of the size as

mention in Drawing or as specified by Engineer in charge and PMC.Fittings shall be fixed

in proper position as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

These shall be truly vertical or horizontal as the case may be. Screws shall be driven home

with screw driver and not hammered in. Recesses shall be cut to the exact size and depth

for the counter sinking of hinges. 1 Butt Hinges These shall be of the following types according to the material used.

Mild steel butt hinges (Medium).

Cast brass butt hinges light/ordinary or heavy.

Extruded aluminum alloy butt hinges.


152

Cast Brass: These shall be light/ordinary or heavy as specified. These shall be well made

and shall be free from flaws and defects of all kinds. These shall be finished bright or

chromium plated or oxidized or as specified. These shall generally conform to IS 205. Hinge Pin : Hinge pin shall be made of brass or of stainless steel. The hinge pins shall be

firmly riveted and shall be properly finished. The movement of the hinge pin shall be free,

easy and square and shall not have any play or shake.

Extruded Aluminum Alloy : These shall be manufactured from extruded sections. These

shall be well made and free from flaws and defects of all kinds. These shall generally

conform to IS 205. 2 Spring Hinges (Single or double acting)

These shall be single acting when the shutter is to open on one side only or double acting

when the shutter opens on both sides. These shall be made of M.S. or brass as specified,

and shall generally conform to IS 453. Hinges shall work smoothly and shall hold the door

shutter truly vertical in closed position. Each double-acting spring hinge shall withstand the

following tests which shall be carried out after fixing it to a swing door in the normal

manner.

When the door is pushed through 90° and released 2000 times on each side in quick

succession the hinge shall show no sign of damage or any appreciable deterioration of the

components during or on completion of the test.

The door shall require a force of 2.0 ± 0.5 kg for 100 mm hinges and 3.0 ± 0.5 kg for 125

mm and 150 mm hinges at a distance of 45 cm from the hinge pin to move the door

through 90º. The size of spring hinge shall be taken as the length of the plate.

7 M.S. Locking Bolt with Holes for Pad Locks

7.1 This shall conform to IS 7534.

7.2 This shall be of mild steel polished bright or copper oxidized batch electro galvanized or

stove enamelled. In case of stove enamelled locking bolts, the bolt may be finished bright.

8 Door Latch

8.1 This shall be of mild steel, cast brass, or as specified and shall be capable of smooth

sliding action. In case, of mild steel latch, it shall be copper oxidized (black finish) or as

specified and in case of brass, it shall be finished bright, chromium plated or oxidized or as

specified. The size of door latch shall be taken as the length of the latch..

8.2 Locking bolts, spring and strike plate shall conform to IS 2209.

8.3 Handles: These shall conform to IS 4992.

8.4 Keys: Each lock shall be provided with two keys.


153

9 Kicking Plates

9.1 This shall be of brass (finished bright or chromium plated or oxidized) bronze, stainless

steel, aluminum or as specified. Aluminum kicking plates shall be anodized and the anodic

coating shall not be less than grade AC-10 of IS 1868. It shall be made from a plate of

minimum thickness 3.0 & 1.5 mm in case of stainless steel. Shape of the plate shall be as

specified. This shall have beveled or straight edges and shall be fixed by means of counter

sunk or rounded screws of the same material and finish as that of the plate. The shape and

pattern shall be according to the drawings and as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

10 Door Handles (Doors and Windows) 9.15.19.1

These should generally conform to IS 208. The door handles shall be well made and free

from defects. These shall be finished correct to shape and dimensions. All edges and

corners shall be removed and finished smooth so as to facilitate easy handling. Cast

handle shall be free from casting defects. Where the grip portion of the handle is joined

with the base piece by mechanical means, the arrangement shall be such that the

assembled handle shall have adequate strength comparable to that of integrally cast type

handles. 10.1 Door handles shall be of the following types according to the material used:

Cast or Sheet Aluminum Alloy Handles : These shall be of aluminum of specified size,

and of shape and pattern as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The size of the handle

shall be determined by the inside grip of the handle. Door handles shall be of 100 mm size

and window handles of 75 mm size unless, otherwise specified. These shall be fixed with

25 mm long wood screws of designation No. 6. Aluminum handles, shall be anodized and

the anodic coating shall not be less than grade AC 15 – IS 1868 as specified. The finish

can be bright natural, matt or satin or dyed as specified.

Cast Brass Handles: These shall be of cast brass of specified size and of the shape and

pattern as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The size of the handle shall be determined

by the inside grip of the handle. Door handles shall be of 100 mm size and window handles

of 75 mm size, unless otherwise specified. These shall be fixed with 25 mm long wood

screws of designation No 6. Brass handles shall be finished bright satin or nickel chromium

plated or copper oxidized or as specified. of this specification. 11 Hanging Rubber Door Stopper

11.1 These shall be of cast brass, finished bright, chromium plated or as specified.

Aluminum stopper shall be anodized and the anodic coating shall not be less than grade

AC-10 of IS 1868. The size and pattern of the door stopper shall be approved by the

Engineer-in-Charge. The size shall be determined by its length.

11.2 Universal Hydraulic Door Closer (Exposed Type)


154

11.3 These shall be made of cast iron/aluminum alloy/zinc alloy and of shape and pattern

as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

11.4 These shall generally conform to IS Specifications for door closers (Hydraulically

regulated) IS 3564.

11.5 The door closers may be polished or painted and finished with lacquer to desired

color. Aluminum alloy door closer shall be anodized and the anodic coating shall not be

less than grade AC 15 of IS 1868. All dents, burrs and sharp edges shall be removed from

various components and they shall be pickled, scrubbed and rinsed to remove grease, rust,

scale or any other foreign elements. After pickling, all the M.S. parts shall be given

phosphate treatment in accordance with IS 3618.

11.5.3 The nominal size of door closers in relation to the weight and the width of the door

size to which it is intended to be fitted shall be given in Table 9.19. 12.0 Painting, Washing and Distempering:

Rates shall include:- All leads and lifts for all materials. All scaffolding, ladders, paints cans, brushes and other appliance required for the work. Preliminary knotting and subsequent stopping in the case of first coat. Sand papering or finish of wood work before application of first coat and rubbing and

cleaning of old coats. Cleaning the surfaces of ironwork to make it free from all rust, scales, for 1

st coat (no

chemical to be used for all cleaning). Protection of all stains, smears, splashing and droppings of every kind from such places

and things. Work at any height and of any description. For colour wash the colouring material shall be of approved make and approved by

Engineer-in-charge. Oil bound distemper, cement paint and supersnowsem shall be of approved make. Synthetic enamel paint shall be of apocolite of approved make Primer on steel and other

metal surfaces shall be used with red oxide zinc chromate of approved make.

Before starting the distemper, oil bound distemper painting, snowcem etc. the contractor

must bring the full quality of approved brand, quantity required for the work and will remove

the empty containers only after the work is measured and checked.

WALL PAINTING WITH PLASTIC EMULSION PAINT

The plastic emulsion Paint is not suitable for application on external, wood and iron surface and surfaces which are liable to heavy condensation. These Paints are to be used

on internal surfaces except wooden and steel. Plastic Emulsion Paint as per IS 5411 of approved brand and manufacture and of the required shade shall be used.


155

Painting on New Surface The wall surface shall be prepared as follows The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted off. All rust, dirt, scales, smoke

splashes, mortar droppings and grease shall be thoroughly removed before painting is

started. The prepared surface shall have received the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge

after inspection, before painting is commenced. Application The number of coats shall be as stipulated in the item. The Paint will be applied in the

usual manner with brush, spray or roller. The Paint dries by evaporation of the water

content and as soon as the water has evaporated the film gets hard and the next coat can

be applied. The time of drying varies from one hour on absorbent surfaces to 2 to 3 hours

on non-absorbent surfaces. The thinning of emulsion is to be done with water and not with

turpentine. Thinning with water will be particularly required for the under coat which is

applied on the absorbent surface. The quantity of water to be added shall be as per

manufacturer‟s instructions. The surface on finishing shall present a flat velvety smooth

finish. If necessary more coats will be applied till the surface presents a uniform

appearance. Precautions Old brushes if they are to be used with emulsion Paints, should be completely dried of

turpentine or oil Paints by washing in warm soap water. Brushes should be quickly washed

in water immediately after use and kept immersed in water during break periods to prevent

the Paint from hardening on the brush. In the preparation of wall for plastic emulsion painting, no oil base putties shall be used in

filling cracks, holes etc. Splashes on floors etc. shall be cleaned out without delay as they will be difficult to remove

after hardening. Washing of surfaces treated with emulsion Paints shall not be done within 3 to 4 weeks of

application.

EXTERIOR PAINTING ON WALL 1 Material

The paint shall be (Textured exterior paint / Weather Proof/ exterior Emulsion Paint of

approved brand and manufacture.

This paint shall be brought to the site of work by the contractor in its original containers in

sealed condition. The material shall be brought in at a time in adequate quantities to suffice

for the whole work or at least a fortnight‟s work. The materials shall be kept in the joint

custody of the contractor and the Engineer-in-Charge. The empty containers shall not be

removed from the site of work till the relevant item of work has been completed and

permission obtained from the Engineer-in-Charge. 2 Preparation of Surface


156

For new work, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned off all mortar dropping, dirt dust,

algae, fungus or moth, grease and other foreign matter of brushing and washing, pitting in

plaster shall make good, surface imperfections such as cracks, holes etc. should be

repaired using white cement. The prepared surface shall have received the approval of the

Engineer in charge after inspection before painting is commenced. 3 Application [

3.1 Before pouring into smaller containers for use, the paint shall be stirred thoroughly in its

container, when applying also the paint shall be continuously stirred in the smaller

containers so that its consistency is kept uniform. Dilution ratio of paint with potable water

can be altered taking into consideration the nature of surface climate and as per

recommended dilution given by manufacturer. In all cases, the manufacturer‟s instructions

& directions of the Engineer-in-charge shall be followed meticulously. The lids of paint

drums shall be kept tightly closed when not in use as by exposure to atmosphere the paint

may thicken and also be kept safe from dust.

3.3.1 Paint shall be applied with a brush on the cleaned and smooth surface. Horizontal

strokes shall be given, First and vertical strokes shall be applied immediately afterwards.

This entire operation will constitute one coat. The surface shall be finished as uniformly as

possible leaving no brush marks. 3.3.2 Preparation of Surface: (Synthetic Enamel Paints) i) Iron and Steel Work:

The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned. Sand papered and/or rubbed with emery cloth of

necessary to remove grease, mortar or any other foreign materials. In case of rusted

surface, it shall be first cleaned with steel wire brushes till the corroded crust is removed.

The prepared surface shall be shiny and free from brush marks patches, blisters, and other

irregularities. The surface thus finished shall be got approved before painting.

ii) Wood Work Painting:

All surfaces shall be thoroughly planed and sand papered.

Knotting and stopping: In case the surface having knots and nail holes, they shall be

filled with stopping and knotting materials. The knotting material shall consist of pure

shellac dissolved in methyl spirit. For stopping, Russian tallow or putty shall be used, the

later should consist of two parts of whiting (Powdered chalk), one part of white lead mixed

together in double boiled linseed oil and well kneaded. The surface thus treated shall be

allowed to dry up and then sand papered. Alternatively readymade approved synthetic

putty may be used.

13.0 MISCELLANEOUS WORKS

13.1. Gypsum Board False Ceiling Work


157

Providing and fixing at all height false ceiling of 12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum board

conforming to IS: 2095 including providing and fixing of frame work made of special

sections power pressed from M.S. sheet and galvanized in accordance with zinc coating

600 as per IS: 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide X 15 mm thick with

flanges of 22 mm and 37 at 1200 mm centre to centre one flange fixed to the ceiling with

dash fastener 12.5 mm dia X 40 mm long with 6 mm dia. Bolts to the angle hangers of 25 X

25 X 5 mm of required length, and other end of angle hanger being fixed with nuts and

bolts to 6.1 channels 45 mm X 15 mm X 0.9 mm running at the rate of 1200 mm centre to

centre to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom wedge of 80 mm with tapered

flanges of 26 mm each having clips of 10.5 mm at 450 mm centre to centre shall be fixed in

a direction perpendicular to 6.1 channel with connecting clips made out of 2.64 mm dia. X

230 mm long 6.1 mm wire at every junction including fixing the gypsum board with ceiling

section and perimeter channels of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at

450 mm centre to centre with 25 mm long drive – all screws @ 230 mm interval including

joining and fixing to a flush finish of tapered and square edges of the gypsum board with

recommended filler, paper tapes, finished and two coats of primer suitable for gypsum

board as per manufacturers specification and also including the cost of making openings

for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cut outs made with frame of perimeter channels suitably

fixed finishing of all joints neatly to proper line & level including providing of additional

framework for electrical fixtures. Including giving access door panels wherever required for

installing A/C diffusers, cutouts for fire sprinklers, Light fixtures etc. as per the

specifications approved by architects Including necessary scaffolding supports, suspenders

etc. all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of the architect and finally

the tapered and square edges of the board are to be jointed and finished with regular site

filler, paper tape, finisher and primer suitable for gypsum plaster board to give smooth and

even finish includes all material labour but excluding the cost of painting. All the above

material to be used are of M/s India Gypsum Co.(above 6m to 9m from finished floor level). 13.2 Gypsum Cornice Casting and fixing into place, plaster of Paris molding/ Cornice of sizes as per design item

complete with painting to give an even shade of sizes as follows 40 mm x 40 mm, 40 mm x 75 mm, 75 mm x 150mm

Or as instructed and approved by Engineer In Charge/ Architect 13.3 Iron Work:

Rates shall include all leads, lifts for all materials. All forging, drilling, tapping, punching etc. and every description of workmanship necessary

to fabricate, finish erect and fix in position all steel and iron work in a good manner.

All bolts and nuts including holding sown and anchor plates, rivets, packing pieces, gusset

plates, cleats, wedges etc. (weight for all these articles being taken in the main articles).


158

Spikes, nails and screw required (weight not to be included in the main articles).

Nothing, finishing etc.

All necessary templates, pattern. Moulds etc.

All handling of bars/structural sections including straightening, removing harmful scales,

coal or bitumen or lime etc., if any from the surface properly.

The measurement should be of the finished fabricated section no wastage to be accounted

for.

The glass pans to steel work shall be fixed with glazing clips and putty confirming to I.S.S.

False works concreting of bed blocks shall be included in the items of angle iron door

frames, steel windows and grills and no extra payment for these items will be paid.

Before placing any order for steel windows the samples of windows shall be prepared first

and get approved and be kept at the site as specimen.

In reinforcement, standard hooks, and spacer bars shall be measured and paid separately.

However the overlaps shall be provided by the Contractor as per I.S. specification where

ever necessary and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

No.18 S.W.G., annealed steel binding wire shall be used to bind the reinforcement.

All reinforcement, cross bars, spacer bars etc. shall be accurately tied at all inter sections

and laps in such a way that the reinforcement net work and skeletons will give rigid

structure, not liable to be displaced during concreting.

All reinforcement shall be placed and maintained in the position shown on the drawings or

as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall provide approved types of

supports and spacers at specified intervals for maintaining the reinforcement in position

and to give specified cover.

The reinforcement shall be kept clean form leaser rust coating etc. Oiling of bars is strictly

prohibited.

The steel used in reinforcement and other structural steel shall be measured as per the

actual quantity of steel placed in the finished structure. The hooks, and spacer bars shall

be measured.

13.4 Stainless Steel Balustrade/Railing

Providing & fixing grade 304 glossy/mat finished stainless steel railings as per drawings

for stairs case, balconies etc. at any floor including all the nut bolt, fixing solution,

cutting, welding, grinding, buffing and finishing etc as directed by EIC/consultant.


159

14.0 WATER PROOFING TREATMENT

LIST OF BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS (BIS) CODES

SI.

IS No. Subject No.

1. IS :73 Paving Bitumen Specifications

2. IS :702 Specifications for Industrial Bitumen

3. IS :1322 Specifications for Bitumen felt for Water Proofing and Damp

Proofing.

4. IS: 2645 Specifications for Integral Cement Water Proofing Compounds

5. IS:3370 (Part 1) Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for the

Storage of Liquid Part -1 General Requirements.

6 IS 3384 Specifications for Bitumen Primer for Water Proofing and

Damp Proofing

7 IS 7193 Specification for Glass Fibre Bitumen Felts

8 IS 12200 Provision of Water Stops at Transfers Construction Joints in

Masonry and Concrete Dams - Code of Practice

9 IS 12432 (Part- Application for Spray Applied Insulation - Code of Practice

3) Part-3 Polyurethane/ Polyisocyarurate

14.1 SURFACE OF UNDER-GROUND STRUCTURE AT ALL DEPTH

14.1.1 Water Proofing of Horizontal Internal Surfaces of Under-ground Structure Preparation of Surface

The Water Proofing Treatment over the lean concrete/leveling course surface should

adhere to the surface firmly; the surface of leveling course should be roughened properly

when the concrete is still green. In case the surface is not made rough before the concrete

is set, the work of water proofing should not be executed till proper key is provided for the

base layer of Cement Mortar 1:3.

Blending Cement/Water with Water Proofing Compound

The required quantity of cement bags to be used for a particular portion of work should be

emptied on a dry platform. Water proofing compound bearing ISI mark and conforming to

IS 2645 should then be mixed properly with the cement. The quantity of water proofing

compound to be mixed should be as prescribed by the manufacturer but not exceeding 3%


160

by weight of cement. The quantity of cement and water proofing compound thus mixed

should be thoroughly blended and the blended cement should again be packed in bags.

For the water proofing compound in liquid form, the blending is to be done with water. This

can be done by taking the just required quantity of water to be mixed in the particular batch

of dry cement mortar. The required quantity of water thus collected per batch of dry cement

mortar to be prepared should be mixed with liquid water proofing compound from sealed

tins with ISI mark. The water thus mixed with water proofing compound shall be thoroughly

stirred so that the water is blended with water proofing compound properly. Preparation of Cement Slurry

Cement slurry shall be prepared by using 2.2 kg of blended cement per M² area. Each time

only that much quantity shall be prepared which can be covered on the surface and the

surface in turn would be covered with 25 mm thick cement mortar base within half an hour.

Slurry prepared and remained unused for more than half an hour shall be totally rejected. Preparation of Cement Mortar

Cement mortar 1:3 (1 blended cement: 3 coarse sand) shall be prepared with cement/

water duly blended as explained in clause 14.1.1.Only that much quantity of cement mortar

which can be consumed within half an hour, shall be prepared. Any cement mortar that is

prepared and remains unused for more than half an hour shall not be used in the work and

shall be rejected.

Laying Water Proofing Course

Before laying the base course of cement mortar 1:3, the lean concrete surface shall be

cleaned neatly with water. Cement slurry prepared as per clause 14.1.1, shall be

applied only on the area of the concrete surface that can be covered with the cement

mortar (1:3) base course within half an hour. The cement slurry should cover every spot of

the surface and no place shall remain uncovered. Just after the application of cement slurry

on the surface, the cement mortar prepared as per clause

14.1.2 Water Proofing of Internal Horizontal Surfaces of Under-ground Structure

Same as in 12.1.1 above except that water proofing courses will be laid on R.C.C. Slab.

14.2 INTEGRAL CEMENT BASED WATER PROOFING TREATMENT ON THE

VERTICAL SURFACE OF UNDER GROUND STRUCTURES 14.3 WATER PROOFING TREATMENT TO VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SURFACE

OF DEPRESSED PORTION OF WC, KITCHEN AND THE LIKE

14.3.1 Before the Water Proofing Treatment

Before the water proofing treatment, the internal plaster of ceiling and walls of WC block

leaving the portion for dado/skirting should be completed. Grooving / chasing for doing the

concealed work of GI/CI pipes/Electrical conduits should be completed. Cleaning the

depressed/sunken portion of WC of all debris, extra mortar sticking to the vertical and


161

horizontal surface etc. Necessary holes for „P‟ trap /Nhani trap/Water escape pipe etc

should be completed.

14.3.2 Preparing Surface and Fixing Pipes and Fittings

Before the water proofing treatment work, proper key in the concrete surface should be

provided. The depressed/sunken portion should be hacked by a hacking tool, after the

concrete slab is cast and when this concrete is still green.

The vertical surfaces of the depressed /sunken portion should be hacked with a hacking

tool just after the shuttering is removed. In case of old work, the water proofing treatment

on such surfaces shall be permitted after making proper spatter dash key. Fixing the „P‟

trap in position and all other pipes work including the water escape pipe shall be fixed

properly and the holes should be plugged carefully before taking up the water proofing

work.

14.3.3 1st Course

Cement duly blended with water proofing compound as explained in clause 14.1.1 shall be

used for preparing the cement slurry.

The consistency of the slurry should be such that 4.4 kg of blended cement with water

proofing compound is used per sq. meter area of surface to be treated. The slurry should

be started from the vertical faces towards the bottom of the floor. Particular care should be

taken to see that the slurry is applied to corners without leaving any gap.

14.3.4 2nd Course

Immediately on applying the blended cement slurry on the surface to be treated cement

plaster 20 mm thick in 1:3 (1 blended cement: 3 coarse sand) shall be applied both on

vertical and horizontal surfaces taking particular care to complete the entire depressed/

sunken portion of WC within a day so that the plaster can be done without any joint.

Junctions shall be properly rounded. The surfaces of the plaster shall be left rough but

finished in one plain and cured for a week. On completion of the curing period both

horizontal and vertical surfaces shall be cleaned properly and gently and allowed to dry.

14.3.5 3rd Course

Only after the surface is completely dried, the blown or residual bitumen shall be applied

@ 1.7 kg. of bitumen per M² area.

14.3.6 4th Course

PVC sheet 400 micron thick shall be spread evenly without any kink immediately, so that

the PVC sheet sticks to the surface firmly. PVC sheet shall be continued to be laid over the

main slab upto 100 mm. Overlapping of PVC sheet should be done with a minimum

overlap of 100 mm, duly pasting the overlapped sheet with an application of bitumen @ 1.7


162

kg./ M² The projections of pipes and „P‟ trap outlet etc. inside the depressed/sunken portion

of WC shall also be cladded with water proofing treatment layer upto a height of 150 mm,

using a coat of bitumen with PVC sheet complete.

The surfaces of depressed/sunken portion of WC shall not be left without covering with

specified filling material and base concrete, otherwise the PVC sheet layer may be

tampered by the labour working in the vicinity. Fixing up of WC pan, filling specified

material and the top base concrete should be done as early as possible and the top

horizontal layer of water proofing may be taken up later i.e. just before laying the floor tiles.

14.4 PROVIDING WATER STOPS

19.4.1 Water stops conforming to IS 12200 for construction/expansion joints should be

fabrication from a plastic compound, the basic resin of which shall be polyvinyl chloride.

The compound shall contain additional resin/ plasticizer inhibitors or other materials such

that when the materials are compounded it shall meet the requirement given in IS 15058.

14.4.2 Type of Joints for which Water Bars are provided

The water bars are provided only for the movement of joints in a water retaining structure.

Different types of movement joints are as described below:

Complete Contraction Joint:

This is a movement joint with deliberate discontinuity both in concrete as well as the

reinforcement but no initial gap is maintained between the concrete on either side of the

joint. This joint is intended to accommodate the contraction of the concrete.

Partial Contraction Joint:

This is a movement joint with deliberate discontinuity in concrete but no water bar is

provided and no discontinuity is provided in steel. No initial gap is maintained between the

concrete on either side of joint.

14.4.3 Types and Performance of Water Bars Water bars are performed strips of impermeable material which are embedded in the

concrete during construction so as to span across the joints and provide a permanent

water tight seal during the whole range of joint movement.

The most usual form of water bars are strip with a longitudinal corrugation.

Another form of water bar of metallic type is Z shaped strip. Water bars of copper, sheet

lead, natural or synthetic rubber and plastic such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC) are also used.

These bars comprise of central longitudinal hollow tube with thin walls and stiff wings of

about 150 mm width. Out of the metals available copper is most suitable as regards

ductility, resistance to corrosion in air, water and concrete. However, it may be attacked by

some wastes. If sheet lead is used it should be insulated from concrete by a good coat of

bituminous or suitable composition. Natural synthetic rubber and plastics have very

considerable advantage in handling, splicing and in making intersections. Galvanized iron

sheets may also be used with the specific permission of the Engineer-in-charge provided

the liquid stored or the atmosphere around the liquid retaining structure is not excessively


163

corrosive i.e. sewage. The strip water bars described as above, while placing in position

has to be passed through the end shutter of the first placed concrete with the result the

shuttering at this point should be perfectly water tight otherwise cement slurry may escape

from the concrete being laid and will ultimately weaken the structure. Therefore to avoid the

above problem one can prefer molded type of water bar.

The design of the molded water bar with several projections needs to be passed through

the end shutter while placing the same in position. Another main advantage of this water

bar is that since it occupies bigger proportion of the thickness of the joint it would lengthen

the shortest alternative water path through the concrete.

14.4.4 It is important to ensure proper compaction of concrete around the water bar. Proper

cover to all the reinforcement shall be maintained. Sometimes to increase the bond the

holes are provided in the copper water bars but in the long run it proves to be

disadvantageous as it shortens the path of water through concrete. Water bars should be

placed at the centre of the wall or if it is to be provided away from the centre its distance

from either face of the wall shall not be less than half of the width of water bar or as

specified/directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

14.4.5 Covers Plates for Joint

Sometimes joint cover plates have to be used for expansion joints mainly to avoid the risk

of a fault in the water bar which is embedded. The plates to be used should be either

copper or sheet lead. In case the copper plates are to be used, it should be clamped to the

concrete face on each side of the joint. To ensure water tightness suitable gasket shall be

used. Joint cover plates of sheet lead are also used and fixed on the joints. In this case the

edges may return into grooves formed in the concrete and can be made completely water

tight by lead caulking. Faces of the concrete to which sheet lead is to be fixed should be

painted with bituminous or other suitable composition and the lead sheet should be

similarly coated before fixing.

14.4.6 Spacing of Joints

In Reinforced Concrete floors movement joints should be spaced at not more than 7.5 m

apart in two directions at right angles. The wall and floor joints should occur at the base

of the wall in which case corresponding vertical joint is not important.

In concrete walls, the vertical movement joints should normally be placed at a maximum

spacing of 0.75 m in reinforced walls. The maximum length desirable between vertical

movement joints will depend upon the tensile strength of the walls and may be increased

by suitable reinforcements. Amongst the movement joints in floors and walls as mentioned

above, expansion joint should be normally be provided at spacing of not more than 30 m

between successive expansion joints or between the end of the structure and the next

expansion joint, all other joints being of the contraction type. In case of expansion joints the

filling of these with bitumen filler, bitumen felt or any such material etc. shall be paid for


164

separately in running meter. The measurement shall be taken upto two places of decimal

stating the depth and width of joint. In case joint cover plates either of copper or sheet lead

with ancillaries are provided, these shall be measured and paid for separately.

14.5 WATER PROOFING TREATMENT IN SUNKEN PORTION OF WCs, BATHROOMS ETC. 14.5.1 Preliminaries to be attended

The preliminaries shall be attended as described in clause 14.1 to 14.4.

14.5.2 Preparing Surface, Fixing Pipes and Fittings

No hacking of surface need be made, but only extra mortar sticking to the surface should

be removed and the surface should be cleaned thoroughly. Fixing „P‟ trap etc.

14.5.3 Providing and Laying of Slurry for First Layer

The consistency of the slurry should be such as to cover the desired area by using 0.488

kg of blended cement per M² of area. On deciding the correct quantity of water required per

M² area the required quantity of slurry should be prepared which can be applied over the

desired surface within half an hour of mixing with 0.488 kg of grey cement + 0.253 kg.

water proofing compound as per manufacturer specifications + x liters of water per M² area

and the required quantity of slurry thus prepared should only be used for first application.

The first layer shall be applied with painting brushes over the specified and dampened area

carefully including the corners, holes on the surfaces and joints of pipes in concrete etc.

and the application should continue at least upto 150 mm height of fixtures of pipes from

the surface. The surface on application shall be air cured for 4 hours.

14.5.4 Providing and Laying of Slurry for Second Layer

The quantity of slurry required for second application to be covered within an hour of

mixing shall be prepared with 0.242 kg. Cement + 0.126 kg. Water proofing compound + y

liters of water per M². Area and the required quantity of slurry thus prepared should only be

used for second application. The application of 2nd layer of slurry is same as for first layer

as detailed in clause 14.1. The applied surface shall be allowed to air cure for 4 hours and

thereafter water curing shall be done for full 48 hours. In case no further work as described

above is to be taken up immediately on completion of water proofing treatment due to any

reason it is recommended to protect the treated portion with cement plaster 1:4 as a

protective layer for which separate payment shall be made to the contractor. 14.6 INTEGRAL CEMENT BASED WATER PROOFING TREATMENT WITH BRICK

BAT COBA 14.6.1 Before taking up the work the preliminaries to be attended shall be exactly same as

described in clause 14.1.

14.6.2 Preparing the Surface

The surface of the slab should be roughened by scrapping when the slab concrete is still

green, however, the surface need not be hacked. In case the slab is already cast and


165

surface fairly finished, the same shall be cleaned neatly of all mortar droppings, loose

materials etc with brooms/cloth.

14.6.3 Providing and Laying of Slurry under Base Coat

The quantity of water required to prepare the slurry with 2.75 kg. of blended cement to be

painted over an area of 1 sqm. shall be calculated exactly as described in clause 14.1.

Depending upon the area of surface that has to be covered, the required quantity of slurry

should be prepared using 2.75 kg. blended cement + water per sqm. area to be covered,

taking particular care to see that only that much quantity of slurry shall be prepared which

can be used within half an hour of preparation i.e. before the initial setting time of cement.

The prepared slurry shall be applied over the dampened surface with brushes very

carefully, including the joints between the floor slab and the parapet wall, holes on the

surfaces, joints of pipes, masonry/concrete etc.

The application of the slurry should continue upto a height of 300 mm on the parapet wall

and also the groove as shown in Fig. 22.6. The slurry should also be applied upto a height

of 150 mm over pipe projections etc.

19.6.4 Laying Base Coat 20 mm thick

Immediately after the application of slurry and when the application is still green, 20 mm

thick cement plaster as base coat with cement mortar 1:5 (1 blended cement : 5 coarse

sand) shall be evenly applied over the concrete surface taking particular care to see that all

the corners and joints are properly packed and the application of the base coat shall be

continued up to a height of 300 mm over the parapet wall. 19.6.5 Laying Brick Bat Coba

Brick bat of size 25 mm to 115 mm out of well burnt bricks shall be used for the purpose of

brick bat coba. The brick bats shall be properly dampened for six hours before laying. Brick

bats shall be laid to required slope/gradient over the base coat of mortar leaving 15-25 mm

gap between two bats. Cement mortar 1:5 (1 blended cement: 5 coarse sand) shall be

poured over the brick bats and joints filled properly. Under no circumstances dry brick bats

should be laid over the base coat. The haunches/fillets at the junction of parapet wall and

the roof shall be formed only with brick bat coba. In case the brick bat coba is laid on the

base coat immediately on initial set there will be no necessity of applying cement slurry

over the base coat before laying the brick bat coba. However, if the brick bat coba is to be

laid on the subsequent day, cement slurry prepared as described in clause 14.1 and shall

be applied over the top surface of the base coat, then only the brick bat coba shall be laid. 19.6.6 Application of Slurry over Brick Bat Coba

After two days of curing of brick bat coba cement slurry prepared as per clause 14.1 shall

be applied on the surface of brick bat coba The application of slurry shall be the same as


166

described in clause 14.1 which should cover the haunches/gola, and the remaining small

portion of parapet wall and also inside the groove.

19.6.7 Laying Finishing Layer (Protective Coat)

Immediately on applying the cement slurry over the surface of the brick bat coba and when

the slurry applied is still green, the fiber glass cloth as specified and shall be spread evenly

on the surface without any kink & pressed to see that no air spaces exist. The fiber glass

cloth shall be taken up to a height of 300 mm on parapet walls & tucked in the groove

specially prepared at that height. 20 mm thick layer of cement plaster, without leaving any

joints shall be applied with cement mortar 1:4 (1 blended cement: 4 coarse sand) over the

entire fiber glass cloth including the haunches / gola and the small portion on the parapet

wall. The groove in the parapet wall over the haunches shall also be filled neatly packing

the mortar firmly in the groove. The surface of the finishing layer (protective coat) shall be

neatly finished with cement slurry prepared as per clause 14.1. The finished surface shall

be allowed to dry for a while and then pattern of 300 mm x 300 mm groove, 8 mm deep

shall be made over the entire surface. 19.6.8 Curing and Testing the Treatment

The entire surface thus treated shall be flooded with water by making cornices with weak

cement mortar, for a minimum period of two weeks.

19.7 White Reflective Paint

Providing and applying white reflective paint on terrace floor two or more coat as specified

by manufacture and as directed and approved by EIC/Architect at all levels.

21.0 Sewerage & Plumbing Work I N D E X 21-A - SANITARY FITTINGS 21 -B SOIL WASTE, VENT AND

AND ACCESSORIES RAIN WATER PIPE SYSTEM

1. Materials 1. General

2. Indian Water Closet 2. Clamps

3. European Water Closet 3. Cast Iron Pipes and Fittings

4. Urinals 4. AC, Rainwater pipes & Fittings.

5. Wash Basins 5. Galvanized pipes

6. Sinks 6. Traps


167

7. Mirrors 7. C.P. Grating

8. Shower Set. 8. Clean out Plugs.

9. Urinal Partitions 9. Waste Pipe from Appliances

10. Hot Water Heaters 10. Miscellaneous.

11. Miscellaneous 11. Testing.

11.1. Wooden Plugs.

11.2. C.P. Accessories

11.3. Towel Rails.

11.4. Toilet Paper Holders

11.5. Glass Shelves

21 -C

INTERNAL WATER SUPPLY

21- D

EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

1. General 1. General

2. G.I. Pipes, Fittings & Valves 2. Cast Iron Pipes

3. Asbestos Cement Pressure

Pipes & Specials 21- E EXTERNAL SEWERAGE SYSTEM 1.General

2. Trenches for pipes & Fittings.

3. Salt-Glazed stoneware Pipes

4. Cement Concrete pipes (with or without reinforcement)

5. Cast Iron Pipes & Fittings Manholes


168

6. Connections

SECTION 21 - A - SANITARY FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES 21A.1. MATERIALS:- 21A.1.1. Standards -

Various fittings and accessories shall conform to the following IS -

771 - (Part - I) : Glazed fire-clay sanitary appliances General

requirements.

771 - (Part - II) : Glazed fire -clay sanitary requirements Specific

requirements of kitchen and laboratory sinks.

771 - (Part - III) : Glazed fire -clay sanitary requirements Section I)

Specific requirements of urinals, Sections I - Slab

urinals.

771 - (Part - III : Glazed fire -clay sanitary requirements specific

Sec. 2) requirements of urinals, Section-2, Stall Urinals

771 - (Part - V) : Glazed fire-clay sanitary requirements specific

requirements of shower trays.

2556 - (Part - I) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous

China) general requirements.

2556 - (Part - II) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous

China) specific requirements of wash down water

closets.

2556 - (Part - III) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous

China) specific requirements of squatting pans.

2556 - (Part - VII) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous

China) specific requirements of half round channel.

2556 - (Part - X) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous

China) specific requirements of traps for squatting

pans.

2556 - (Part - XII) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous

China) specific requirements of traps for squatting

pans.

774 - : Specification for flushing cistern for water closets and

urinals (other than plastic cisterns)

2548 - : Specification for plastic seats and covers for water

closets.

2556 - (Part - VI/Sec.1): Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous

China) specific requirements of urinals.


169

2556 - : Specification for automatic flushing cisterns for

urinals.

3489 - : Specification for enamelled steelbath tubes.

2963 - : Specification for copper alloy waste fittings for wash

basins and sinks.

3311 - : Specification for waste plug and its accessories for

sinks and wash basins.

2556 - (Part - XI) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous

China) specific requirements for shower rose.

21A.1.2. General -

21A.1.2.1. Sanitary fixtures shall be of the best quality approved by the Engineer. Wherever

particular makes are mentioned, the choice of selection shall remain with the

engineer. 21A.1.2.2. All fixtures and fittings shall be provided with all such accessories as are required to

complete the item in working condition whether specifically mentioned or not in the

schedule of quantities, specifications, drawings. Accessories shall include proper

fixing arrangement, brackets, nuts, bolts, screws and required connection pieces. 21A.1.2.3. Fixing screws shall be half round head chromium plated brass screws with C.P.

Washers wherever required as per the directions of the Engineer. 21A.1.2.4. All fittings and fixtures shall be fixed in a neat workmanlike manner true to level and

heights shown on the drawings and in accordance with the manufacturers‟

recommendations. Mortar drops, paint splashes etc. shall be removed from fittings,

walls and floors immediately before they get dry. Care shall be taken to fix all inlet

and outlet pipes at correct positions. Faulty locations shall be made good and any

damage to the finished floor, tiling or terrace shall be made good at the Contractor‟s

cost.

21A.1.2.5. When directed the Contractor shall install fixtures and accessories in a mock-up

room for the approval of the Engineer. Sample room fixtures may be reused on the

works if undamaged, but no additional payment for fixing or dismantling shall be

admissible.

21A.2. INDIAN WATER CLOSET :- 21A.2.1. Indian WC pan shall be Orissa pattern of size as specified even though the wording

of the item or the nomenclature on the drawing does not specifically mention this

pattern. Each WC shall be provided with a 100 mm. dia. cast iron or porcelain P or

S trap with or without vent horn with an approximately 50 mm. seal. The joint

between the pan and trap shall be made leak-proof with CM 1:1 (1 cement: 1 fine

sand).


170

21A.2.2. WC shall be flushed by means of exposed air concealed type brass flush valve.

Flush valve shall be connected to the WC by means of an approved type of flush

pipe. Joint between WC and flush pipe shall be made with a putty of white lead and

linseed oil and caulked well or with an approved rubber joint. 21A.2.3. The pan shall be sunk into the floor and embedded in a cushion of average 15 cm.

cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20

nominal size). The concrete shall be left below the top level of the pan so to allow

laying of flooring. The floor should be suitably sloped so that the waste water is

drained into the pan.

21A.3. EUROPEAN WATER CLOSET :- 21A.3.1. European WC shall be wash down or symphonic type floor or wall mounted set,

flushed by means of porcelain flushing cistern, an exposed or concealed type flush

valve. Flush pipe/bend shall be connected to the WC by means of a suitable rubber

adopter. Wall hung WC shall be supported by C.I. floor mounted chair. 21A.3.2. Each WC set shall be provided with a solid plastic seat of approved make and

colour with rubber buffers and chromium plated pillar hinges. The seat shall be so

fixed that it remains absolutely stationery in vertical position without falling down on

the WC 21A.3.3. The closet shall be fixed to the floor by means of 75 mm. long 6.5 mm. dia. counter-

sunk bolts and nuts embedded on the floor concrete using rubber or fibre washers

so as not to allow any lateral displacement. The joint between the trap of water

closet and soil pipe shall be made with cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement: 1 fine sand).

21A.4. URINALS :- 4.1. Flat Back Urinals - 21A.4.1.1. These shall be lipped type half stall white glazed vitreous China of size 610 x 400 x

380 mm. or 465 x 355 x 265 mm. as specified. They shall be provided with 15 mm.

dia. C.P. spreader, 32 mm. dia. C.P domical waste and C.P. cast brass bottle trap

with pipe and wall flange and shall be fixed to wall by one C.I. bracket and two C.I.

wall clips as recommended by the manufacturer and as directed by the Engineer.

The connection between the urinal and flush or waste pipe shall be made by means

of putty or white lead mixed with chopped hemp. 21A.4.1.2. Flat back urinals shall be fixed with C.P. brass screws and shall be provided with 32 dia. domical waste leading to urinals trap. 21A.4.2.Squatting Plate Pattern Urinalls - 21A.4.2.1. These shall be of white glazed vitreous China of the size as specified.


171

21A.4.2.2. The top edge of the squatting plate shall be flush with the finished floor level adjacent to

it. It shall be embedded on a layer of 25 mm. thick cement mortar 1:8 (1 cement: 8

fine sand) laid over a bed of cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement: 5 fine sand: 10

graded stone/brick aggregate 20 mm. nominal size). There shall be 100 mm. dia.

glazed earthen ware or Vitreous China channels as specified with stop and outlet

pieces suitably fixed in the floor in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand)

and joint finished with white cement. The earthen ware/Vitreous china channels

shall discharge into a 65 mm. diameter standard urinal C.I. trap with vent arm

having 65 mm. C.P. brass outlet grating. The trap and fittings shall be fixed as

directed. 21A.4.3.Flushing Cistern - 21A.4.3. 1. Flushing cistern for urinals shall be automatic type cast iron or vitreous

china as specified. It shall have a copper siphon and inlet nose cock to control the

flow. It shall be fixed to wall with R.S. & C.I. brackets which shall be firmly

embedded in the wall in CM 1:4 (1 cement: 4 fine sand). Cast iron cistern and

brackets shall be painted with two coats of white enamel paint. Cistern may be

concealed in pipe shafts or false ceilings where required as directed by the

Engineer.

21A.4.3. 2. Flush pipes shall be C.I. pipes (“C” class) concealed in wall chase but with

chromium plated bends at inlet and outlet or as specified. The connection between

the flush pipe and the cistern shall be made by means of a C.P. brass coupling and

check nut.

G.I. Pipes (“C” Class)

Rigid PVC

Lead Pipes Waste pipes may be exposed on wall or concealed in chase as directed by the Engineer.

Specifications for waste pipes shall be same as given elsewhere.

21A.5. WASH BASINS :- 21A.5.1. Wash basins shall be white glazed Vitreous Chine Poly marble of size, shape and

type specified. 21A.5.2. Each basin shall be supported on a pair of S or C.I. brackets (which shall conform

to IS 775) fixed in CM 1:3 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand). The wall plaster on the rear

shall be cut to rest over the top edge of the basin. After fixing the basin, plaster

shall be made good and surface finished to match the existing one. 21A.5.3. Each basin shall be provided with a 32 mm. dia. C.P. brass bottle trap and union

which shall be connected to a 32 mm. dia. waste pipe which shall be suitably bent

towards the wall and which shall discharge into an open drain leading to a gully trap

or direct into a gully trap on ground floor or to a waste pipe stack through a floor

trap on upper floors. It shall also have a pop-up or rubber plug and chain as


172

specified, C.P. brass and union may not be provided where the surface drain or a

floor trap is placed directly under the basin and the waste is discharge into it

vertically. 21A.5.4. Each basin shall be provided with fittings as specified. 21A.5.5. The height of the front edge of the basin above the floor level shall be 79 cm. or as

directed by the Engineer.

21A.6. SINKS :- 21A.6.1. Sinks shall be white glazed fire-clay or vitreous china or stainless steel or any other

material as specified. 21A.6.2. Sinks shall generally be fixed as wash basins except that C.P. brass trap and union

shall be connected to 40 mm. dia. G.I. waste pipe which shall be suitably bent

towards the wall. Counter top sinks shall be fixed with suitable angle iron brackets

or clips as recommended by the manufacturer.

21A.6.3. Supply fittings for sinks shall be mixing fittings or C.P. taps as specified.

21A.7. MIRRORS :-

21A.7.1. Mirrors shall be electro-coated copper 5.5 mm. thick of guaranteed reputed make.

The image shall be clear and without waviness at all angles of vision.

21A.7.2. Mirrors shall be provided with backing of 12 mm. thick marine plywood or 6 mm.

thick asbestos sheet fixed with C.P. brass semi-round headed screws and cup

washers or C.P. brass clamps as specified or instructed by the Engineer.21A.8.

SHOWER SET :-

21A.8.1. Shower set shall comprise two C.P. brass concealed stop cocks, two long body bib

cocks, C.P. shower arm with wall flange and shower head of approved quality as

specified.21A.8.2. Concealed stop cocks shall be so fixed as to keep the wall

flange clear of the finished wall. 21A.9. URINAL PARTITIONS :- 21A.9.1. Urinal partitions shall be white glazed Vitreous China or 25 mm. thick marble of size

as specified. 21A.9.2. Porcelain partitions shall be fixed at proper heights with C.P. brass bolts, anchor

fastners and M.S. clips as recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the

Engineer.

21A.10. HOT WATER HEATERS :- 21A.10.1 Hot water heaters shall be pressure type controlled outlet or non-pressure type with

single outlet, wall or floor mounting type of capacity and type as specified. Hot

water heaters shall have copper container and 75 mm. thick fiber glass insulation.


173

Heaters shall conform to IS 2082-1965. Each heater shall be thermostatically

controlled with a pilot neon lamp. 21A.10.2 Hot water heaters shall be installed true to level in a neat workmanlike manner. Wall

hung heaters shall be fixed with nuts and bolts of ample size neatly grouted in wall

and set in cement concrete blocks 100 x 100 cms. in 1:2:4 mix heaters fixed in RCC

columns or walls shall be fastened by anchor bolts without any additional cost. 21A.10.3 Each heater inlet and outlet shall be connected by means of a 20 mm. dia. C.P.

copper tubing with necessary nuts and washers. One 20 mm. dia. C.P. brass stop

cock and C.P. horizontal or vertical non-return valve shall be provided on the inlet. If

the inlet and outlet connections to the hot water heater are 15 mm. or less, the

connection to C.P. pipes described above shall be made by a C.P. reducer. Bushes

shall not be used. Vent pipes connections shall be 15 or 20 mm. dia. as specified

and shall be made by G.I. pipe connection/

21A.11. MISCELLANEOUS:- 21A.11.1 Wooden Plugs -

These shall be of hard wood and of size 50 mm. x 50 mm. at base tapering to 38 x 38 mm. at top of 50 mm. long. These shall be fixed in wall in CM 1:3 (1 cement: 3

fine sand) which shall be well-cured.

21A.11.2 C.P. Accessories -

All C.P. accessories shall be fixed with C.P. brass half round head screws and cup

washers in all with rawl plugs or nylon sleeves and shall include cutting and making

good as required or directed by the Engineer.

21A.11.3 Towel Rails -

These shall be fixed at a height of 75 cm. above floor level or as specified or

directed by the Engineer. The brackets of towel rail shall be fixed by means of C.P.

brass screws to wooden plugs embedded in wall.

21A.11.4 Toilet Paper Holders -

These shall be fixed in position by means of screws and wooden plugs embedded

in wall.

21A.11.5 Glass Shelves -

These shall be fixed at height of 115 cm. above floor level or as specified or as

directed by the Engineer. The brackets of the glass shelf unit shall be fixed with

C.P. brass screws to wooden plugs embedded in the wall.

LIST OF STANDARDS & CODES

MATERIALS

Unless specifically mentioned otherwise all the applicable codes and standards updated

and in force published by the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and its subsequent revision

and all other standards which may be published by them before construction work starts,

shall govern in respect of design, workmanship, quality and properties of materials and


174

method of testing for plumbing, Drainage and Water Supply. Some of this available

standards are listed below:

(All materials shall conform and bear stamps of the required Indian Standard

specifications)

IS : 651 - 1980 Specification for salt glazed stoneware pipes and

fittings.

IS : 778 - 1984 Specification for gunmetal gate, globe and check

valves for water.

IS : 780E - 1984 Specification for sluice valve for various purpose

IS : 781 - 1978 Specification for sand caste brass screw down bib

taps and stop for water services.

IS : 782 - 1983 Specification for caulking lead

IS : 1172 - 1971 Basic requirement of water supply drainage and

sanitation.

IS : 1239 - 1982 Specification for M.S. or G.I. Pipes

IS : 1536 - 1989 Specification for LA class Centrifugal cast (spun) iron

pressure pipes for water and sewage.

IS : 1538 - 1976 Specification for cast iron fittings for pressure pipes

for water and sewage.

IS : 1703 - 1977 Specification for ball valves (horizontal plunger type)

including floats for water supply purpose.

IS : 1879 - 1975 Specification for G.I. Fittings.

IS : 3989 - 1984 Specification for Centrifugal cast (spun)iron for

sewage.

IS : 1729 - 1979 Specification for C.I. Sand cast pies

IS : 544 - 1975 Specification for threads of G.I. fittings (paralles

female and taper male threads).

IS : BS - 5155 Specification for (Butterfly) Valves for various

purposes.

IS : 1726 - 1974 Specification for cast iron manhole covers and frames

intended for use in drainage work.

IS : 1729 - 1979 Specification for cast iron spigot and socket, soil,

waste pipes, fittings and accessories.

IS : 1742 - 1983 Code of practice for building drainage.

IS : 2064 - 1973 Code of practice for selection, installation and

maintenance of sanitary appliances.

IS : 2065 - 1983 Code of practice for water supply in buildings.

IS : 2373 - 1981 Specification for water meters. (Bulk type)

IS : 771 - 1979 Specification for vitreous China sanitary ware.

IS : 458 - 1971 Specification for reinforced cement concrete Hume

pipe, concrete Hume pipe.


175

SECTION 21-C INTERNAL WATER SUPPLY GENERAL :- 1.1. All materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to specifications and subject to the

approval of the Engineer.

1.2. Short or long bends shall be used on all main pipe lines as far as possible. Use of elbows

shall be restricted for short connections.

As far as possible all bends shall be formed by means of a hydraulic pipe bending machine

for pipes upto 65 mm. dia. 1.3. Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and maintenance

and shall not cause obstruction shafts, passage etc.

1.4. Valves and other appurtenances shall be so located as to provide easy accessibility for

operations, maintenance and repairs. 1.5. Stipulations as given in Para 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 for Soil, Waste, Vent and Rain Water

Systems are also applicable for internal water supply work. G.I. PIPES, FITTINGS & VALVES:- 1. Material - 1.1. Galvanized mild steel welded pipes and seamless, screwed and socketed tubes shall

conform to IS 1239 of class specified. When class is not specified, they shall be medium

class. 1.2. Fittings for G.I. pipes shall be malleable iron galvanized fittings of approved make with the

manufacturer‟s trade mark stamped thereon. Such fittings shall include couplings, unions,

bends, tees, reducers, nipples and bushes. Fittings shall conform to IS 1879 (Part-I & Part-

X). 1.3. All screwed tubes and sockets and fittings shall have screw threads conforming to the

requirements of relevant IS. 1.4. Unions - The Contractor shall provide adequate number of unions on all pipes to enable

dismantling later. Unions shall be provided near each gunmetal valve, stop cock or check

valve and on straight runs as necessary at appropriate locations as required and / or

directed by the Engineer. 1.5. Gun metal (G.M.) Valves -

Heavy G.M. valves shall be full way valves or globe valves conforming to IS 778-20 Kg. /

Sq.cm. class. The same shall be tested at manufacturer‟s works and duly stamped. 1.6. Sluice Valves -

These shall be of best quality confirming to IS 780 of class specified. 1.7. Valves & Controls

All valves (gate, globe, check, safety) shall be either all brass or gun metal valves suitable

for the particular services. All valves shall be of the particular duty and design called for.

Valves shall either be of the screw type, with suitable flanges and non-corrosive bolts and

gaskets. Tail pieces and required shall be supplied along with valves. Gate, globe and

check valves shall conform to Indian Standard IS : 778 – 1971 (Gunmetal gate, globe and


176

check valves for general purposes) and non-return valves to swing check type reflex (non

return valves IS : 5312 (Part I) 1969. 1.8 Ball Valves (S.S. 304) 2.2. Workmanship - 2.2.1. Cuttings, Laying & Jointing -

Where the pipes are to be cut or rethreaded, the ends shall be carefully filed out

and burr removed. The ends of the pipes are then rethreaded as per the

requirements of the relevant IS with pipe dies and taps carefully in such a manner

as will not result in slackness of joints when two pieces are screwed together. The

dies and taps shall be used only for straightening screw threads which have

become bent or damaged and shall not be used for turning of the threads which

would result in slackness. Screw threads are protected from damage.

The pipes shall be cleaned of all foreign matter before being laid. In jointing the

pipes, the inside of the socket and the screwed end of the pipes shall be oiled and

rubbed over with white lead and a few turns of spun yarn wrapped round the

screwed end of the pipe. The end shall then be screwed in the socket, tee etc. with

the pipe wrench.

Care shall be taken to make all joints completely watertight. After laying, the open

ends of the pipes shall be temporarily plugged to prevent access of water, soil or

any other foreign matter. 2.2.2. Laying / Fixing - Internal work (Fixing to walls ceilings & floors) -

All pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical and horizontal unless unavoidable.

a) For exposed pipes in shafts or other locations, MS brackets and clamps or slotted

angles/channels of approved design shall be used for fixing pipes, keeping the

pipes about 25 mm. clear of the wall. Sufficient space shall be available for working

on pipes with usual tools.

When standard pattern holder bat clamps are used for fixing, one end of the same

shall be properly plugged or cemented into walls in CM 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse

sand) and the other tightened round the pipes to hold the same securely. These

clamps shall be spaced at regular intervals in straight lengths as follows -

Size of Horizontal Vertical

Pipe in run in runs in

mm. meters meters

15 2 2.5

20 2.5 3

25 2.5 3

32 2.5 3

40 3 3.5

50 3 3.5

For pipes 15 mm. to 25 mm. dia., the holes in walls / floors etc. shall be made by

drilling with chisel or jumper and not by dismantling the brick work or concrete. For

bigger diameter pipes, holes shall be carefully made by dismantling to the smallest


177

required size. After fixing the pipes, the holes shall be made good in 1:3 CM (1

cement: 3 coarse sand) and properly finished to match the adjacent surface.

Horizontal pipes running along ceiling level shall be fixed on structural adjustable

clamps of special design adjusted to the proper levels so that pipes are in a

uniform slope and rest fully on the clamps. Clamps shall be as shown on the

drawings or as directed.

All exposed pipes and fittings shall be painted with two coats of synthetic enamel

paint of approved shade and manufacture over and above one coat of approved

primer.

Pipes shall not ordinarily be buried in walls or solid floors. Where unavoidable, they

may be buried for short distances, provided adequate protection is given against

damage and where so required joints are not buried. Where required, MS tube

sleeve shall be fixed at a place a pipe is passing through a wall or floor to allow

freedom for expansion and contractor and other movements. Pipes embedded in

walls or floors shall not come in contact with lime mortar or lime concrete and shall

be painted with anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality and wrapped in

burlap or hessian cloth impregnated with bitumen without any extra cost. 2.2.3. Laying / Fixing - External Work (in trenches etc.) -

Widths and depths of trenches in which G.I. pipes and fittings are to be laid shall be as

follows -

Dia. of Pipe Width of Trench Depth of Trench

15 mm. to 50 mm. 30 cm. 60 cm.

65 mm. to 100 mm. 45 cm. 75 cm. At joints, the trench width shall be widened where necessary. The work of excavation

and refilling shall be done true to line and gradient.

G.I. Pipes shall be protected by fine sand laid 15 cm. around before filling the trenches

with excavated earth. When excavation is done in rock, the bottom shall be cut deep

enough to have a minimum sand cushion of 15 cm. below.

For large diameter pipes where pressure is high, concrete thrust blocks shall be

constructed on all bends as per drawings and instructions of the Engineer.

Before laying the pipes shall be painted with two coats of anti-corrosive bitumastic paint and then wrapped with hessian cloth for the entire length and again painted with

two coats of anti-corrosive bitumastic paint at Contractor‟s own cost. Paint shall be of

the approved quality. 2.3. Insulation for hot water pipes -

Pipes carrying hot water from storage heater or from central heating system shall be

insulated for preventing loss of heat. All hot water supply and return pipes shall be

insulated with resin bounded mineral wool / fiber glass crown 150 wrapped with asbestos

for lagging. The material shall have a thermal conductivity valve not exceeding 0.3 but / Hr-

sq.ft /Hr. at mean temperature of 200 degree C. and a density not less than 32 Kgs. per

Cum.


178

•

Insulation thickness shall be -

Pipes 50 mm. dia. and below 25 mm. thick

• Pipes 65 mm. dia. and below 40 mm. thick


179

2.4. Testing the Joints -

After laying and jointing, the pipes and fittings shall be inspected under working conditions

of pressure and flow. Any joint found leaking shall be redone and all leaking pipes removed

and replaced without extra cost. Pipes and fittings shall then be tested to hydraulic

pressure of 7 Kg. / Sq.cm. (70 meter or double the designed working pressure whichever is

more). Pipes shall be slowly and carefully charged with water allowing all air to escape and

avoiding all shock or water hammer. The draw off-takes and stop cocks shall be then

closed and specified hydraulic pressure shall be applied gradually. Pressure gauge must

be accurate and calibrated before the test. The test pump having without loss for at least

half an hour. Pipes and laying proceeds, keeping the joints and laying proceeds, keeping

the joints exposed for inspection during the testing. 2.5. Miscellaneous Connections etc. 2.5.1. Making Connection between Distribution branch with main -

For connecting a distribution branch to the existing main -

a pit is made at the main location of the connection and earth removed for 15 cm.

below the main,

flow of water in the main is disconnected by closing the sluice/wheel valves,

any water collected in the pit is bailed out,

the ends of the pipe are threaded, a G.I. tee of the required size is introduced together

with the necessary fittings such as jam nut, socket, connecting piece etc. 2.5.2. Fixing meter and stop cock in the line -

For fixing this -

the line shall be cut to the required length at the position where the fixing is to be done.

Ends of the pipes are then threaded.

the meter and stop cock shall be fixed in position by means of connecting piece, jam

nut, socket etc. Stop cock shall be fixed near the meter inlet. The paper disc inserted in

the meter nipples shall be removed and the meter installed exactly horizontal or vertical

in the flow line in the direction shown by the arrow cast on the body of the meter, care

being taken to see that the factory seal of the meter is not disturbed.

if the pipe line is a new one, a piece of the pipe equal to the length of the meter shall be

fitted in the position where the meter is to be installed, water allowed to flow in the line

to completely wash the line. The connecting piece is then removed and meter fitted

there.

GENERAL :- 1.1. All the materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to the relevant specifications

and subject to approval of the Engineer.

1.2. The water lines shall be laid at depths and locations and to alignment and gradient shown

on the drawings or as expressly directed by the Engineer during the works execution. All

fittings and appurtenances shall also be laid at proper depths and to required slopes in a

workmanlike manner.


180

1.3. Pipe lines shall be kept clean throughout the progress of the work. Special care shall be

taken to avoid accumulation of the work. Special care shall be taken to avoid accumulation

of debris, building materials and trench water and mud from collecting within the pipe lines. 1.4. No pipe lines shall cross any open drain between its high flood level and bed level to avoid

corrosion, contamination of water supply and blockage of drain. 1.5. Stipulations as given in Para 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 for Soil, Waste, Vent and Rain Water system

are also applicable for external water supply works. CAST IRON PIPES :- 1. Standard -

Pipes for water-supply mains shall be centrifugally spun iron pipes class LA conforming to

IS 1536. Quality certificate shall be furnished.

Fittings used shall conform to IS 1538. 2. Handling - 2.1. Pipes and fittings shall be handled with adequate care to avoid damage to them. These

shall be lined up on one side of the alignment of the trench.

3. Preparatory Work - 3.1. If any cracks are observed in pipes, the damaged portion of cracked spigot and socket pipe

may be cut at a point not less than 150 mm. beyond the visible extremity of the crack with

diamond pointed chisel, and the serviceable portion used in the work. In case of doubt,

suitable tests shall be carried out to ensure that the pipes and fittings are free of defects. 3.2. All pipes and fittings shall be cleaned of all dust and dirt, special care being taken to

thoroughly clean the inside of the sockets and outside of the spigots. 3.3. Trenches -

Trenches for the pipes shall be excavated to lines and levels as directed. The bed of

the trench shall be truly and evenly dressed throughout from one change of grade to

the next.

Clear available working width of trench shall be external dia. of pipe/s or external

dimensions of supporting concrete or cushioning layer plus 40 cm. upto 1 m. depth.

Additional 5 cm. width shall be added per meter of extra depth over 1 m. If the sides of

the trench are not vertical, the above with shall be available from below the pipe top.

After the excavation of the trench is completed, hollows shall be cut at the required

positions to receive the socket of the pipes and these hollows shall be of sufficient

depth to ensure that the barrels of the pipes shall rest throughout their entire length on

the solid ground and that sufficient spaces only lift for jointing the underside of the pipe

joint. These socket holes shall be refilled with sand after jointing the pipe. 2.4. Laying - 2.4.1. Pipes shall be lowered (and not rolled or dropped) into the trench by means of suitable

pulley blocks, shear legs, chains, ropes etc. and placed such that the centre line of pipes

coincides with the centre line of the required alignment. In case of socketed pipes, the

spigot of one pipe shall be carefully centered into the socket of the next for the full depth of

the socket and the pipe kept in position by earth filling, well watered and rammed at two or

more places in its length. Specials and fittings shall also be laid in their proper positions

and stated above.


181

2.4.2. Where so directed by the Engineer, the pipes and specials may be laid on masonry or

concrete pillars. Pipe laid on level ground, shall be laid with socket facing against the

direction of flow of water. In all other cases, the sockets shall be laid facing uphill and pipe

laying shall proceed in an uphill direction to facilitate joint making.

2.4.3. Any deviation either in plan or in elevation less than 11.25 degrees shall be effected by

laying the straight pipes round a flat curve, of such radius that minimum thickness of lead

at the face of the socket shall not be reduced below 6 mm. or the opening between spigot

and socket increased beyond 12 mm. at any joint. A deviation of about 2.25 degree can be

effected at each joint in this way Concrete thrust blocks at bends or anchor blocks shall be

provided as shown on the drawings or as directed. Thrust blocks of concrete of specified

size shall be formed at all bends. Thrust blocks shall be made after the joints have been

caulked with lead.

2.4.4. At the ends of a day‟s work, the last pipe laid shall have its open ends securely closed with

a wooden plug to prevent entry of water, soil, rats and any other foreign matter into the

pipe.

2.5. Jointing Spigot & Socket Pipes -

2.5.1. Lead Caulked Joints -

The spigot and socket joints of cast iron and centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes shall be

caulked with lead.

a) Lead caulked joints with molten lead -

Lead caulking is generally done for providing joints wherever it is practicable to use cast

lead caulking, but not in wet conditions. Jointing shall be done in the following manner - i)Preparing the Joint -

The interior of the sockets and exterior of the spigots shall be thoroughly cleaned and

dried. The yarn shall be placed around the spigot of the pipe, and shall be of proper

dimensions so as to centre the spigot in the socket. making up of required length by

knotting of yarn shall not be allowed. Required length of yarn strands shall be in one piece.

When a single strand of yarning material is used, it shall have an overlap at the top of not

more than 50 mm. When more than a single strand is required for a joint, each strand shall

be cut to sufficient length so that the ends will meet on opposite sides of the pipe and not

on top or bottom. When the spigot is shoved home, the yarning material shall be driven

tightly against the inside base or hub of the socket with suitable tools. ii)Leading -

The leading of pipes shall be made by means of ropes covered with clay or by using

special leading rings.

2.5.2. Lead shall be heated to proper temperature in a melting pot kept in easy reach of the joint

so that molten metal will not be chilled in being carried from the melting pot to the joint.

(Molten lead at proper pouring temperature when stirred shows a rapid change of colour).

2.5.3. Before pouring, all scum or dross which may appear on the surface of the lead during

melting shall be skimmed off. Each joint shall be filled in one continuous pouring. Spongy

or imperfectly filled joints shall be burnt out and repaired.

2.5.4. Precaution shall be taken for melting the lead as under - The pot and the ladle in which lead shall be put shall be clean and dry.

Sufficient quality of lead shall be melted.


182

iii) Lead shall not be overheated as it is not desirable to overheat it. 2.5.5. The approximate depth of pig lead for each joint of C.I. pipes and fittings shall be as under

with a tolerance of + / - (plus or minus) 5% -

Dia of Pipe Depth of Lead

80 mm. to 125 mm. dia. 45 mm.

150 mm. to 250 mm. dia. 50 mm.

300 mm. to 450 mm. dia. 55 mm.

500 mm. to 600 mm. dia. 60 mm.

2.5.6. Quantity of lead

and spun yarn for each joint in cast iron pipes and fittings shall be as

under, unless otherwise indicated -

Nominal dia. of Lead required per Spun yarn required

C.I. Pipe Joint (in kg.) per Joint (in kg.)

80 1.8 0.10

100 2.2 0.18

125 2.6 0.20

150 3.4 0.20

200 5.0 0.30

250 6.1 0.35

300 7.2 0.48

350 8.4 0.60

400 9.5 0.75

450 14.0 0.95

500 15.0 1.00

600 19.0 1.20 Note : The quantities of lead and spun yarn given in the table are provisional and a

variation of 20 percent is permissible. However, the depth of lead in joints shall be

adhered to within the permissible limit of + / - (plus or minus) 5% as specified

above. 2.5.7. Caulking -

Lead joints shall be caulked to make them thoroughly water tight. Caulking of joints shall be

done when joints in a covenant length of pipes have been poured. Clay ramming shall first

be removed and any lead outside the socket scraped with a flat chisel, but leaving enough

so that the joint can be finished 3 mm. behind the socket face. Caulking may be done with

pneumatic tools or with a hand hammer weighting not less than 2 Kg. in weight and proper

caulking tools. Joints shall be caulked around three times with caulking tools of increasing

thickness. The joint shall be finished 3 mm. behind the socket face. The joints shall not be

covered till the pipe line has been tested under pressure though the rest of the pipe line

should be covered up to prevent expansion and contraction due to variation in temperature. 2.5.8. Lead Wool Joint -

Wherever it is impracticable or dangerous to use cast (molten) lead, such as inverted joints

or in wet drainages or under water where there is a need of cold application, joints may be


183

made with caulking lead wool or yarn. Joints caulked with lead wool or lead yarn shall

withstand greater displacement then cast lead joints. Approximate weights and depths of

lead wool required for each joint of various dia. of C.I. pipes and fittings shall be as given in

the following table. Just sufficient quantity of spun yarn shall be put so as to give specified

depth of lead wool. An allowance of five percent variation in the specified weights and

depths shall be permissible.

Dia. of Pipe Weight of lead Depth of lead

in mm. Wool in Kg. Wool or Lead

Yarn in mm.

80 0.80 19

100 0.90 19

125 1.25 20

150 1.60 23

200 2.05 23

250 2.95 25

300 3.50 25

350 4.65 29

400 5.70 31

450 6.70 32

500 8.30 33

600 10.00 35

2.5.9. Jointing shall be made with caulking lead wool or yarn inserted in strings not less than 5

thick and the caulking shall be repeated with each turn of lead wool or yarn. The whole of

the lead used or yarn shall be compressed into a dense mass. When working with lead

wool, it is very important to use caulking tools of appropriate thickness to fill the joints

space and to thoroughly consolidate the material from the back to the front of the socket. 2.5.10. Jointing Flanged Pipes -

Pipes and fittings shall be accurately aligned in the trench. The jointing materials shall be

inserted in between the flanges and nuts shall be carefully tightened, in opposite pairs, until

the joint ring is only just sufficiently compressed between the plates to ensure water

tightness of the joint under the desired water pressure. 2.6. Sluice Valves -

The valve shall be fully examined and cleared of all foreign matter before being fixed. The

fixing of the valve shall be done by means of bolts, nut and 3 mm. rubber insertions or

chemically treated compressed fiber board 1.5 mm. (minimum) thickness and of weight not

less than 0.183 gm. per Sq.cm. with the flanges of spigot and the socketed tail pieces

drilled to the same specifications as in case of socket and spigot and with flanges in case

of flanged pipes. The tail pieces shall conform to IS 1538 (Part-VII) and IS 1538 (Part-VIII).

These shall be jointed to the pipeline by means of lead caulked joints.


184

2.7. Fire Hydrants -

The hydrants shall be fully examined and cleared of all foreign matter before being fixed.

The fixing shall be done on the water main which shall be minimum 80 mm. dia. The

flanged end of the hydrant shall be fixed to the flanged outlet of a tee in the water main by

means of bolts, nuts and 3 mm. rubber insertion or chemically treated compressed fire

board 1.5 mm. (minimum) thickness and of weight not less than 0.183 gm. per Sq.cm. This

can also be fixed by means of flanged tail pieces which may be connected to the water

main by C.I. fittings. 2.8. Masonry Chambers - 2.8.1. All masonry chambers for stop cock, sluice valves, fire hydrants and meters etc. shall be

built as per drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

2.8.2. The work of excavation, foundation concrete, brick work, plaster work and RCC etc. shall be

carried out as per specifications for these items. 2.8.3. Surface Box -

C.I. surface box shall be coated with a coat of bituminous paint except in the case of fire

hydrants where the cover of the surface box shall be painted with two coats of rust

resisting bright luminous yellow paint for clear visibility during night. The surface box shall

be fixed on the top of masonry chamber in 1:2:4 PC/RC as per drawings or as directed by

the Engineer.

21. E.1 EXTERNAL SEWERAGE SCHEME

GENERAL :- 1.1. All materials shall be of the best quality conforming to specifications and subject to the

approval of the Engineer. 1.2. Drainage lines shall be laid accurately and perfectly true to alignments, levels and

gradients shown on the drawings (plans and sections) but subject to such modifications

as shall be ordered by the Engineer in writing from time-to-time to meet the requirements

of the Works. 1.3. All drainage work shall be done in accordance with the bye-laws of local municipal or

equivalent authority. The Contractor shall obtain necessary approval and permission for

the drainage system from the Municipal or any other competent authority. 1.4. Location of all manholes etc. shall be got confirmed by the Contractor from the Engineer

before the actual execution of work at site. As far as possible no drains or sewers shall

be laid in the middle of road unless otherwise specifically shown on the drawings or

directed by the Engineer. 1.5. All items required for ensuring leak proof jointing and efficient functioning of the pipes and

appliances shall be carried out without extra claims. 1.6. All the sewerage scheme shall be carried out by experienced and licensed plumbers to

the entire satisfaction of local Authority and the Engineer. TRENCHES FOR PIPES AND FITTINGS :-

2.1. Excavation to be taken to proper widths and depths -

Excavation for drainage work shall generally be in trenches but should any tunnelling be

required to be done due to any specific situations, the same shall be done only on

approval of the Engineer in writing. The trenches shall be excavated to such a depth that

the sewer shall rest with inverts at the levels given in the drawings or as instructed by the


185

Engineer. In bad ground or in other unusual conditions, if the Engineer orders additional

width/depth of excavation which will have necessarily to be filled up with concrete,

broken stone, gravel or other materials, the Contractor shall be paid for all the additional

work ordered by the Engineer in writing. If, however, the Contractor excavates trenches

to a greater depth than is required without specific order to that effect in writing of the

Engineer, the extra depth shall have to be filled up with concrete at the Contractor‟s own

costs to the requirements and satisfaction of the Engineer.

2.2. Opening out Trenches in Roads etc. -

In excavation of trenches etc. the solid road metalling, pavement, kerbing etc. and turf is

to be placed on one side and preserved for reinstatement when the trenches or other

excavation shall be filled up. Before any road metal is replaced, it shall be carefully shifted. The surface of all trenches and holes shall be restored and maintained to the

satisfaction of the Engineer and of the owners of the roads or other property traversed and the Contractor shall not cut out or break down any live fence of trees in the line of the

proposed works but shall tunnel under them, unless the Engineer shall order to the

contrary. 2.3. All night soil, filth or any other offensive mater met with during the execution of the works,

immediately after it is taken out of any trench, sewer or cess-poll shall not be deposited

onto the surface of any street or where it is likely to be a nuisance or passed into any

sewer or drain but shall be at one place put into the carts and removed to a suitable

place to be provided by the Contractor. 2.4. Precautions during excavation -

2.4.1. Timbering etc. -

The Contractor shall at all times take adequate precautions to prevent collapse or

subsidence of the trench sides during the excavation / pipe laying by providing timbering,

sheeting, piling including bracing and strutting etc. of adequate design. The Contractor

shall be held responsible and will be accountable for the sufficiency of all timbering,

bracings, sheeting and piling used as also for all damage to persons and property

resulting from improper quality, strength, placing, maintaining or removing of the same. 2.4.2. Shoring of Building -

The Contractor shall shore up all buildings, walls and other structures, the stability of

which is liable to be endangered by the execution of the work and shall be fully

responsible for all damages to persons or property resulting from any accident. 2.4.3. Obstructions of roads -

The Contractor shall not occupy or obstruct by his operation more than one half of the

width of any road or street and sufficient transit. He shall remove the materials excavated

and bring them back again when the trench is required to be refilled. The Contractor shall

obtain the consent of the Engineer in writing before closing any road to vehicular traffic

and the foot walks must be clear at all times. 2.5. Removal of Water from Sewer, Trench etc. -

The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the work, keep the trenches and

excavations free from water which shall be disposed of by him in a manner as will neither

cause injury to the public health nor to the public or private property nor to the work

completed or in progress nor to the surface of any roads or streets, nor cause any

interference with the use of the same by public.

2.6. Re-filling -

After the sewer or other work has been laid and proved to be water tight, the trench or other excavations shall be refilled. Back-filling material shall be packed by hand under and around the pipe and rammed with a shovel and light tamper. Work shall proceed

evenly on both sides of the pipe. Utmost care shall be taken in doing this, so that no damage shall be caused to the sewer and other permanent work. The filling in the trenches and upto 75 cms above the crown of the sewer shall consist of the finest


186

selected materials placed carefully in 15 cms layers and flooded and consolidated. After this has been laid, the trench and other excavation shall be refilled carefully in 15 cms

layers with materials taken from the excavation, each layer being watered to assist in the consolidation unless the Engineer shall otherwise direct.

2.7. Contractor to restore settlement and damages -

The Contractor shall be solely responsible during the whole period the works are in hand

for any settlement of roads, berms, footpaths, gardens, open spaces etc. whether public or private or any damage to any buildings or other property caused by his trenches or by

his other excavations and he shall be liable for any accidents caused thereby. He shall at

his own expense and charges, repair and make good all the above damages. If he, however, fails to make good such works with all practicable dispatch, the Engineer shall

be at liberty to get the work done by other means at the cost and expenses of the

Contractor. CAST IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS :-

4.1. Pipes - Standard -

4.1.1. C.I. pipes for drainage lines (passing under buildings, floors roads with heavy traffic, in exposed position above ground etc. as specified in the drawings) shall be centrifugally spun pipes confirming to IS 1536.

4.1.2. Spigot and socket C.I. drain pipes shall conform to IS 3486 as per which the tolerance on

nominal weight is + / -5%. Pipes weighing more than the nominal weight shall be

accepted provided these comply in every other respect with the requirements of the

above IS. 4.2. Fittings - 4.2.1. Fittings used for C.I. drainage pipes shall conform to IS 1538.

4.2.2. Wherever possible junction from branch pipes shall be made by a Y-tee. 4.2.3. Clean-out plugs shall be provided on head of each drain and at location indicated on

plans or directed by the Engineer. Clean-out plugs shall be of size matching the full bore

of the pipe. Plugs shall be made out with G.I. coupling caulked into the socket of the pipe

or fittings. The end shall be provided with a brass screwed plug with suitable key for

opening. 4.3. Laying -

4.3.1. All cast iron pipes and fittings shall be jointed with best quality soft pig lead (conforming to IS 782- 1966) which shall be free from impurities. In wet trenches joints shall be made from lead wool. Nothing extra will be paid for lead wool joints. Depth of pig lead and weight for joints shall be as given in section for “SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND RAIN WATER PIPES”.

4.3.2. The spigot of pipe or fittings shall be centered in the adjoining socket by caulking. Sufficient turns of tarred gaskin will be given to leave unfilled the required depth of socket for depth of 45 mm. when the gaskin has been caulked tightly home. Jointing ring shall be placed round the barrel and against the face of the socket. Molten pig lead shall then be poured to fill the remainder of the socket. This shall then be solidly caulked with suitable tolls and hammers weighting not less than 2 Kg.

4.3.3. For lead wool joints, the socket shall be caulked with tarred gaskin, as explained above.

The lead wool shall be inserted into the sockets and tightly caulked home skein by skein

with suitable tools and hammers of not less than 2 Kg. weight until joint is filled.

4.4. Testing - All cast iron pipes for drainage shall be tested to a hydraulic test of 3 meter head. Test for

straightness shall be same as for salt-glazed stoneware pipe given above. A test register

shall be maintained which shall be signed and dated by the Contractor and the Engineer.


187

MANHOLES :-

5.1. General - 5.1.1. Manholes of different types and sizes as specified shall be constructed in the sewer line

at such places and to such levels and dimensions as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The size specified shall indicated the inside dimensions (between wall faces) of the manholes.

5.1.2. Sewers of unequal sectional area shall not be jointed at the same invert in a manhole.

The invert of the smaller sewer at its junction with main shall be at least two third the

diameter of the main above the invert of the main. The branch sewer should deliver

sewage in the manhole in direction of main flow and the junction must be made with case

so that flow in main is not impeded. 5.1.3. No drain from house fittings e.g. gully traps or soil pipes, etc. to manhole shall normally

exceed a length of 6 meter unless it is unavoidable. 5.2. Construction - 5.2.1. All manholes shall be constructed as per details specified in the Drawings / Bill of

Quantities. They would essentially comprise. Bed concrete of specified thickness and mix.

Walls in brick masonry, stone masonry, precast solid concrete block masonry or cast in-situ PC or RC work duly plastered inside (and outside also if water table is high or if directed by the Engineer).

RC cover slab with cast iron frames and covers. Rungs made from C.I. conforming to IS 5455. Channels and benching.

5.2.2. C.I. covers and frames -

They shall conform to IS 1726 and shall be cleanly cast and shall be free from air and sand holes and from cold shuts. They shall be neatly dressed and carefully trimmed. All castings shall be free from voids either due to shrinkage gas inclusion or other causes. Covers shall have raised chequer design on the top surface to provide adequate non-slip grip. The cover shall be capable of easy opening and closing and it shall be fitted in the frame in a workmanlike manner. Covers shall be gas and water tight. Size of the cover shall be the clear internal dimensions of frame. 2.5% variation in weights shall be permissible. Cover and frames shall be coated with a black anti-corrosive paint of bituminous

composition. The coating shall be smooth and tenacious. It shall not flow at 63 degree C.

and shall not drip off 0 degree C. The covers shall be so fixed as to be flushed with

ground surface. After completion, the manhole covers shall be sealed by means of

grease. 5.3. Testing -

Manhole, after it is raised above highest expected sub-soil water level in monsoon, shall be tested for water tightness. The mouths of all pipes entering the manhole shall be suitably plugged with brick masonry or wooden or any other type of plug. Manhole under test shall then be filled with water upto general sub-soil water level and the level observed for one hour. If the level does not drop to more than 50 mm. in one hour, it shall be deemed as water tight. During testing, the pit around shall be kept free of water and contractor shall observe the places where leakages takes place and take steps to correct the same. Filling earth around manhole shall be done after testing.

CONNECTIONS :-

6.1. Drop Connections -

6.1.1. Standard -

Sand cast iron pipes and specials used for connection shall conform to IS 1729 and shall

be of the size as per the branch pipe sewer.


188

6.1.2. General -

Where it is uneconomic or impracticable to arrange the connection within 600 mm. height above the invert of the manhole, the connections shall be made by constructing a vertical shaft outside the manhole chamber. If the difference in level between the incoming drain and the sewer does not exceed 600 mm. and there is sufficient room in the manhole, the connection pipe may be directly brought through the manhole wall and the fall accommodated by constructing a ramp in the benching of the manhole.

6.1.3. Excavation -

Excavation shall be done for the drop connection at the place where the branch line meets the manhole. The excavations shall be carried upto bed concrete of the manhole and to the full width of the branch line.

6.1.4. Laying -

At the end of branch sewer line C.I. tee shall be fixed to the line which shall be extended through the wall of the manhole by a horizontal piece of C.I. pipe to form a inspection or cleaning eye. The open end shall be provided with chain and lid. The C.I. drop pipe shall be connected to the tee at the top and to the C.I. bend at the bottom. The bend shall be extended through the wall of the manhole by a piece of C.I. pipe which shall discharge in to the channel. Necessary channel shall be made with C.C. 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm. nominal size) and cured. For encasing the concrete around the drop connection, necessary centering and shuttering shall be provided. The holes made in the walls of the manhole shall be made good with brick work in CM 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) and plastered with CM 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) on the inside of the manhole wall. The excavated earth shall be back filled in the trench in level with the original ground level.

6.2. Vent Shaft -

6.2.1. Standard -

The RC vent shaft shall be manufactured by centrifugal spun process as in the case of

concrete pipe as per IS 458. 6.2.2. General -

The shaft shall be provided at the starting point of the main sewer and at such points

where the flow of sewerage is disturbed i.e. at falls, siphon etc. As far as possible, the

location shall be at such a place where it receives sunrays for the maximum period of the

day. 6.2.3. Fixing -

A pit 900 mm. x 900 mm. x 1500 mm. shall be dug. Concrete foundations of specified mix and thickness shall be laid. The vent shaft shall then be erected at the centre of the pit, truly in plumb by means of shear legs, pulleys, tackles and ropes etc. The connection with sewer manhole shall be made by using 150 mm. diameter cement

concrete pipe After the connection is completed, the pit shall be filled with CC 1:4:8 (1

cement: 4 coarse sand: 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm. nominal size) round the vent

shaft upto ground level, except to 150 mm. which shall be filled with CC 1:2:4 (1 cement :

2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm. nominal size) and rendered smooth.

The junction of vent shaft with cement concrete shall be grouted with CM 1:1 (1 cement :

1 sand). The concrete work shall be cured for 7 days. 6.3. Road Gully Chamber with Horizontal Gratings -

6.3.1. The chamber shall be constructed in a similar manner as a manhole with specified details

for bed concrete and side walls. As far as the gully grating cover is concerned, it shall be

hinged in the frame to facilitate its opening for cleaning and repairs. The frame of the

gully of rating shall be fixed on the top of the masonry walls of the chamber in a slab as

specified.


189

6.3.2. Connection Pipe -

The chamber shall have a connection pipe, the length of which in meter between the road gully chamber and the manhole of the drain shall not be less than 1/40 times the nominal diameter of the pipe in mm. i.e. for 150 mm. connection pipe, length shall not be less than 3.75 meter and for 250 mm. connection pipe length shall not be less than 6.25 meter. The invert of the pipe at the junction with the wall shall be flushed with the top of the cement plaster on the bed concrete.

6.3.3. Painting - After the completion of the work, the exposed surface of the grating and the frame shall

be painted with a thick coat of coal tar unless specified otherwise. 6.4. Road Gully Chamber with Vertical Gratings - 6.4.1. The chamber shall be constructed in a similar manner as a manhole with specified details

for bed concrete, side walls and top RC slab etc. 6.4.2. Grating -

The grating shall consist of three 12 mm. dia. round bars fixed in cement concrete blocks

of size 7.5 cm. x 7.5 cm. x 7.5 cm. in masonry at the bottom by embedding bars 40 mm.

in the concrete. The bars at the top shall be welded or riveted to MS flat 40 mm. x 6 mm.

in size. The bars shall be kept equidistant in the available opening clear width 450 mm.

Connection Pipe - Details of paragraph 5 N.2.2.11 shall apply except that the invert level of the connection

pipe shall be 10 cm. above the bed concrete.

Painting - After the completion of the work 12 mm. dia. round bars shall be painted with a thick coat

of coal tar. 6.5. Road Gully Chamber with Horizontal and Vertical Gratings -

The work shall be carried out as per details shown in drawing for this and the

specifications for various items at paragraphs 5 N.2.2.11 and 5 N.2.2.12. 6.6. Vertical Grating for Bridges -

100 mm. dia. G.I. pipe shall be fixed tight at a slope of 1 in 3 (1 vertical and 3 horizontal) and pipe shall be projected out about 15 cms from the face of the beams. The bottom of the cast iron pipe shall be at the same level of concrete pavements. CI pipe shall be painted before fixing with a thick coat of coal tar.

6.7. Masonry Chamber for Underground C.I. Inspection Chamber -

C.I. inspection chamber with provision of inlets and bends, of specified size, with bolts,

nuts and felt washers for underground drain, shall be enclosed in masonry chamber,

which shall be constructed as per the details for a manhole, but with sizes, bed concrete,

walls, covers slab etc. duly specified. 6.8. Connection to an existing sewer shall as far as possible, be done at the manholes. Where

it is unavoidable to make connections in between two manholes, the work of breaking

into the existing sewer and forming the connection shall be carried out under the

supervision of the Engineer.

Breaking into the sewer shall be effected by cautions enlargement of a sewer hole and

every precaution shall be taken to prevent any material from entering the sewer. No

connection shall be formed in such a way so as to constitute a projection into the sewer

or to cause any reductions in its effective size.


190

22.0 SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRIFICATION WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTION: - 1.1.1 An electrical contractor having A class license from the office of chief electrical

inspector Bhopal (M.P.) shall carry out all the electrical work. The contractor shall

appoint licensed electrical supervisors and wiremen to carry out the complete HT

and LT electrification work. 1.1.2 If the main contractor appoints sub-contractors for the execution of work he should

submit credentials of the sub-contractors to the consultant and should take prior

written permission from consultant before allotting work to the sub contractor. The

sub-contractor executing the work shall have sufficient experience and capacity of

executing the similar type of work. 1.1.3 All material supplied by the contractor shall be of approved make, new and of good

quality. The samples of the materials shall be got approved by Engineer -in-charge / Consultant before installation and the contractor shall use the materials as per the approved sample and make. If required by client / consultant the contractor shall arrange testing for any parameter of material / equipments at site or at approved laboratories. No extra cost shall be paid for any expenses occurred in such testing. To assure that all the material installed by the contractor is genuine, the contractors should purchase the materials directly from the manufactures of approved make or through authorized agent or representative of the manufacturers of approved makes. If required by consultant / client the contractor shall show the original purchase bills and submit photo copies of original purchase bills. If required by consultant / client the contractor shall submit original certificate from the manufacturers showing that the material installed is genuine.

1.1.4 The contractor shall have to bring all the necessary and proper tools and tackles for

carrying out the work. 1.1.5 The work should be immediately started and to be carried out, when the building,

road or other civil structure or parts of these are ready for installation. 1.1.6 The material to be supplied by the employer will have to be received by the

contractor from the client‟s godown free of cost. 1.1.7 The contractor shall ensure safety of his labour and supervisors. The contractor

shall provide all the necessary safety equipment and gadgets to all the labours and

contractor shall ensure that these are properly used by all the workers and

supervisors during the execution of work. There shall be no compromise with the

safety of workers and supervisors in any case. 1.1.8 The contractor shall follow all rules and regulations like factory act, workmen

compensation act and others laws related to labours and safety, and shall be

responsible for any injury or accident to persons working at site. 1.1.9 The work is to be carried out as per the Indian electricity rules and standard code of

practice and other relevant specifications. The workmanship shall be up to the

satisfaction of the client / Engineer in charge/ consultant. 1.1.10 Preference to the execution of work item shall be as per the requirement of client

& site situations.

1.1.11 Contractor shall arrange all the permission, sanction, approval, testing or inspection

by electrical Inspector, Electricity Board, Electricity Distribution Company or any

other local authorities which may be required for executing the work or charging the

installation / any part of installation. Any drawings documents required for such

permission, sanction, approval, testing or inspection shall be prepared by

contractor and submitted to the relevant officer. Any alternations additions

suggested by them in drawings / documents / material / work shall have to be


191

incorporated / corrected by the contractor at his cost. The contractor shall submit

original copies and four set of photocopies of all

the approved drawings, documents, permissions, sanctions etc. to the client. It will

be the duty of the contractor to do all the follow up for the above work including the follow up for getting permission of charging from electrical inspector‟s office,

calibration and testing of meters / CTs from state electricity board / distribution

company, installing energy meter and getting load sanctioned and line charged

from Electricity Board, Electricity Distribution Company etc.. All the fees, duties,

taxes, charges, expenses etc occurred in the above works shall be included in the

tender cost. No extra cost shall be given for this to contractor. 1.1.12 The contractor shall have to appoint qualified representatives, supervisors and

workers at site as per the requirement of site for giving satisfactory progress and

quality of work. One authorized person who will report to the client shall head the

whole team of contractor at site. This authorized representative shall receive

instruction from client / consultant / client‟s authorized representative and follow

them accordingly. 1.1.13 If any part or whole of the work or any item is not executed to the entire satisfaction

of the engineer in charge/consultant the contractor shall have to demolish and do

the same work again without any extra cost if so ordered by the engineer in charge

/ consultant. 1.1.14 Any material supplied by the client shall not be allowed to be removed from the site

of the work without permission of the client / engineer in charge / consultant. The

contractor shall ensure the safety of these materials from date of receipts from the

employer store till actual installation at the works and handed over to client after

correction and testing. The contractor shall maintain a proper site order book at the

site, which will remain in the custody of the officer in charge. 1.1.15 Any material supplied by the contractor shall not be allowed to be removed from

the site of the work without permission of the client / engineer in charge /

consultant. The contractor shall ensure the safety of all of his material / work at site

and the client will not be responsible for loss or damage of any material / work in

any case before handing over the site by the contractor. 1.1.16 After the completion of any work, the contractor should clean the place of work at

his own cost. Breaking of walls, slabs, roads, digging of land etc. necessary for

earthling, cable laying, conduit work in walls, drawing of cables / wires etc. and

making them good to original position with proper materials and tools will have to

be done by the contractor through skilled workers and no extra cost shall be paid to

the contractor for this. 1.1.17 The measurement will be taken in the presence of the engineer in

charge/consultant / owner at sight.

1.1.18 Whatever material / equipment like lightning arrestor, A.B. switch, D.O. fuse,

control panels, sub distribution boards, ACB, OCB, MCB, MCCB, E/F relay / Earth

leakage relay, ELCB, and other switchgear, control gear, generator, transformer,

wires, cables, light fittings etc. are supplied by the contractor, he has to supply test

certificates from the manufactures for all the materials in 4 copies. 1.1.19 The quantities as shown in the tender are approximate and may change or delete

according to site situation / conditions. If the quantity of any item exceeds the

quantity mentioned in the bill of quantity the contractor shall get prior approval for

this additional quantity from client before execution. However, the payment will be

made on the actual supply and work carried out at site and duly certified by the

engineer in charge / consultant.


192

1.1.20 On the completion of the work the contractor shall supply completion plan in

triplicate, in blue prints and also in original drawing on tracing cloth. A soft copy of

all the as build drawings shall also be provided by the contractor. Insulation and

Earth test reports of the internal and external electrification installation in three

copies shall be handed over to engineer in charge in good condition by the

contractor before the finalization of his final bill. The contractor shall supply all the

above items free of cost.. 1.1.21 The minimum guarantee period for all the work / materials shall be one year or as

per the manufacturer guarantee whichever is more from date of completion of

complete work. 1.1.22 All the civil work shall be governed by the specification given for the civil works. 1.1.23 Complete cleaning of the installation and general repair work in the work place

should be done before handing over the installation to the client. 1.1.24 If the situation arise contractor has to dig cable trench, street light pole pit, earthling

pit etc. in hard strata or rock hence contractor should submit the tender only after

site visit. Contractor should quote the rates accordingly. No blasting shall be

allowed for such digging and no extra payment shall be made in such situations.

1.1.25 Contractor has to prepare detailed working drawings based on the basic drawings /

guidelines provided by consultant as per the relevant standards, specifications, site

situations, rules and laws and shall get prior approval for these drawings from

consultant before starting the work. Contractor shall also submit four copies of

these drawings to client / consultant. No extra cost shall be given for this to

contractor. 1.1.26 The contractor shall extend full cooperation to other contractors working at site. If

required he shall issue soft copies or hard prints of his drawings to other contractor

well in advance to complete the coordinated work / services in accordance with

schedule prepared by owner / his representative. No extra cost shall be given for

this to contractor. 1.1.27 In case of any discrepancy between bill of quantity (BOQ) and these specifications

BOQ will supersede the specifications. 1.1.28 The drawings which may be issued with the tender are diagrammatic only and

indicate the arrangement of various systems and extent of work. But the actual

work to be carried out as per the approved working drawings as per the clearances

and situations at site. 1.1.29 All the work shall be executed as per relevant Indian standards (TABLE 1)

revised up to date. 1.2 LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS (IS)

TABLE-1

IS: 374 - 1979 Ceiling fans and regulators (3 rd rev.)

IS: 694 - 1990

PVC insulated electric cable for working voltage up to and including

1100V

IS: 732 – 1989 Code of practice for electrical wiring and installation

IS: 1255-1983

Code of practice for installation and maintenance of power cables up to

and including 33KV rating (second revision)

IS: 1258-1987 Bayonet lamp holders (third revision)


193

Three pin plugs and sockets outlets rated voltage up to and including

IS: 1293-1988 250 volts and rated current up to and including

160 lamps

IS: 1554-1988 (Part-I)

PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables for working voltage

Up to and including 1100 volts

IS: 1646-1982

Electrical installation fire safety of buildings (general) code of

Practice

IS: 1885-1971 Glossary of items for electrical cables and conductors

IS: 1913-1978

General and safety requirements for fluorescents lamps luminaries

tubular

IS: 2026-1977 to 81 Power transformers (Parts I to IV)

IS: 2071- 1974-76 Method of high voltage testing

IS: 2309-1989 Protection of building and allied structure against lightning

IS: 2551-1982 Danger notice plate

IS: 3043-1987 Code of practice for ear thing

IS: 3427- 1997

AC metal enclosed switch gear and control gear for rated voltage above

1 KV and up to and including 52 KV.

IS: 3480-1986 Flexible steel conduits for electrical wiring

IS: 3837-1976 Accessories for rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring

IS: 4146-1983 Application guide for voltage transformers

IS: 4615-1968 Switch socket outlets

IS: 5133-1969(Part-I) Boxes for the enclosures of electrical accessories

IS: 5216-1982(Part-I) Guide for safety procedures and practices in electrical work

IS: 5424-1969 Rubber mats for electrical purpose

IS 5578 – 11353-

1985 Making and arrangement of bus bars

IS: 7098-1985(Part-I)

Cross-linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables. For

Working voltages from 3.3 KV up to and including 33 KV

IS: 8130 - 1984 Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords.


194

IS 8623 – 1977 (Part-

1)

Factory build assemblies of switchgears and control gear for voltages

up to and including 1100 V AC and 1200 V DC

IS: 1823 – 1980 (part

II) Bus bar trucking system

IS: 8828-1996 Miniature circuit breakers

IS: 10810 - 1988 Methods of test for cables

IS: 12640-1988 Earth leakage circuit breakers

IS: 13947-1989 (part

II) Air circuit breakers

IS: 13947-1989 Molded case circuit breaker

IS: 13947-1993

Degree of protection provided by enclosures for LV switchgear and

control gear.

IS: 13947 - 1993

General requirement for switchgear and control gear for voltage not

exceeding 1000V

IS: 1651 & 1652 –

1991 Stationary cells and batteries lead acid type

IS: 2147-1962 Enclosure for low voltage switchgear.

IS: 2675 - 1966 Distribution boards

IS: 375 - 1963 Switch gear bus bars

IS: 2410 - 1963 Tubular filament lamp

IS: 415 - 1963 Tungsten filament lamp

IS: 3553 - 1966 Water tight electric light fittings

IS: 1771-1961 Industrial light fittings

IS: 2667 - 1964 Fittings for rigid conduits

IS: 9537 - 1984 Rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring

IS: 3854 - 1966 Switches for domestic and other similar purpose

IS: 2268 - 1966 Call bells and buzzers

IS: 3072 - 1965 Switchgears

IS: 4047 - 1967 Switch fuse unit on cubical switch boards


195

FOR ELECTRIFICATION WORK 1.3 CONDUIT LAYING / POINT WIRING / CIRCUIT WIRING: - 1.3.1 GENERAL: -

The wiring system shall be concealed or surface as per the direction of consultant /

engineer in charge / owners representative / as specified in bill of quantity (BOQ). Before starting the work the contractor shall prepare the working drawing which

should indicate the route, number and sizes of conduits, location of junction boxes,

fan boxes, bends, location and sizes of switch boxes and other necessary details.

The contractor shall get approved these drawings by the consultant / Engineer in

charge before starting the work. Any modification in the drawings shall be gotten

approved before starting the work.

In conduit lying as for as possible not more than two right angle bends shall be

provided between two openings like Junction boxes, fan boxes, switch boards,

distribution boards, cable pull boxes etc. Junction boxes shall be provided at the

location of points only. Although where the length between any to accessible points

is more than 6 meter, pull boxes of approved sizes can be provided at intermediate

location. As for as possible location of these pull boxes shall be at some hidden but

easily accessible place so as to maintain good aesthetics.

While laying the conduits in the slab before casting the slab, all drops shall be laid

accurately to fall in position of switchboard, junction boxes shall be properly filled

with easily removable material and all joints shall be air tight. Conduits shall be

fastened to the re-enforcement properly so that the conduits do not get dislocated

while casting the slab all conduits shall have 18swg fish wires.

Maximum permissible number of 1100 volt grade PVC insulated wires that may be

drawn into rigid non metallic or MS or GI conduits are as given below in TABLE 2.

TABLE 2

Size of wires (Nominal

Maximum number of wires

cross section area in sq.

within conduit (size in mm)

mm)

20

25 32 40 50

1.0 5 7 12 18 27

1.5 4 6 11 15 22

2.5 3 5 8 11 16

4 2 4 6 9 13

6 1 3 5 7 10


196

10 - 1 3 4 6

16 - - 2 3 4

25 - - 1 2 3

35 - - - 1 3

50 2

Point wiring, power circuit and lighting circuit shall be in separate conduit.

Contractor before commencement of supply shall do balancing of circuit in three

phases. All wires shall have ferrules for identification.

Separate conduits shall be laid for Low voltage lines like Telephone, Data, TV etc.

and as for as possible minimum 300 mm distance shall be maintained between

these low voltage line and conduits for electric point and circuit wiring and if it is

unavoidable both type of lines shall be isolated by providing proper insulation.

All tools and consumables like hacksaw blades, chisels, cutter machine blades,

spring and wires for cable pulling, PVC insulation tapes, etc. to be arranged by

Contractor. All the wall chiseling, groove cutting shall be done with mechanical

cutter.

All cable ends shall be terminated using copper end sleeves. Termination should be

done with proper tools. Unless specified all wiring shall be done using approved

make wires of proper colour code for phases, neutral and earth as described in

TABLE 3 below.

TABLE 3

COLOUR CODE FOR WIRING

Description Colour of INSULATION

Circuit wires Phase 1 Red

Circuit wires Phase 2 Yellow

Circuit wires Phase 3 Blue

All neutral wires Black

All earth wires Green

Wire for point Same as that of phase wire used to

give supply to that point

Complete work has to be executed strictly as per drawings, specification to ensure

good aesthetics, line & level. Note:-In case of concealed wiring, for the places

where it is not possible to conceal the conduit, surface metal / PVC conduits /

casing capping / flexible metal conduits and its accessories of approved make as

directed by client / engineer in-charge / consultant shall be used by contractor and

no extra payment shall be made to the contractor for the same. Conduct shall

protect wiring at all places and loose wiring shall not be done in any case.


197

1.3.2 WIRING IN PVC CONDUITS

All the wires shall be laid in medium gauge ISI PVC conduit pipes shall confirm to

latest IS. The PVC conduits shall have diameter 20mm or above as the case may

be depending upon the number of wire permitted by TABLE 2. The conduits shall be fixed to wall / ceiling / in slab at a maximum interval of 450 mm and on either

side of bends / junction boxes / cable pull boxes. All conduits accessories shall be

heavy duty made up of PVC and shall confirm relevant IS & all the bends in surface

wiring shall be of inspection type. All the joints for conduits and accessories shall be

fully tightened together by using PVC adhesive. In no case pin type accessories or

fixing by any other

means shall be used. For concealed wiring junction boxes shall have a depth of 25

mm for surface and 62mm in ceiling. 1.3.3 POINT WIRING

The point wiring shall mean wiring from switchboards or distribution boards to points / 2-3 pin combined 6A socket outlets on separate boards in Metal Conduit / PVC Conduits / PVC Casing Capping as specified in bill of quantity (BOQ) and as described in above section 2.1 and 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 for Metal Conduit / PVC Conduits / PVC Casing Capping respectively. The point shall be controlled by 5 A / 6A / 16A switch or directly from MCB, the switchboards shall be made up of 16 / 18 gauge GI (MS) and either be flush mounted in furniture partitions or surface mounted or concealed mounted as per site requirement and specified in BOQ or otherwise as directed by client / consultant. Work is inclusive of supply of approved make wires, switches, sockets, switch plates, concealed or surface boxes for switch boards and other accessories, conduits and accessories, ceiling rose, bulb holders, 5 SWG HS fan boxes of size (12.5 Cm dia and 7.5 Cm height), white colour round hylum plate, 16 G duly painted MS pull boxes with MS / white bake lite cover, fan hooks, hardware etc required for the job. All surface mounted switch boxes shall be PVC boxes of approved make. Switches and switch boxes for the modular type range shall be of same make and of approved make only. The earth wire 1.1 KV grade FR PVC insulated cu stranded is to be run in conduit along with phase and neutral wires. The neutral for more than six light / fan points shall not be looped in any case. Unless specified not more than eight numbers of light / fan points shall be on one circuit. Where plate type switches are not specified the switchboard shall have 3mm thick white colour Bakelite sheet on which switches shall be mounted.

The wiring shall be carried out with multi stranded 1.1 KV grade FR PVC insulated

copper flexible wires of required rating as described in schedule of quantities.

3 plate ceiling rose shall be used for tube light and fan points termination. All the

wires shall be properly terminated at switchboards, distribution boards and points.

Termination of neutral and earth wires at switchboards and distribution boards shall

be on terminal strips only and no twisted joints shall be done in any case.

In case of group control directly from distribution board / from the switch board the

primary point shall be from DB / Switch board to the first point and secondary point

shall be looped from first point

No joints in phase wire shall be allowed between switchboard / distribution board

and points / primary points in case of group control and between primary and

secondary points. No joints in neutral and earth wire shall be allowed except at the

location of point or switchboards.


198

A three-core cord of suitable rating (minimum conductor size 3 x 1.5sq. mm) and

length minimum 600 mm shall be provided from 3 point ceiling rose to light and fan

points. For Plate type / Modular type switches 2 module step fan regulator of the

same make as of switches shall be provided on the switch board for all fan points. 1.3.4 CIRCUIT WIRING

The circuit wiring shall mean wiring in three phase, three phase four wire or single phase two wire from any location from main panels, distribution panels, to distribution panels, switch boards, 6 / 16 amp combined power points, metal clad plug socket DBs, MCB boxes in Metal Conduit / PVC Conduits / PVC Casing Capping as specified in bill of quantity (BOQ) and as described in above section 2.1 and 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 for Metal Conduit / PVC Conduits / PVC Casing Capping respectively. Wiring for looping switchboards from another switch boards except 2-3 pin combined 6A socket outlets on separate board shall be included in circuit wiring. Work is inclusive of supply of approved make wires, conduits and accessories, 16 G

duly painted MS pull boxes with MS / white bake lite cover, hardware etc required for the job. Earth wirer 1.1 KV grade FR PVC insulated cu stranded is to be run in conduit along with phase and neutral wires as specified in BOQ. Unless specified not more than eight number of light / fan points shall be on one light circuit. The wiring shall be carried out with multi stranded 1.1 KV grade FR PVC insulated copper flexible wires of required rating as described in schedule of quantities.

The wiring shall be carried out with multi stranded 1.1 KV grade FR PVC insulated

copper flexible wires of required rating as described in schedule of quantities.

All the wires shall be properly terminated at switchboards, distribution boards and

points. Termination of neutral and earth wires at switchboards and distribution

boards shall be on terminal strips or bus bars only and no twisted joints shall be

done in any case.

No joints shall be allowed in any circuit. 1.3.5 LT DISTRIBUTION BOARDS: -

These shall be of sheet metal and of standard design and approved make with copper bus bars. The board shall be fixed at accessible height. The board shall be sadly fixed to walls / fabricated frames and brackets / partitions, concealed or open as directed. All connection inside the distribution board shall be neatly arranged and tied with PVC strings. The MCB shall be of 10 KA for fair level. The distribution boards shall be suitably earthed as per the relevant IS. Legend shall be written on DB white paint for identification of DB & circuits. All terminations shall be with proper lugs. All incoming and outgoing conduits shall be through readymade knock out inlet outlet provisions available in the original DB with proper check nut provisions. No alteration and modification in original form of DBs without approval from consultant shall be allowed. All the terminations for neutral and earth shall be at proper terminal available in the distribution boards. MCBs and Distribution boards shall be of same make and of approved make.

1.4 LT CABLES LAYING AND END TERMINATION: - 1.4.1 GENERAL

All Cable shall confirm to relevant latest Indian standard. 1.4.2 UNDER GROUNDCABLE LAYING

The cable trench in ground has to be prepared by excavating soft murrum / black

soil / hard murrum as per details given in trench drawing with specifically

maintaining clear dimensions of trench i.e. (width / depth/ length). The rates for

excavation shall be quoted after visiting site.


199

After complete excavation of length of trench, the sand bed of minimum 50 mm

thickness / as specified in the drawings provided by the consultant at the time of

execution of the work has to be created in bottom of trench. Fine river sand has to

be used for this purpose and it is to be ensured that this sand does not contain

stone / gravel etc.

The sand bed has to be even and a pre inspection of this shall be arranged with

consultant / Engineer-in- charge. The cables are than to be laid in these trenches.

Cable- drums have to be shifted from stores to site of laying by the Contractor and

hydraulic jack shall be arranged for lifting of drums. Sufficient manpower shall be

arranged for uncoiling / laying of cables in order to avoid damage to cable. The work

includes supply of cables.

Length of cable piece has to be properly measured and cut from the drum. The trenches shall be at least 30 cm wide. The cables are to be laid in the trenches maintaining minimum spacing of 100 mm (or as specified in the drawing). After laying of all cables in trenches, if required by client, cable identification tags are to be installed at every 5 Mtr. distance. These tags are of Aluminum flat (minimum size 25 x 3 mm) and shall bear punch mark of cable number. The cable number shall match to that of given in cable schedule and in case of any alterations prior to permission of Consultant has to be obtained. After this, another sand bed of minimum 100 mm thickness / as specified in the drawings has to be prepared over cable. The bricks of proper strength are then to be kept on the top of the sand bed so as to completely cover cables and edges of cable as per drawing and details. The backfilling of soil and proper leveling, length compacting shall be done. After completion of complete work if required by the client, the cable route markers at interval of 20 meters and at all change in direction on cable trench has to be installed along the trench. The size of route marker shall be minimum dia 100 mm x 3 mm bolted on MS angle of size 40mm x 40mm x 5mm. These markers are to be grouted in ground.

For every road crossing, entry in building etc. cable sleeves RCC / GI / PVC in

specified sizes are to be provided as per drawing and details. Complete work shall

be done to ensure reliability of system.

Cables laid underground shall be to a minimum depth of 750 mm for LT cables,

1000 mm for HT cables. If cables are to be laid in tier formation there should be a

minimum gap of 250 mm between two tiers however the drawings provided by

consultant will supersede these specifications. Contractor shall ensured that cables

laid underground are free of water lines etc 1.4.3 CABLE ON WALLS / TRAYS

The cable trays are to be fabricated out of MS angle of given sizes. The trays has to

be fabricated in two parts i.e. cable trays and its supports.

Complete fabrication work of tray/support has to be done by straightening of angles,

fabricating specified sizes, removal of sharp edge and installation of trays on

supports. The tray has to be installed in such a way that same level is maintained

on one runner (unless specified otherwise). The „T‟ section, bend has to be long

radius type and shall be minimum 15 times outside dia of

biggest size cable. The supports at such sections have to be provided in addition to

that shown in the drawing. Complete cable trays are to be painted with one coat of

red oxide/ two coats of synthetic enamel paint.

After completion of above work cable laying has to be started from LT panels to machines / power outlets. The pre measurement of cable length has to be carried


200

out and only after ensuring correct required length, cable has to be cut. The cables are to be laid on trays with minimum spacing of 75 (or as specified in the drawing). After laying of all cables, „AL‟ tags are to be

installed along with „AL‟ clamps (made from „AL‟ strip of minimum 25mm x 3mm).

The maximum spacing between such clamps shall be 450mm and between tags is

5 mtr.

For installation of cables in walls, MS/GI spacers shall be used. Spacers shall be MS/GI flat of 25mm x 3mm up to 16mm

2 cable and 40mm x 6mm above 16mm

2

cables. The spacing shall be maximum 300 mm and it shall be fixed with GI machine screws. Complete work has to be executed ensuring safe installation.

1.4.4 CABLE END TERMINATION

The cable and termination of all cables has to be done by a skilled cable jointer (to

be arranged by Contractor) using proper size cable glands, lugs and ferrules of

approved make. The contractor should supply all the required material. The cable

glands shall be installed by punching appropriate size hole on gland plate. No extra

hole shall be punched unless specified otherwise. The gland plate has to be refitted

properly to ensure vermin proof-ness of panels.

The lugs shall be of Copper / Aluminum as specified in BOQ and shall be crimped using crimping tool compression type. Above 50 mm

2, hydraulic crimping tools are

to be arranged by the Contractor. Before crimping lugs contact enhancement paste has to be provided of approved make. The termination is then to be carried out ensuring tightness / proper contact at the point of termination. After crimping varnished cotton tape (empire tape) and insulation tapes of proper colour codes shall be used for insulation of crimped live parts after.

1.5 SWITCH FUSE UNITS

Switch fuse units shall be of sheets metal or iron clad with HRC fuses as described in schedule of quantities. The unit shall be of robust construction, specified make and design to withstand adverse working condition. It shall have quick break type mechanism with ON and OFF position indicators of the operating handle. The switch shall be door -interlocked so that the units could not be opened in ON condition. The interior shall be so arrange that clearances from all live-parts are adequate and shrouded. Manufacture‟s instructions shall be followed for switch fuse units. The switch shall be solidly earthed. The switch shall be mounted on angle iron support grouted to wall. The support‟s shall be treated for rust treatment & painted with coats of synthetics enamel paint. The height of the switchboard shall be such that it is accessible for operation & maintenance.

1.6 LT DISTRIBUTION AND METERING PANELS 1.6.1 INSPECTION, TESTING AND GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

The panel shall be suitable for 500 Volt, 50 Hz, and 3-phase supply.

Before fabrication of panel Contractor / Panel manufacturer shall get approval for

GA diagram and all other drawings related to panel work.

Panel shall be fabricated where facility of Hydraulic / power press and equipments

for testing inclusive of equipments for the following tests are available. If required by

the consultant, the panel manufacturer should have CPRI and TAC Approvals.

Temperature rise test for Bus-bar

Mili Volt drop test for Bus bar jointing.

Insulation test by 2.5 KV H.V. Tester

Contractor shall take approval for appointment of panel manufacturer from

consultant before starting the fabrication work.


201

The panel shall be dispatched only after complete inspection and satisfactory

testing for all functioning in presence of Engineer in charge / Consultant.

Compliance for all the points / changes instructed during the testing and inspection

shall be done before dispatch. Before dispatch panel shall be properly packed to

avoid damage during transportation. Offer for the panel shall be inclusive of loading,

unloading and transportation of panel to the specified location at site.

The panel shall be tested at site before commissioning.

All the material used in the panel shall be strictly as per the specification and of

approved make and quality.

The panel shall comply all the relevant IS as mentioned below:-

IS-4237 General requirements of switchgear & control gear for voltage not

exceeding 1000V. IS-375 Arrangement of bus bars, main connection, auxiliaries & wiring. IS-2516 Requirement of the circuit breakers not exceeding 1000V, selection

& testing. IS-4047 Specification for heavy-duty air break switches & fuses for voltage

not exceeding 1000V. IS-2208 Specification for HRC cartridge fuse links up to 650V, IS-2507 Indian standards for current transformers (Part – I/II/III/IV) IS-4201 Application guide for current transformers. IS-2959 Specification for AC contractors of voltage not exceeding 1000V IS-1822 Specification for motor starters of voltages not exceeding 1000V IS-5569 Electrical power connectors. IS-1336 Colour code recommendations for push buttons. IS-1248 Electrical indicating buttons. IS-4483 Preferred panel cutout dimensions. IS-2147 Degree of protection provided by enclosures for LV switchgears. IS-3072 Code of practice for installations & maintenance of

switchgears for system voltages not exceeding 1000V.

IES-439 Low voltage switchgear & control gear assembles. IS-2032 Graphic symbols. IS-8623 Factory built assemblies.

1.7 FABRICATION AND BASIC STRUCTURE

Panels shall be fabricated from MS sheet steel 14 / 16gauge as specified in BOQ and shall be of compartmental design. The main supporting framework shall be of angle iron or of heavier gauge sheet metal as specified. The panel shall be self-standing type / wall mounted as specified, dust and vermin proof and shall be suitable for front operation. Panel doors shall be provided with concealed type hinges and all joints and shutters shall be provided with Neoprene rubber gaskets as per requirements and direction of consultant / Architect. All hinged doors shall be earthed with flexible braided copper earth strips by connecting them to structure of main panel. Partition plates shall be provided between the feeder boxes and Bus bar chambers as per direction of Architect / Consultant. The panel shall have separate cable ally and a bus bar chamber. Slotted channel in every cable ally for


202

fixing incoming and outgoing cables shall be provided. The panel shall have 75 x 40 x 6 mm M.S. base channel with horizontal support at every one meter approximately. Base channel shall have φ 16mm hole for mounting on foundation with φ 12mm, 75mm long G.I. bolts.

Adequate ventilation for the panel shall be provided. The backside of the wall mounted panels shall be supported by 2 no. Horizontal 50 x 6 mm MS flats along the width of the panel and the extended parts of these flats should have φ 19 mm holes to mount the panels on walls. All the hardware used in

panels like nut bolts and spring washers used for tightening of bus bar etc. shall be

of heavy duty. All the hardware used in panel shall be got first approved from

consultants before taking up for fabrication.

After fabrication and before painting / powder coating panel shall be inspected by

Engineer in-charge / Consultant. Compliance for all the points / changes instructed

during the inspection shall be done before powder coating. 1.8 PAINTING, POWDER COATING AND NAME PLATES

The panel shall be duly pretreated by 7-tank process etc and powder coated (pure

polyester powder coated 60 micron thickness) / stove-enameled painted as

specified in BOQ by using Siemens gray colour shade number RAL-7032 or with

other approved colour.

In case of stove enameled painting 2 coats of anticorrosive paint, surface and putty

shall be applied. 2 coats of synthetic enameled paint of approved quality and shade

shall be applied for finish. All sheet metal portions shall have stove enameled (oven

baked) painted at 110 deg. Cent.

Single line diagram and Logic diagram for operation of switchgears and control

circuits etc. shall be painted or pasted after printing and laminations on the panel.

The nameplates for each feeder shall be of engraved design and pasted to the

respective switchgear. The size of incoming / outgoing cables shall also be written

on the nameplates. The letter in the nameplate shall not be less than 10 mm size for

individual feeders and not less 18 mm for the main feeders. All switchgear to be

mounted in the panel shall be as per schedules of quantities.

Danger boards of required sizes shall be provided on the panels. 1.9 SPACE AND CLEARANCES

The panel shall be designed so as to facilitate inspection, cleaning, repairs and

maintenance. The clearance between phase to phase and phase to earth / metal

parts shall be as per relevant IS standards. Minimum clearance between any two

phase shall be 40 mm and phase to Earth shall be 32 mm This clearance shall be

measured from the head of bolts etc used for tightening bus bars, switchgears etc. 1.10 METERING

The metering instruments like voltmeter, ammeter etc. shall be flush mounted and

shall be of class 1.0 accuracy or as specified and of standard design Size of

meters shall be minimum 96 X 96 mm. All indication lamps shall be of LED type. 1.11 BUS BARS AND CONNECTION BETWEEN BUS BARS AND SWITCH GEARS

The bus bars shall be rigid hard drawn tinned electrolyte copper / Aluminum as specified and sleeved with heat shrinkable sleeves. The current density shall not exceed 1.5 amp per sq mm for Cu bus bars and 1.0 amp per sq mm for Al bus bars and the neutral bus shall be rated for capacity of phase bus unless otherwise stated in schedule of quantities / drawings. However, the minimum size of bus bars shall


203

be 25 mm x 3 mm. Bus bar shall be supported by epoxy based cast resin / DMC supports tested for 3KV. If Bakelite sheets are used for support of Bus bar than it should to confirm to IS standard with proper dielectric strength. Spacing of supports should be at maximum distance of 450mm. Supports shall also be provided at both ends of bus -bar, to prevent Bus-bars sag and to withstand Electromagnetic stresses in the event of short circuit.

All connections between bus bars and switchgears inside the panel shall be done

with insulated solid copper conductors / cables or with copper / Al links as specified

of proper current ratings. For switchgears having current rating 63A or below,

flexible wire of proper current ratings shall be allowed for connecting them to bus

bars. 1.12 WIRING FOR METERING AND CONTROL

All wring for meters and control shall be provided with numbering ferrules. Size of

flexible wire shall not be less than 1.5 sq. mm. of 1.1 KV grade ISI mark. Suitable

HRC control fuses shall be provided in control circuits. All the wiring in panel shall

be properly arranged to provide good aesthetics and tightened with PVC stringed to

avoid any loose wiring. Wiring at the doors shall be such that, doors can be fully

opened and closed without damaging the wires. Wherever necessary slotted PVC

channels with covers of proper size shall be used for these wiring. 1.13 EARTH BUS AND STUDS

The panel shall have two no of earthling studs of φ12mm dia & 50mm long G.I. nut

bolt at both right and left sides of panel for connecting earthling strips coming from

earthling stations. These earthling studs shall be interconnected by One number

earth bus of GI / Copper / AL as specified which shall be horizontally run inside and

along the sides throughout the width of the panel. This earth bus should be

connected to the main structure of the panel at various places. 2.0 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

Before the lighting / power installation is made alive the contractor shall carry out

tests enumerated below in presence of engineer in charge or his authorized

representative. All testing equipment necessary, to carry out the test shall be

arranged by contractor and the tests results recorded on approved pro forma.

Nothing extra shall be payable for testing. The testing of whole installation shall be

done as per the relevant Indian Standards. Contractor shall have to submit reports

of all the following types of testing and manufacturers test certificates in required

copies whenever required and before producing final bills and handing over the site.

The following tests shall be carried out after completion of the electrical installation

work. 2.1 Insulation Resistance Test

Insulation resistance to earth

The insulation resistance shall be measured by a 500 V insulation resistance

testers, between earth and whole system or any section of conductors (except

earthed concentric wiring) keeping all fuses / switchgear in places and all switches

on (except earthed concentric wiring) and all lamps in position.

The insulation resistance measured in mega ohm shall not be less than 50 mega

ohm divided by the number of outlets or when PVC insulated cables are used for

wiring.12.5 mega ohm divided by the outlet subject to a minimum value of 1 mega

ohm.

A preliminary and similar test shall be made before lamps etc. are installed and in

this event the insulation resistance to earth shall not less than 100 mega ohm


204

divided by the number of outlets or when PVC insulated cables are use 25 mega

ohm divided by the number of outlet subject to a minimum of 1 mega ohm. 2.2 Insulation resistance between conductors

The insulation resistance shall be measured by 500 V insulation resistance tester

between all the conductors connected to one phase and all the conductor

connected to neutral with all fuses in places with all switches on and all lamps

should be removed.

The insulation resistance measured in mega ohm shall not be less than 50 mega

ohm divided by the number of outlets or when PVC insulated cables are used for

wiring.12.5 mega ohm divided by the outlet subject to a minimum value of 1 mega

ohm.

This test shall be repeated for remaining two phases. 2.3 Polarity Test of Switches

A test shall be made to verify that all non-linked single pole switches are fitted on

outer of phase conductor or not and after this test such conductors shall be labeled

or marked for connection to the phase conductor or to the non-earthed conductor of

supply. 2.4 Earth Continuity Test

The earth continuity conductor including metal conduit and metallic envelopes of

cables in all cases shall be tested for electric continuity. Electrical resistance

between main earth point and any point on the earth continuity conductor in

completed insulation shall not exceed 1 ohm. 2.5 OTHER TESTS

Before energizing in case of power and control cables insulation resistance between

phases , each phase to neutral and each phase to armor to be measured with 500

volt insulation resistance tester and it should comply latest IS.

Current and voltage of all phase shall be measured at the panel bus bars with all

circuit on with fixture and also in all switchboards.

The earth electrode shall be tested for earth resistance by means of standard earth

tester. The resistance between the earthling system and general mass of the earth

shall not be greater than one Ohm.

Check for conduits at expansion joints. At expansion joints in building flexible

conduits shall be provided. Extra length of wires in flexible conduits pipe shall be

provided and this extra length shall not be less than 50 mm. At both the ends of

conduit proper flexible couplings shall be provided and earth wire shall be properly

connected to earthling terminal of coupling.

All the terminations, joints and connections in panels, DBs, switch boards etc. shall be tightened. There shall not be any loose connection.

Check for continuity of supply in all the sockets shall be done. It should be checked

that all the termination in sockets are as approved manner. It is to be checked that

earthling points of all the sockets is properly earthed. For all socket outlets voltage

between phase and neutral shall be recorded it should be less than 1 volt.

All the elements of the installation like switch yards, transformers, generators, motor, relays etc. shall be tested as per the relevant IS codes and in an approved manner.


205

It is to be checked that the complete installation is properly cleaned and duly

repaired and painted wherever necessary.

It is to be checked that complete installation is free from any loose wirings and all

wires and cables are protected with required sleeves or coverings.

It is to be checked that maintenance is easily possible for complete installation.

It is to be checked that proper balancing in three-phase is done.

In case of power and control cables insulation resistance between phases, each

phase to neutral and each phase to armor to be measured with 500 volt insulation

resistance tester and it should comply latest IS.

If any other tests before energizing the installation is required as per the relevant

Indian standard or by electricity Distribution Company / safety officer / inspector /

consultant then these tests has to be carried out by the contractor free of cost.

All conduits cable armoring etc., shall be connected to the earth all along their run

by earthing conductors of suitable cross sectional area. The electrical resistance of

earthing conductors shall be low enough to permit the passage of fault current

necessary to operate a fuse/protective device or a circuit breaker and shall not

exceed 2 Ohms. Normally an earth electrode shall not be situated less than 2 M

from any building. Care shall be taken that excavation for earth electrode may not

affect the column footings or foundation of the building. Further the location shall be

such where the soil has reasonable change of retaining moisture as far as possible.

Entrances, pavements and roadways are definitely to be allocation for locating the

earth electrode.

1.1.5 Testing

On the completion of the entire installation, the following tests shall be conducted:

Earth resistance of electrodes

Impedance of earth continuity conductors

Effectiveness of ear thing.

All meters, instruments and lab our required for the tests shall be provided by the

contractor. The test results shall be submitted in the prescribed tabulated from in

triplicate to the consultants for approval.


206

LIST OF APPROVED MAKE/MATERIALS IN ORDER OF PREFERENCES FOR CIVIL

WORKS

S.NO. ITEM MAKE

Ultratech, Shree, ACC, JK, L&T, Lafarge etc

01. Grey Cement (OPC 43) as approved by EIC and

Consultant.

02. White Cement JK, Birla etc make as approved by EIC and

Consultant.

Thermo Mechanically Tested

TISCO (TATA), SAIL, RINL 03. (TMT) Hot Rolled Deformed Bars

make as approved by EIC and Consultant.

04. Concrete Additive FOSROC, CICO-TL, SIKA, MY MIX


05. Flush Doors GREEN, DURO, CENTURY make as

approved by EIC and Consultant.

06. Plywood / Block Board ANCHOR, GREEN, CENTURY, DURO


07. Pre-laminated Particle NOVAPAN, ARCHIDLAM

Board approved by EIC and Consultant.

08. Laminates CENTURY, GREENLAM, FORMICA


KAJARIA, ASIAN, DURATO,

09. Vitrified Tiles JHONSAN make as approved by EIC and Consultant

KAJARIA, ASIAN, DURATO,

10. Ceramic Tiles JHONSAN make as approved by EIC

and Consultant.

KAJARIA, ULTRA, ASIAN, JHONSAN,

11. Anti-skid tiles DURATO, make as approved by EIC

and Consultant.

12. Tiles & Stone fixing Adhesive BAL, KARKQUALL, MY MIX make

as approved by EIC and Consultant.

13. All Paint, primer, oil bound distemper Asian, ICI, Nerolac make as approved

& synthetic enamel by EIC and Consultant.

14. Water proof exterior paint Asian, ICI, Nerolac make as approved

by EIC and Consultant.

MODI GUARD, SAINT GOBAIN, ASAHI,

15. Float Glass EMERGE make as approved by EIC

and Consultant

16. Water proofing compound Agency As Approved by EIC and Consultant

17. Anti-termite Treatment Agency As Approved by EIC and Consultant

18. Anodized Aluminum fittings ZINDAL, MAN, HINDALCO make



207

19. Hinges EBCO, Flora or equivalent make as approved by EIC

and Consultant.

20. Bricks Best Quality Open Bhatta Bricks as approved by EIC.

21. Sand

Narmada (Nemawar &Tawa Belt) Sand as approved by

EIC.

22. Aggregate Best quality locally available obtained from cone

crusher as approved by EIC.

23. Lock

Godrej , Hettich, Doorset Make as approved by EIC

and Consultant.

24. Automatic Door / Hydraulic Door DORMA, GEZE make as approved by

Closer / Floor Spring EIC and Consultant.

25. Stone Texture Finish UNITILE, ASIAN make as approved

by EIC and Consultant.

26. Door Fittings DORMA, GEZE, EBCO make as


27. Sanitary Ware KOHLER, DURAVIT make as


28. Bath Fittings KOHLER, HANSGROHE, JAQUAR make as


29. ACP Sheet ALSTRONG, ALCOBOND make as


30. Gypsum board

India Gypsum Board or approved by EIC and

Consultant

31. Polycarbonate sheet As approved by EIC and Consultant

32. Colour coated sheet National,Tata As approved by EIC and Consultant

33. GI Pipes TATA, JINDAL or Approved

34. CPVC Pipes / Fittings

ASTRAL, Prince, Suprime make as approved by EIC

and Consultant.

35. PVC Pipes / Fittings Finolex, Prince, Suprime make as


36. Nahani Trap PVC

Finolex, Prince, Suprime make as approved by EIC

and Consultant.

37. Aluminium Panel Sun Louvres

Hunter Douglas India Pvt. Ltd,Alstone or equivalent

make


38. AAC Block

Magicrete,Delite,Dlite,Ultratech or



208

NOTE:

This is a general indicative list of the materials for the brand and make of the material to be used

by the contractor. The specification mentioned in this section shall take precedence. However,

the contractor shall take approval of Consultant and EIC regarding the make and type of each

material before execution. The Consultant and EIC’s decision regarding the use of material

mentioned above or mentioned in specification or equivalent will be final and binding on the

contractor. In case contractor wishes an alternative other than suggested by Consultant,

equivalent to those listed above or mentioned in specification for economy and better quality,

the name shall be submitted to Consultant and EIC giving detailed specification, catalogue,

price list along with the samples for approval from the Employer.All the necessary test shall be

carried out at no extra cost and report be submitted to EIC and Consultant. The Consultant and

EIC reserve the right to permit or nor permit the contractor for use of other alternate without any

reasons and contractor is bound to follow the decision of the EIC and Consultant in this regard.


209

LIST OF APPROVED MAKES FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS

S.

ITEM DESCRIPTION MAKES NO.

01 Distribution Transformer, Star Rating ABB, Tesla Transformer, Schneider

02 Power Transformer BHEL, ABB, Schneider

03 Vacuum Circuit Breaker, SF-6/Gas filled

ABB, Schneider, Siemens, Circuit Breaker

04 ACB ABB, Schneider, Siemens

05 PSS/CSS with HT/LT Switch Gear,

ABB, Schneider, Siemens, L&T Transformer and connected accessories

06

MCCB, MCB, ELCB, RCCB, DB, ICTPN,

ABB, Schneider, Siemens, L&T TP, HRC Fuse, Change over Switch,

Switch Fuse Unit

07 XLPE Cable 11/33kV grade CCI, Gloster, Finolex, Ravin cable

08 PVC/XLPE Power Cables up to 1.1kV

CCI, Gloster, Universal, Ravin cable grade

09 Instrument Voltmeter, Ammeter, PF meter Schneider, Automatic Electric, Siemens,

HPL

10 33/11kV Cable End Termination &

Raychem, 3M,Mahendra Jointing Kits

11 Relays Siemens, Schneider, C&S

12 Lighting Fixtures Phillips, Schreder, Wipro, Havells, Ligero

PVC insulated Elect. Wires Sheathed/

13 unsheathed, PVC flexible LT cable,

Finolex, HPL, Ravin, Havells multicore, single core, Flat cable for

submersible pumps

14 Current Transformer Schneider, Automatic Electric, Siemens,

HPL

On line UPS, Servo Stabilizer, Inverter,

APC, TATA Libert 15 CVT

16 Rotary Switches, Selector Switches Kaycee, Siemens, Schneider

17 Exhaust fan/ Air Circulator/ Bracket &

Crompton Greaves, Polar Pedestal fans/ Ceiling fan

18 Electronic Energy Meter Secure, ABB, Schneider

19 Capacitors- PF correction for Electrical

BHEL, ABB, Schneider, EPCOS General Services

20 DG Sets - Portable Birla Yamaha, CGL, Shriram Honda,


210

21 DG Engine Cummins, Kirloskar, Caterpillar, Ashok

Leylend, Penta-Volvo

22 Alternator for DG set KEC, CGL, Stampford, Leroy-Somer,

Kirloskar-Green

LT Switchgear & control gears- Contactors

23 & motor starters, Energy Efficient Soft

ABB, Siemens, Schneider, C&S Starter panel/ Earthing Switch, Single

phase preventer

24 Timers - Electronic Solid State ABB, Siemens, Schneider

25 Water Coolers Blue Star, Fedders, Kelvinator, Shriram,

Sidwal, Voltas

26

Electrical Accessories (Piano Switch,

Legrand, Schneider, Havells Plugs & Sockets, Ceiling Rose, Angle

Holder, Holders)

27 Bell Buzzer Schneider,Havells ,Legrand

28 Electronic Fan Regulator Crompton Greaves ,Usha,Orient,Havells

29 GI/MS Pipe TATA, Jindal, TT Swastik, Prakash Surya

30 Geysers Crompton Greaves, Recold,Vguard

31 Lifts & Escalators OTIS, ThyssenKrupp, Shindler, KONE,

Mitsubhisi.

32 PVC Conduit pipe & Casing capping for

A.K.G., Polycab, BEC electrical wiring

33 Aluminum Ladders Sumer, Beatfire

34 LT Panels From CPRI tested firms.

35 Air Curtain Aircon, ALMONARD, CGL

36 Control and Relay Panel ABB, AREVA, Schneider, Siemens

37 Batteries Exide, Amco, Amar Raja, HBL Nife

38 Battery Charger Chhabi, HBL, Caldyne, Masstech, DUBAS,

Statcon

39 Fire Protection System Vijay, Unitech, Technofab, Mather & Platt,

Steelage.

40 Wires - Copper Type Finolex, RR,Havells

41 Telephone Wire Finolex, Indoplast, RR, Delton

42 Telephone Cable Finolex, Delton, Nicco, Indoplast, RR

43 Wall Brackets, Ceiling Light, Bollard Philips, Wipro,Schredder

44 Coaxial TV Cable Finolex, Havells, American North Star, RR

45 Octagonal Pole Philips, Wipro, Schredder

46 Pump KSB, Kirloskar, Grund fos

47 Advance Lightening System Indelec, LPI, Ingesco


211

NOTE:

This is a general indicative list of the materials for the brand and make of the material to be

used by the contractor. The specification mentioned in this section shall take precedence.

However, the contractor shall take approval of Consultant and EIC regarding the make and

type of each material before execution. The Consultant and EIC’s decision regarding the use of

material mentioned above or mentioned in specification or equivalent will be final and binding

on the contractor. In case contractor wishes an alternative other than suggested by Consultant,

equivalent to those listed above or mentioned in specification for economy and better quality,

the name shall be submitted to Consultant and EIC giving detailed specification, catalogue,

price list along with the samples for approval from the Consultant. All the necessary test shall

be carried out at no extra cost and report be submitted to EIC and Consultant. The Consultant

and EIC reserve the right to permit or nor permit the contractor for use of other alternate

without any reasons and contractor is bound to follow the decision of the EIC and Consultant in

this regard.


212

Approved Material List Of Fire Fighting & Fire Alarm System

A. Approved Manufacturer List of Equipment for Mechanical Work

FIRE PUMPS ELECTRICAL DRIVEN KIRLOSKAR BROS. LTD / MATHER & 1 PLATT

FIRE PUMPS DIESEL DRIVEN KIRLOSKAR BROS. LTD / CROMPTON

GREAVES 2. M.S.ERW PIPES JINDAL HISSAR/ TATA

SURYA ROSHINI/

ZENITH/ METAL MEN

3. BUTTERFLY VALES AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO

4. NON – RETURN VALVES

AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO / HAWA

5. C.I. GATE/SLUICE VALVES AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO 6. BALL VALES (Screwed end) AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO

7. STRAINERS AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO

8. FOOT VALVES AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO/NORMEX

9. PRESSURE SWITCH INDFOS / DANFOS/ DELTA CONTROL

10. PRESSURE GAUGE H. GURU/ PRICOL/ FIEBIG

11. ANTICORROSIVE MATERIAL I W L / PYPTOK/TIKKI

12. HYDRANT VALVES NEWAGE / WINCO/OMAX/SUPERMAX

13. BRANCH PIPE WITH NOZZLE NEWAGE / WINCO/OMAX/SUPERMAX

14. FIRE HOSES NEWAGE / MEGMEX/OMAX

15. HOSE COUPLINGS NEWAGE / WINCO/OMAX/SUPERMAX

16. HOSE REEL EVERSAFE / /EQUIVALENT

FIRECON/WINCO

17. HOSE BOX / FIRE DUCT SHUTTER NEWAGE,GODREG

18. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SAFEX / SAFETEC

GODREG

KANEX/TERMINATOR

19. PRINKLERS HD / TYCO / VIKING

20. SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE HD / TYCO / VIKING

21. ELUGE VALVE HD / TYCO / VIKING

22. FLOW SWITCH SYSTEM SENSOR OR EQUIVLENT

23. PAINT ASIAN/BURGER/


213

NEROLAC

24. M Valves AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO

25. WELDING ELECTRODES ESAB 28/ ADVANI/ADOR/MANGLAM

26. ANTI VIBRATING PADS DUNLOP or as Approved quality and make

27. 2/4-WAY FIRE BREACHING CONNECTION & NEWAGE/WINCO/OMAX

COUPLING

28. STEEL CONDUIT ISI marked

29. CI BALL VALVES AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO

30. AIR RELEASE VALVES ZOLOTO/EQUIVAENT

31. FLEXIBLE HOSE(SPRINKLER DROPPER) ANY UL/FM AS APPROVED